Sm17010 (Outjtoh) York

VRF OUTDOOR UNITS
SERVICE MANUAL New Release Form FAN-2205 201709
INVERTER-DRIVEN
MULTI-SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMP
AIR CONDITIONERS
Models:
< 3~, 460V/60Hz > < 3~/N, 380V/60Hz > < 3~, 220V/60Hz >
< Base Unit > < Base Unit > < Base Unit >
JTOH080VPEUBS1 JTOH080VPEFBS1 JTOH080VPERBS1
< Combination Unit > < Combination Unit > < Combination Unit >
JTOH260VAEUBS1 JTOH260VAEFBS1 JTOH260VAERBS1
Issue Date:
13. Dec. 2017
SM-17010
- CONTENTS -
No. Page
1. Troubleshooting.............................................................................................................................................1-1
1.1 Initial Troubleshooting...........................................................................................................................1-1
1.1.1 Checking of Electrical Wiring and Power Source........................................................................1-1
1.1.2 Function of RSW, DSWs and LEDs.............................................................................................1-7
1.1.3 Checking of Rotary Switch and Dip Switch Setting.....................................................................1-12
1.1.4 Troubleshooting in Check Mode by Wired Controller..............................................................1-16
1.1.5 Checking Using 7-Segment Display............................................................................................1-23
1.1.6 Checking of Alarm Code History..................................................................................................1-30
1.1.7 Emergency Operation..................................................................................................................1-46
1.2 Troubleshooting Procedure...................................................................................................................1-52
1.2.1 Alarm Code Table........................................................................................................................1-52
1.2.2 Failure of Power Supply to Indoor Unit and Wired Controller......................................................1-54
1.2.3 Abnormal Transmission between Wired Controller and Indoor Unit............................................1-55
1.2.4 Abnormalities of Devices.............................................................................................................1-56
1.2.5 Troubleshooting by Alarm Code..................................................................................................1-67
1.3 Test Run................................................................................................................................................1-135
1.3.1 Test Run by Wired Controller.......................................................................................................1-136
1.3.2 Test Run from Outdoor Unit Side.................................................................................................1-138
1.3.3 Checking at Test Run...................................................................................................................1-140
1.3.4 Checking List for Refrigerant Cycle.............................................................................................1-141
1.3.5 Reset for Accumulated Operation Time of Compressor 1-2 (cU1 - cU2 ) .............................1-144
1.3.6 Setting of Forced Open Valve Mode............................................................................................1-145
SM-17010 i
- CONTENTS -
No. Page
2. Servicing........................................................................................................................................................2-1
2.1 Removing Front Service Cover.............................................................................................................2-1
2.2 Attaching Front Service Cover .............................................................................................................2-3
2.3 Removing Upper Cover.........................................................................................................................2-4
2.4 Removing Electrical Box Cover.............................................................................................................2-5
2.5 Removing Electrical Box.......................................................................................................................2-6
2.6 Removing Air Grille................................................................................................................................2-10
2.7 Removing Outdoor Fan.........................................................................................................................2-11
2.8 Removing Compressor..........................................................................................................................2-15
2.9 Replacing Refrigerant Oil .....................................................................................................................2-26
2.9.1 Replacing Refrigerant Oil (No Clogging in Return Oil Circuit).....................................................2-26
2.9.2 Replacing Refrigerant Oil (Clogging in Return Oil Circuit) and Replacing Return Oil Circuit .....2-27
2.10 Removing Coils.....................................................................................................................................2-30
2.10.1 Removing Expansion Valve Coil (MV1, MV2, MVB)....................................................................2-32
2.10.2 Removing Expansion Valve (MV1, MV2, MVB)...........................................................................2-34
2.10.3 Removing Solenoid Valve Coil (SVA)..........................................................................................2-35
2.10.4 Removing Solenoid Valve (SVA).................................................................................................2-36
2.10.5 Removing Reversing Valve Coil (RVR2).....................................................................................2-37
2.10.6 Removing Reversing Valve..........................................................................................................2-37
2.11 Removing Stop Valve............................................................................................................................2-40
2.12 Removing High Pressure Switch, High Pressure Sensor, Low Pressure Sensor and Thermistor........2-41
2.12.1 Removing High Pressure Switch (PSH1 and PSH2)...................................................................2-43
2.12.2 Removing High Pressure Sensor (Pd) and Low Pressure Sensor (Ps)......................................2-43
2.13 Removing Thermistor for Liquid Pipe....................................................................................................2-44
2.14 Removing Thermistor for Ambient Temperature ...................................................................................2-45
2.15 Removing Other Electrical Components...............................................................................................2-46
2.15.1 Removing Outdoor Unit PCB and Electrical Components for Electrical Box...............................2-47
2.15.2 Removing Inverter PCB...............................................................................................................2-56
2.15.3 Removing Inverter PCB from Radiation Fin.................................................................................2-57
2.15.4 Removing Fan Controller <220V/60Hz> .....................................................................................2-58
2.15.5 Removing Electrical Box..............................................................................................................2-59
ii SM-17010
- CONTENTS -
No. Page
3. Main Parts......................................................................................................................................................3-1
3.1 Outdoor Unit PCB (PCB1: PO151)........................................................................................................3-1
3.2 Inverter (INV1, INV2: PV161)................................................................................................................3-2
3.2.1 Inverter <460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz>..............................................................................................3-2
3.2.2 Inverter <220V/60Hz>..................................................................................................................3-11
3.2.3 Protective Function......................................................................................................................3-20
3.2.4 Overload Protection Control........................................................................................................3-21
3.3 Scroll Compressor.................................................................................................................................3-22
3.4 Fan Motor..............................................................................................................................................3-26
3.5 Thermistor.............................................................................................................................................3-27
3.6 Electronic Expansion Valve (MV, MVB).................................................................................................3-29
3.7 Pressure Sensor (Pd)............................................................................................................................3-31
3.8 High Pressure Protection Device (PSH)................................................................................................3-32
3.9 Electrical Coil Parts...............................................................................................................................3-33
3.10 Noise Filter (NF1, NF2).........................................................................................................................3-34
3.11 Reactor (DCL1, DCL2)..........................................................................................................................3-36
SM-17010 iii
- CONTENTS -
No. Page
4. Optional Function...........................................................................................................................................4-1
4.1 Setting Method......................................................................................................................................4-1
4.2 External Input and Output Setting.........................................................................................................4-2
4.2.1 Input Fixing Heating Operation Mode (Control Function No.1),
Input Fixing Cooling Operation Mode (Control Function No.2)..................................................4-4
4.2.2 Input Demand Stoppage (Control Function No.3),
Input Forced Stoppage (Control Function No.5) .......................................................................4-5
4.2.3 Input Outdoor Fan Motor Start/Stop (Control Function No.4)....................................................4-6
4.2.4 Input Demand Current Control 40, 60, 70, 80, 100% (Control Function No.6 to 10).................4-7
4.2.5 Input Low Noise Setting 1, 2, 3 (Control Function No.11 to 13).................................................4-8
4.2.6 Output Operation Signal (Control Function No.1) .....................................................................4-10
4.2.7 Output Alarm Signal (Control Function No.2) ...........................................................................4-10
4.2.8 Output Compressor ON Signal (Control Function No.3) ..........................................................4-11
4.2.9 Output Defrosting Signal (Control Function No.4) ....................................................................4-11
4.3 Function Setting....................................................................................................................................4-12
4.3.1 Function Setting...........................................................................................................................4-13
4.3.2 Circulator Function at Heating Thermo-OFF (Function Setting “FA”)..........................................4-17
4.3.3 Night-Shift (Low Noise) (Function Setting “ni”)............................................................................4-18
4.3.4 Cancellation of Outdoor Ambient Temperature Limit (Function Setting “GS”).............................4-19
4.3.5 Defrost for Cold Area (Function Setting “Jp”)...............................................................................4-20
4.3.6 SLo Defrost Setting (Function Setting “bJ”).................................................................................4-20
4.3.7 Capacity-Focused Mode Setting (Function Setting “nU”)............................................................4-21
4.3.8 Low Noise Setting (Function Setting “dB”)...................................................................................4-21
4.3.9 Demand Function Setting (Function Setting “dE”).......................................................................4-22
4.3.10 Wave Function Setting (Function Setting “UE”)...........................................................................4-23
4.3.11 Protection of Decrease in Outlet Temperature for Cooling (Function Setting “Fb”).....................4-23
4.3.12 Adjustment of Fan Rotation (Function Setting “Fo”)....................................................................4-24
4.3.13 Intermittent Operation of Outdoor Fan Motor (Function Setting “F4”).........................................4-24
iv SM-17010
- CONTENTS -
No. Page
5. Field Work Instruction....................................................................................................................................5-1

5.1 Caution for Refrigerant Leakage...........................................................................................................5-1
5.2 Maintenance Work................................................................................................................................5-3
5.3 Service and Maintenance Record by 7-Segment Display.....................................................................5-4
5.4 Service and Maintenance Record by Wired Controller.........................................................................5-8
5.5 Service and Maintenance Record.........................................................................................................5-10
5.6 Reference of Normal Operating Pressure.............................................................................................5-11
5.7 Saturation Curve for Refrigerant...........................................................................................................5-20
5.8 Mollier Chart for R410A.........................................................................................................................5-21
NOTE
The details of each indoor unit information, refer to Technical Catalog and Service Manual for each indoor unit.
SM-17010 v
TROUBLESHOOTING
1. Troubleshooting
1.1 Initial Troubleshooting
1.1.1 Checking of Electrical Wiring and Power Source
Check the following items if there is any abnormality in the activation of the air conditioner.
No. Check Item Check Method
1 Is any power source breaker or Check the voltage (secondary side) of the breaker and also
fuse blown out? check the continuity of fuse with a tester.
2 Is voltage at the secondary side Disconnect connection at the secondary side of the transformer and
of the transformer correct? measure voltage with a tester.
3 Is wiring firmly fixed or correctly Check that the following wiring connection on O.U./I.U. PCBs is not
connected? loosened.
• The connection for thermistors
• The connection for the communication cable
• The communication cable connects to a terminal block at the O.U./I.U.,
not PCB.
• Power supply wiring is connected to a terminal blcok, not PCB.
• The connection for transformer
• Each connection for power source line
Check that the wiring connections on O.U./I.U. PCBs is not loosened or
misconnected on the site according to “Electrical Wiring Diagram” of the
technical catalog.
NOTE:
If the fuse(s) on an I.U. PCB is blown, diagnose the cause of overcurrent and replace the fuse(s).
In addition, check the power source of optional parts because the fuses may blow out by the power source
failure. Turn off power for safety.
SM-17010 1-1
TROUBLESHOOTING
Example for Electrical Wiring Connection
< 380V/60Hz >

Outdoor Unit A (Main) Outdoor Unit B (Sub)
TB1 TB2 TB1 TB2

L1 L2 L3 N 1 2 3 4 L1 L2 L3 N 1 2 3 4
Earth Earth
Main Switch
TB : Terminal Block
PCB : Printed Circuit Board
FUSE : Field Wiring
: Transmission Line (Shielded Twist Pair Cable)
ELB ELB DC5V (Non-Pole Transmission H-LINK System)
: Field Supplied
Main Switch
3N : Optional Accessory
380V/60Hz
FUSE
ELB ELB
Distribution Box or Pull Box Distribution Box or Pull Box

Main
3N Switch
380V/60Hz
FUSE L1 L2 N L1 L2 N
TB1 TB1
ELB ELB No. 0 No. 1
Indoor Unit Indoor Unit
1 TB2 TB2
220-240V/50Hz A B 1 2 A B 1 2
220V/60Hz Controller
Cable
(Shielded Twist
Controller Pair Cable)
Cable
(Shielded Twist
Pair Cable) Wired Wired
Controller Controller
No. 0 System Indoor Units No.1 System Indoor Units
< 460V/60Hz, 220V/60Hz >
Outdoor Unit A (Main) Outdoor Unit B (Sub)
TB1 TB1 TB2 TB1 TB2

L1 L2 L3 R S T 1 2 3 4 R S T 1 2 3 4
For 460V For 220V Earth For 220V Earth

Main Switch
TB : Terminal Block
PCB : Printed Circuit Board
FUSE : Field Wiring
: Transmission Line (Shielded Twist Pair Cable)
ELB ELB
DC5V (Non-Pole Transmission H-LINK System)
Main Switch : Field Supplied
3 : Optional Accessory
220V/60Hz FUSE
460V/60Hz
ELB ELB
Distribution Box or Pull Box Distribution Box or Pull Box

Main
3 Switch
220V/60Hz
460V/60Hz FUSE R S Mp R S Mp
TB1 TB1
ELB ELB No. 0 No. 1
Indoor Unit Indoor Unit
TB2 TB2
1 A B 1 2 A B 1 2
220V/60Hz
Controller Cable
(Shielded Twist
Pair Cable)
Wired Controller Wired Controller
No. 0 System Indoor Units No.1 System Indoor Units
1-2 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
(1) Power Source Wiring

Supply the power sources to each outdoor unit and indoor unit group respectively.
Power source wiring is fundamentally according to this method.
1 ELB (Earth Leakage Breaker)
Outdoor Unit Power Source 2 FUSE

3~, 460V/60Hz 3 S (Main Switch)
3~/N, 380V/60Hz
3~, 220V/60Hz 4 Power Source Wiring (O.U.)
5 Earth Wiring (O.U.)
6 Transmission Wiring (O.U. ~ I.U.)
1 ELB 1 ELB 1 ELB
7 Transmission Wiring (O.U. ~ O.U.)
2 FUSE 2 FUSE 2 FUSE 8 Transmission Wiring (I.U. ~ I.U.)
3 S 3 S 3 S 9 Power Source Wiring (I.U.)
10 Earth Wiring (I.U.)
4 4 4
Indoor Unit Side

Outdoor Outdoor Outdoor
Unit Unit Unit
C 5 B 5 A 5
6
7 7
9 9 9
S
FUSE Indoor Indoor
ELB Unit 10 Unit 10
Indoor Unit 8 8
Power Source
1N~ 230V/50Hz
1N~ 220-240V/50Hz
1N~ 220V/60Hz
1~ 220V/60Hz
(2) The recommended wire size and main switch( 1 ~ 7 ) are shown in Table 7.1.
Please refer to the indoor units installation manual for other cables ( 8 ~ 10 ).
• Select the capacity of power transformer according to the maximum running current.
• When the power supply wiring is too long, select the minimum wiring size whose voltage drop is within
2%.
• Power supply voltage should comply with the following requirements.
Supply Voltage: Rated Voltage within ±10%
Starting Voltage: Rated Voltage within -15%
Operating Voltage: Rated Voltage within ±10%
Imbalance between Phases: within 3%
• Calculate short-circuit current from the power transformer and electrical wiring length and size, and
select the appropriate rated capacity for ELB (earth leakage breaker).
• Select ELB which can be used for the high harmonic wave.
l Do not connect the earth wire to the gas pipe, water pipe or lightening conductor.
Gas Pipe: An explosion and ignition may occur when gas leaks.
Water Pipe: Earth wire becomes ineffective when a hard vinyl pipe is used.
Lightning Conductor: The earth electric potential abnormally increases
when a lightening conductor is used.
SM-17010 1-3
TROUBLESHOOTING
(3) The recommended wiring, ELB, breaker size are shown in Table 7.1 and 7.2.
Table 7.1 Electrical Data and Recommended Wiring, Breaker Size/1 Outdoor Unit
3
1 ELB
Maximum Main Switch
Power
Running Nominal
Model Power Supply Supply Line Nominal Nominal 2 Fuse
Current Sensitive
Current Current
Current
(A) (fmm) (A) (mA) (A) (A)
JTOH080VPEUBS1 14.0 MLFC 2.0SQ 20 30 20 20
JTOH160VPEUBS1 460V/60Hz 29.5 MLFC 5.5SQ 40 30 40 40
JTOH080VPEFBS1 15.5 MLFC 2.0SQ 20 30 20 20
JTOH160VPEFBS1 380V/60Hz 33.0 MLFC 5.5SQ 40 30 40 40
JTOH080VPERBS1 25.5 MLFC 3.5SQ 30 30 30 30
JTOH160VPERBS1 220V/60Hz 54.5 MLFC 14.0SQ 60 30 60 60
ELB: Earth Leakage Breaker, MLFC: Flame Retardant Polyflex Wire
Install main switch and ELB for each system separately. Select the high response type of ELB that acts
within 0.1 second.
1-4 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
n Field Minimum Wire Sizes for Power Source and Transmission

4Power Source Cable 6 7Transmitting Cable
Maximum 5
Size Size
Running Earth Wire
Model Power Supply EN60 335-1 MLFC EN60 335-1 MLFC
Current Size
*1 *2 *1 *2
(A) (mm2) (mm2) (mm2) (mm2) (mm2)
JTOH080VPEUBS1 14.0 2.5 2.0 0.75 0.75 2.0
JTOH100VPEUBS1 19.0 2.5 3.5 0.75 0.75 2.0
JTOH120VPEUBS1 21.0 2.5 3.5 0.75 0.75 2.0
JTOH140VPEUBS1 26.0 4.0 5.5 0.75 0.75 3.5
JTOH160VPEUBS1 460V/60Hz 29.5 6.0 5.5 0.75 0.75 3.5
JTOH180VPEUBS1 33.5 6.0 5.5 0.75 0.75 3.5
JTOH200VPEUBS1 39.5 10.0 8.0 0.75 0.75 3.5
JTOH220VPEUBS1 40.0 10.0 8.0 0.75 0.75 3.5
JTOH240VPEUBS1 47.5 10.0 14.0 0.75 0.75 3.5
JTOH080VPEFBS1 15.5 2.5 2.0 0.75 0.75 2.0
JTOH100VPEFBS1 21.5 2.5 3.5 0.75 0.75 2.0
JTOH120VPEFBS1 24.0 2.5 3.5 0.75 0.75 2.0
JTOH140VPEFBS1 29.5 4.0 5.5 0.75 0.75 3.5
JTOH160VPEFBS1 380V/60Hz 33.0 6.0 5.5 0.75 0.75 3.5
JTOH180VPEFBS1 37.5 6.0 5.5 0.75 0.75 3.5
JTOH200VPEFBS1 44.5 10.0 8.0 0.75 0.75 3.5
JTOH220VPEFBS1 45.0 10.0 8.0 0.75 0.75 3.5
JTOH240VPEFBS1 53.0 10.0 14.0 0.75 0.75 3.5
JTOH080VPERBS1 25.5 4.0 3.5 0.75 0.75 2.0
JTOH100VPERBS1 35.0 6.0 5.5 0.75 0.75 3.5
JTOH120VPERBS1 39.0 6.0 8.0 0.75 0.75 3.5
JTOH140VPERBS1 48.0 10.0 14.0 0.75 0.75 3.5
JTOH160VPERBS1 220V/60Hz 54.5 - 14.0 0.75 0.75 5.5
JTOH180VPERBS1 61.5 - 14.0 0.75 0.75 5.5
JTOH200VPERBS1 72.5 - 22.0 0.75 0.75 5.5
JTOH220VPERBS1 73.5 - 22.0 0.75 0.75 5.5
JTOH240VPERBS1 87.0 - 22.0 0.75 0.75 5.5
* Refer to the NOTES for selection of the power source cable size.
SM-17010 1-5
TROUBLESHOOTING
NOTES:
1) Follow the local codes and regulations when selecting field wires.
2) The wire sizes marked with *1 in the table of the previous page are selected at the maximum current of the unit
according to the European Standard, EN60 335-1. Use the wires which are not lighter than the ordinary tough
rubber sheathed flexible cord (code designation H05RN-F) or ordinary polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord (code
designation H05RN-F).
3) The wire sizes marked with *2 in the table of the previous page are selected at the maximum current of the unit
according to the wire, MLFC (Flame Retardant Polyflex Wire) manufactured by Hitachi Cable Ltd., Japan.
4) Use a shielded cable for the transmitting circuit and connect it to the ground.
5) In the case that power cables are connected in series, add apply maximum current to each unit and select appropriate
wires in the table below.
Selection According to MLFC (at Cable Temperature of 90oC,

Selection According to EN60 335-1
Field Ambient Temperature 52oC and Cables are Tied Together)
Current i (A) Wire Size (mm2) Current i (A) Wire Size (mm2)
i< 6 0.75 i < 11 0.75 *3: In the case that
6 < i < 10 1 11 < i < 14 1.25 current exceeds 63A,
10 < i < 16 1.5 14 < i < 20 2 use MLFC cables.
16 < i < 25 2.5 20 < i < 28 3.5
25 < i < 32 4 28 < i < 38 5.5
32 < i < 40 6 38 < i < 47 8
40 < i < 63 10 47 < i < 68 14
63 < i *3 68 < i < 90 22
90 < i < 108 30
NOTE:
Use 2-core cable (equivalent to following cables: VCTF, VCT, CVV, MVVS, VVR or VVF, size: 0.75mm2 to 1.25mm2
(manufactured by HITACHI Cable Co. Ltd.)) or 2-core twist pair cable (equivalent to following cables: KPEV or KPEV-S
(manufactured by HITACHI Cable Co. Ltd.)) for the control cable between the outdoor unit and the indoor unit.
The total transition wiring length between the indoor unit and the outdoor unit should be less than 1000m and the total
transition wiring length between outdoor units should be less than 30m.
Install a multi-pole main switch with a space of 3.5mm or more between each phase.
1-6 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
1.1.2 Function of RSW, DSWs and LEDs

z Location of Print Circuit Boards (PCBs) *Electrical Control Box of Outdoor Unit: Front Side
< 460V Type >
Model: JTOH080PEUBS1 - JTOH120VPEUBS1
PF1
TF
NF1 DCL1
PF2
PCB1
INV1
TB2
TB1
Model: JTOH140VPEUBS1
PF1
NF1 TF
DCL1
PF2
PCB1
INV1
TB2
TB1
Model: JTOH160VPEUBS1 - JTOH240VPEUBS1
PF1 PF1
NF1 NF2 TF
DCL1 DCL2
PF2 PF2
PCB1
INV1 INV2
TB2
TB1
SM-17010 1-7
TROUBLESHOOTING
< 380V/60Hz >

JTOH080VPEFBS1 - JTOH120VPEFBS1 JTOH140VPEFBS1
DCL1
NF1 NF5
NF1 DCL1 NF5
PCB1 PCB1
INV1 INV1 TB2
NF3 TB2 NF3
NF6
NF6 TB1
TB1
JTOH160 VPEFBS1 - JTOH240 VPEFBS1
DCL1 DCL2
NF5
NF1 NF2
NF4 INV1 INV2 PCB1

TB2
NF3
TB 1
TB1
NF6 NF7
< 220V/60Hz >
JTOH080VPERBS1 - JTOH120VPERBS1 JTOH140VPERBS1
NF5
DCL1
NF4
INV1 DCL1
INV1
NF1 NF3 NF1
NF4
PCB1 PCB1
TB2
TB1 TB2
MPB1 MPB1
FANM1 FANM2
FANM1 NF2 NF2 NF3
JTOH160VPERBS1 - JTOH240VPERBS1
NF7 DCL1 DCL2
INV1 NF2 INV2

NF1
NF5 PCB1
TB2
TB1
FANM1 FANM2 MPB1 MPB2 NF6

NF3 NF4
1-8 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
z Purpose
Symbol PCB Purpose

PCB1 Outdoor Unit PCB 1. Transmitting between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit
2. Processing for Sensor Input
3. Processing for DIP Switch Input
4. Operation Control for Above Items 1 to 3.
Compressor Operation Control, Bypass Valve Control, Fan Control
and Overcurrent Control
5. 7-Segment Indication
6. Processing of Safety Device Input
7. Processing of Relay Output
8. Reverse Phase Detection for Power Source
INV1, 2 Inverter PCB 1. Inverter power part is driven by outdoor unit PCB to drive
(For 220V/60Hz) compressor.
2. Overcurrent Control
3. Protection Control for Inverter Part
INV1, 2 Inverter PCB 1. Inverter power part is driven by outdoor unit PCB to drive
(For 380V/60Hz, compressor.
460V/60Hz) 2. Overcurrent Control
3. Protection Control for Inverter Part
4. DC Fan Motor Speed Control
FANM1, 2 1. DC Fan Motor Speed Control
Fan Controller
(For 220V/60Hz) 2. Overcurrent Control
PCB2-1, 2 1. Inverter power part is driven by outdoor unit PCB to drive

Main Power PCB
(For 220V/60Hz) compressor.
a. Control Printed Circuit Board:

PCB1 (Outdoor Unit PCB)
PSW2
LED5
PSW3
SEG2
SEG1
DSW4
DSW7
DSW3
DSW2
DSW6
LED2
DSW5
RSW1
LED1
DSW1
DSW8
PSW5 PSW1 PSW4 DSW10 LED4 LED3 TB2
SM-17010 1-9
TROUBLESHOOTING
Part Name Function Information

Power Source Indicator for Outdoor Unit PCB (Low Voltage)
LED1 (Red) Normal Condition: Activated / ON
Abnormal Condition: Deactivated / OFF
This LED2 indicates the communication state between the outdoor unit
PCB and inverter PCB.
LED2 (Green)
Normal Condition: Flashing
Abnormal Condition: Activated / ON or Deactivated / OFF
This LED3 indicates the communication state between the indoor unit
LEDs and outdoor unit.
LED3 (Yellow)
Normal Condition: Flashing
This LED4 indicates the communication state between the outdoor units.
LED4 (Orange) Normal Condition: Flashing
Power Source Indicator for Outdoor Unit PCB (High Voltage)
These indicate: “Alarm”, “Protective Safety Device has Tripped” or
SEGs SEG1, SEG2
“Checking Items”.
b. Inverter Printed Circuit Board <for 220V/60Hz>:

INV1, 2 (Inverter PCB) and PCB2-1, 2 (Main Power PCB)
PV151 (INV1,2) PV153 (PCB2-1,2)
DSW101 LED501
LED202
LED203

Power Source Indicator for Inverter PCB
LED501 (Red)
Normal Condition: Activated / ON
(on PCB2-1, 2)
This indicates the state of the microcomputer.
LED202 (Yellow)
(on INV1, 2)
This indicates the state of communication between inverter PCB and
LED203 (Green) fan controller
(on INV1, 2) Normal Condition: Activated / ON
• DSW101
No setting is required for outdoor unit installation. INV1 INV2
When setting the No.1 pin to ON, the electric current detection
is canceled. ON ON
OFF OFF
The No.1 pin should be set back to OFF after electrical work. 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
1-10 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
c. Inverter Printed Circuit Board for <460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz>:

INV1, 2 (Inverter PCB)
PV161 (INV1,2)
PCN2 LED401
DSW101
LED202
LED203
CN206
CN207

Power Source Indicator for Inverter PCB
This indicates the state of the microcomputer.
LED202 (Yellow) Normal Condition: Activated / ON
This indicates the state of communication between inverter PCB and
fan controller
LED203 (Green)
• DSW101
No setting is required for outdoor unit installation. INV1 INV2
When setting the No.1 pin to ON, the electric current ON
ON
detection is canceled. OFF OFF
The No.1 pin should be set back to OFF after electrical 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
work.
d. Fan Controller Printed Circuit Board for <220V/60Hz>:

FANM1, 2 (Fan Controller)
PV152 (FANM1,2)
SM-17010 1-11
TROUBLESHOOTING
1.1.3 Checking of Rotary Switch and Dip Switch Setting

The following figures indicate the normal setting (before shipment) of DSW on PCB in the indoor and
outdoor unit.
(1) Outdoor Unit (before shipment)

Turn OFF all power sources before the setting.
Without turning OFF all power sources, the switches do not work and the settings are invalid.
(However, DSW4-No.1, 2, 4, 5, 6 and push switches can be operated while power source is ON.)
The mark “n” indicates the position of dip switches.
Arrangement of Dip Switches (PCB1) DSW1 (PCB1) Ref. Cycle No. Setting DSW3 (PCB1) Function Setting
Display Setting is required. No setting is required.
(7SEG)
Setting Before Shipment Setting Before Shipment Setting Before Shipment
except Middle East only Middle East
SEG2 SEG1 Setting Position
ON ON
RSW1
PSW2 DSW1 01 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
DSW4 DSW7 9
ON
23
78
PSW5 PSW1 PSW3
DSW2 DSW3 4 56 DSW4 (PCB1) Test Run and Service Setting
Enter
1 2 3 4 5 6
PSW4 DSW5 DSW6 Setting is required. For Test Run, Function Setting
Tens Digit Last Digit
DSW8 Setting Before and External Input/Output Setting
DSW1 Set the unit number of outdoor unit at each Shipment
RSW1
refrigerant cycle. ON
DSW10 (Setting before shipment is unit 0.)
1 2 3 4 5 6
DSW2 (PCB1) Capacity Setting
Setting Item Pin No.
No setting is required. Test Cooling Operation 1
Test Heating Operation 1, 2
< Standard Type >
Compressor Forced Stop 4
Capacity 8HP 10HP 12HP 14HP 16HP
Function Setting 4, 5
ON ON ON ON ON External Input/Output Setting 4, 6
DSW2
Setting
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 DSW5 (PCB1) Emergency Operation
Capacity 18HP 20HP 22HP 24HP Turn ON the dip switch
No setting is required.
when use the below
ON ON ON ON Setting Before
DSW2 functions.
Setting Shipment
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
ON Except No.1 Comp.
1
(MC1) Operation
< High Efficiency Type > 1 2 3 4 5 6 Except No.2 Comp.
Capacity 5HP 6HP 8HP 10HP 2
(MC2) Operation
ON ON ON ON
DSW2
Setting DSW8 (PCB1) High Static Pressure Mode
Setting
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
Capacity 12HP 14HP 16HP 18HP Setting is required. Turn ON the dip switch
when use the below functions.
ON ON ON ON Setting Before
DSW2
Shipment Setting Item Pin No.
Setting
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 ON HSP Setting: 30Pa 1
HSP Setting: 60Pa 2
1 2 3 HSP Setting: 80Pa 1, 2
DSW6 (PCB1) Outdoor Unit No. Setting/Function Setting
Setting is required.
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Combination Setting
Unit A Unit B Unit C Unit D When adopting the air outlet duct
Single Setting (field-supplied), make sure to set DSW8.
(Setting Before Shipment) (No.0 Unit) (No.1 Unit) (No.2 Unit) (No.3 Unit)
ON ON ON ON ON
DSW10 (PCB1) Transmission Setting
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 Set DSW10-1 correctly
for end resistance cancellation.
Turn ON the dip switch when use the below functions. Setting Before
Shipment
Setting Item Pin No. IMPORTANT NOTICE End Resistance Setting *1 1
ON
The outdoor unit is not single, the combination setting Fuse Recovery *2 2
Outdoor Unit No. Setting 1, 2, 3
is necessary. Be sure to do this setting.
1 2 *1: Turn OFF No.1 pin for all of
Cooling Operation Under the outdoor units in the same H-LINK
Make sure to apply Snow Protection Hood system except one outdoor unit.
Low Load Operation 4
(Optional Parts). *2: If the fuse (EF1) is melted,
(Low Ambient Setting)
set No.2 pin to ON for recovery.
DSW7 (PCB1) Power Supply Voltage and System Setting INV No. Setting
DSW101 (INV1, 2) /Service Setting
220V Unit: 220V Setting Before Shipment
380V Unit: 380V Setting Before Shipment INV1 INV2
Setting Before Shipment Setting Before Shipment
ON ON
380-415V Unit: 415V Setting Before Shipment 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
Power Supply Voltage and System Setting Turn ON the dip switch when
use the below functions.
220V 380V 400V 415V 460V
ON ON ON ON ON
Heat Pump Cancellation of Current Detection 1
(2 Pipes)
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
IMPORTANT NOTICE
ON ON ON ON ON
Heat Recovery If Cancellation of Current Detection is set,
(3 Pipes) make sure to return the setting, after
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 service works.
1-12 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
● High Static Pressure Setting (DSW8: ON)

Turn ON DSW8-No.1, 2 pin for the high static pressure setting.
This setting enables the high static pressure operation up to 80Pa.
When the outdoor unit is installed to spaces such as a balcony or a floor where an external static pressure
is required to secure a louver or a duct, etc., this setting shall be used.
NOTES:
1. In the case of combination of the outdoor units (26-96HP), set this function for all the outdoor units.
2. While the unit operates in high static pressure mode, and air outlet duct kit is installed, the operation
sound value increases by 8dB from the nominal value.
Balcony Building
Setting for External DSW8
Pressure #1 #2
30Pa ON OFF
60Pa OFF ON
80Pa ON ON
Installation of
outdoor units
to each floor.
< Case that Open Space is Louver > < Case that Open Space is Wall >
Ceiling Wall Ceiling Wall Air Outlet Duct Kit
Air Outlet Duct Kit
(Field-Supplied)
(Field-Supplied)
Duct
(Field-Supplied)
The recommended
The air flow direction
air outlet duct kit
can be changed to
(Field-Supplied)
open space by using
has flanged opening,
air outlet duct kit
which makes the field
(Field-Supplied).
connection work possible.
Louver Outdoor Unit Wall Outdoor Unit
NOTE:
Pay attention to the following points at the design and the installation. If there is outlet air intake by short
circuit, the operation range will be limited due to increasing high pressure in the cooling operation or
decreasing low pressure in the heating operation, which may cause failure of the unit.
SM-17010 1-13
TROUBLESHOOTING
● Setting for Transmitting

It is required to set the outdoor unit No., refrigerant cycle No. and end terminal resistance for
this H-LINK or H-LINK II system.
● Setting of Outdoor Unit No.
In case of the combination of base unit, set DSW6 as shown below.
Combination of Base Unit
Base Unit
(Before Shipment) Unit A Unit B Unit C Unit D
(No.0) (No.1) (No.2) (No.3)
ON ON ON ON ON
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
● Setting of Refrigerant Cycle No.

In the same refrigerant cycle, set the same refrigerant cycle No. for the outdoor unit and the indoor units
as shown below.
Setting outdoor unit refrigerant cycle No. is required only for the main unit.
The sub unit settings are not required.
As for setting indoor unit refrigerant cycle No., set RSW2 and DSW5 on the indoor unit PCB.
Setting Switch Ex.: In Case of Setting Refrigerant Cycle No. 25

10 digit 1 digit
Setting Position 901
ON
23
78
ON OFF
OFF 901 Set by inserting 456
1 2 3 4 5 6 slotted screwdriver 1 2 3 4 5 6
23
78
456 into the groove.

Turn ON No. 2 pin. Set Dial No.5.
Outdoor Unit DSW1 RSW1
DSW and RSW setting before shipment is 0.
Indoor Unit
DSW5 RSW2 Maximum in setting refrigerant cycle No. is 63.
(H-LINK II)
< Setting Example > No setting is required. No setting is required.
Sub Unit Sub Unit Main Unit

ON ON ON
DSW1: OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6
DSW1: OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6
DSW1: OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6
901 901 901

RSW1: RSW1: RSW1:
23
23
23
78
78
78
456 456 456 Ref. Cycle No. 25
DSW6: DSW6: DSW6:

ON ON ON
OFF OFF OFF
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
Setting of Setting of Setting of Main Unit (Unit A)

Sub Unit (Unit C) Sub Unit (Unit B) H-LINK II (Factory Setting)
to the Indoor Units
Set the refrigerant cycle No.

not to duplicate no. with the other outdoor units.
SET FREE
Series
Refrigerant Cycle for UTOPIA Series Maximum Number of Connectable
Outdoor Unit
This Outdoor Unit Outdoor Unit Outdoor Units and Indoor Units
(for H-LINK II)
Transmission Line Outdoor Unit 64
(No Polarity) Indoor Unit 160
H-LINK or H-LINK II
Set to the same refrigerant NOTE:
cycle No. For installing the outdoor unit
and the indoor unit on the same
transmission wiring, which cannot
Indoor be used for H-LINK II, maximum
Unit number of connectable indoor units
Wired Controller Centralized Controller is 128.
1-14 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
● DSW7 Setting for Rated Voltage

DSW7 is used for setting of rated voltage for the outdoor unit as shown right.
When the site power source voltage is different from factory setting, DSW7 setting is required.
NOTE:
The same voltage setting is required to the main unit and sub unit(s).

Voltage 220V 380V 460V
DSW7 ON ON ON
460V Unit: 460V Setting Before Shipment Setting OFF OFF OFF
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
● Setting of End Terminal Resistance

Setting of End Terminal Resistance
Before shipment, No. 1 pin of DSW10 (for the setting of end terminal DSW10
resistance) is in the “ON” position. Before Shipment Cancellation
In the case of one refrigerant cycle in the same H-LINK or H-LINK II, ON ON
set all No. 1 pins of DSW10 in the “OFF” position except the main
1 2 OFF 1 2 OFF
outdoor unit A.
In the case of one refrigerant cycle in the same H-LINK or H-LINK II, set all No. 1 pins of DSW10 in the “OFF”
position except the main outdoor unit A.
SET FREE Series

Outdoor Unit Set the end terminal.
(Unit Combination)
DSW10 DSW10 DSW10
12 12 12
Unit A Unit B Unit C

(Main) (Sub) (Sub)
Cancel the end terminal setting.

Transmission Line
(No Polarity)
H-LINK or H-LINK II
Indoor
Unit
In the case of more than one refrigerant cycles in the same H-LINK or H-LINK II, set all No. 1 pins of
DSW10 in the “OFF” position except the main outdoor unit A.
Outdoor unit being

set end terminal Cancel the end terminal.
Cancel the end terminal. Cancel the end terminal.
SET FREE Series SET FREE Series SET FREE Series SET FREE Series
Outdoor Unit Outdoor Unit Set the end terminal. Outdoor Unit Outdoor Unit
(Base Unit) (Unit Combination) (Unit Combination) (Base Unit)
DSW10 DSW10 DSW10 DSW10 DSW10 DSW10 DSW10
12 12 12 12 12 12 12
Unit A Unit B Unit C Unit A Unit B

(Main) (Sub) (Sub) (Main) (Sub)
Transmission Line
(No Polarity) Cancel the end terminal setting.
H-LINK or H-LINK II
Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor

Unit Unit Unit Unit
Wired Controller
(2) Indoor Unit (before shipment)

● Refer to “Indoor Unit Service manual” for each indoor unit.
SM-17010 1-15
TROUBLESHOOTING
1.1.4 Troubleshooting in Check Mode by Wired Controller

In Case of JCWB10NEWS
Each “Check Menu” item and its function are explained in the following table.
Check Menu Item Function
Check 1 Sensor condition of air conditioner will be monitored and indicated.
Check 2 Sensor data of air conditioner prior to alarm occurrence will be indicated.
Alarm History Display Previous alarm record (date, time, alarm code) will be indicated.
Model Display Model name and manufacturing number will be indicated.
I.U./O.U. PCB Check The result of PCB check will be indicated.
Self Checking Checking of wired controller will be carried out.
l Setting Method
< Normal Mode Display > < Check Menu Display >
Check Menu
A/C Meeting Room FLTR
MODE SPEED LOUV. TEMP Check 1
COOL
HIGH
Check 2 01
Alarm History Display /
LOUV. ADJ Model Display 02
Function 5
SEL. OK ENT. RTN.
OK ?
Press and hold “ ” (menu) and “?” (help)
simultaneously for 3 seconds during the
normal mode.
(1) Check 1 and Check 2

(1) Press and hold “ ” (menu) and “?” (help)
simultaneously for 3 seconds during the normal Check Menu
mode. Check 1
The check menu is displayed.
Check 2 01
(2) Select “Check 1” (or “Check 2”) from the
Model Display 02
check menu and press “OK”.
Function 5
SEL. OK ENT. RTN.
(3) Select the set indoor unit by pressing

“ ” and press “OK”. (This screen is Check 1
NOT displayed when the number of indoor unit 01-01 02-01 03-01 04-01
connected with the wired controller is 1 (one). In 01-02 02-02 03-02 04-02
this case, (4) will be displayed.)
01-03 02-03 03-03 04-03
01-04 02-04 03-04 04-04
SEL. OK ENT. RTN.
(4) Press “ “ or “ “ to change the screen.

Check 1:01-03
Item Value
b1 22
01
b2 20
/
b3 55
07
b4 20
b5 25
Next Page RTN.
1-16 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
l Items of Check Mode 1
No. Item Data Name No. Item Data Name

1 b1 Set Temp. 18 E3 Times of Abnormal Transmitting
2 b2 Inlet Air Temp. 19 E4 Times of Inverter Tripping
3 b3 Discharge Air Temp. 20 F1 Louver Sensor State
4 b4 Liquid Pipe Temp. 21 H1 Discharge Pressure
5 b5 Remote Thermistor Temp. 22 H2 Suction Pressure
6 b6 Outdoor Air Temp. 23 H3 Control Information
7 b7 Gas Pipe Temp. 24 H4 Operating Frequency
8 b8 Evaporating Temp. at Heating 25 J1 I.U. Capacity
9 b9 Condensing Temp. at Cooling 26 J2 O.U. Code
10 bA Comp. Top Temp. 27 J3 Refrigerant Cycle Number (1)
11 bb Thermo Temp. of Wired Controller 28 J4 Refrigerant Cycle Number (2)
12 bC Not Prepared 29 L1 I.U. Expansion Valve
13 C1 I.U. Micro-Computer 30 L2 O.U. Expansion Valve 1
14 C2 O.U. Micro-Computer 31 L3 O.U. Expansion Valve 2
15 d1 Stopping Cause State Indication 32 L4 O.U. Expansion Valve B
16 E1 Times of Abnormality 33 P1 Comp. Current
17 E2 Times of Power Failure 34 q1 Motion Sensor Reaction Rate (0 ~ 100%)
l Items of Check Mode 2
No. Item Data Name No. Item Data Name

1 q1 Inlet Air Temp. 9 q9 Discharge Pressure
2 q2 Discharge Air Temp. 10 qA Suction Pressure
3 q3 Liquid Pipe Temp. 11 qb Control Information
4 q4 Outdoor Air Temp. 12 qC Operating Frequency
5 q5 Gas Pipe Temp. 13 qd I.U. Expansion Valve
6 q6 Evaporating Temp. at Heating 14 qE O.U. Expansion Valve 1
7 q7 Condensing Temp. at Cooling 15 qF Comp. Current
8 q8 Comp. Top Temp.
SM-17010 1-17
TROUBLESHOOTING
(2) Alarm History Display

The alarm history display is available to be set from the check menu.

mode.
Check 1
Check 2 01
(2) Select “Alarm History Display” from the check
Model Display 02
menu and press “OK”.
Function 5
SEL. OK ENT. RTN.
(3) The alarm history display is switched by pressing

“ “ or “ “. Alarm History
Date Time I.U. ERR
2008/10/28 PM02:10 01-01 22
01
2008/10/29 PM03:45 01-03 11
/
2008/11/06 AM11:37 01-02 14
03
2008/11/07 PM07:15 01-03 13
2008/11/07 PM11:55 01-01 29
Next Page OK DelAll RTN.
(4) To delete the alarm history, press “OK”. The

confirmation screen will be displayed. Alarm History
Select “Yes” and press “OK”. The alarm history is
deleted and the screen will return to (3)
If “No” is pressed, the screen will return to (3).
Delete alarm history?
Yes No
SEL. OK ENT. RTN.
1-18 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
(3) I.U./O.U. PCB Check

mode. I. U./O. U. PCB Check
Self Checking 02
/
(2) Select “I.U./O.U. PCB Check” from the check 02
menu and press “OK”.
SEL. OK ENT. RTN.
(3) Select the set indoor unit by pressing

“ ” and press “OK”. (This screen is I.U./O.U. PCB Check
NOT displayed when the number of indoor unit 01-01 02-01 03-01 04-01
connected with the wired controller is 1 (one). In
this case, (4) will be displayed.) 01-02 02-02 03-02 04-02
01-03 02-03 03-03 04-03
01-04 02-04 03-04 04-04
SEL. OK ENT. RTN.
(4) The indoor unit PCB and the outdoor unit PCB
checks are started. I.U./O.U. PCB: Check 01-01
* If “ “ (menu) is pressed during the check, the
check is canceled and the screen will return to Check 1: Checking
(2).
Check 2: Checking
* If “ “ (return) is pressed during the check, the
check is canceled and the screen will return to Check 3: Checking
(3).
(5) After completing the check, the result of PCB

check will be indicated. Press “ ” (return) and I.U./O.U. PCB: Check 01-01
return to (3).
Check 1: 00
Check 2: 00
Check 3: 00
< Result of PCB Checks >

Indoor Unit PCB Outdoor Unit PCB
No. Result No. Result
Normal Normal
Abnormality of Inlet Air Temp. Thermistor Abnormality of Transmission of Outdoor Unit
Abnormality of Outlet Air Temp. Thermistor ITO Input Failure
Abnormality of Liquid Pipe Temp. Thermistor PSH Input Failure
Abnormality of Remote Thermistor Abnormality of Protection Signal Detection Circuit
Abnormality of Gas Pipe Temp. Thermistor Abnormality of Phase Detection
Abnormality of Transmission of Central Station Abnormality of Transmission of Inverter
Abnormality of EEPROM Abnormality of High Pressure Sensor
Zero Cross Input Failure Abnormality of Comp. Discharge Gas Temp. Thermistor
Abnormality of Transmission of I.U. during Check Abnormality of Low Pressure Sensor
Abnormality of Evaporating Temp. Thermistor at Heating
Abnormality of Ambient Air Temp. Thermistor
SM-17010 1-19
TROUBLESHOOTING
(4) Self Checking

The self checking performs to check the wired controller and to clear EEPROM (storage cell inside of
the wired controller).
mode (when unit is not operated).
I. U./O. U. PCB Check
Self Checking 02
/
(2) Select “Self Checking” from the check menu and
02
press “OK”.
SEL. OK ENT. RTN.
(3) Select the process for “Self Checking”.

* To start self check, press “?” (help). Self Checking
* To clear EEPROM, press “ ” and “?” (help)

simultaneously. 01:000
See EEPROM clear process (15) (next
page).
P-3400
ARF-8Y050 2008.11.06 12:34
(4) LCD Test

Press “OK” and the screen will be switched as Self Checking
shown in the figure.

02:000
(5) Backlight Test

LCD brightness is changed gradually by pressing 03: Backlight Test
“OK”. 04: Contrast Test
05: Run Indicator Test
(6) Contrast Test Self Checking

Contrast of the LCD gradually changes by
pressing “OK”.
03:000
(7) Run Indicator Test
Press “OK” and the run indicator will flash in red
and green twice for each.
(8) Switch Input Test

Press the 9 switches one by one. The number Self Checking
indicated with “ A ” will count up as switch being
pressed.
* The order of pressing switch is at random. 06:000
Do not press more than 1 (one) button for it will
no be counted.
A
1-20 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
(9) No Function
This function is not used. 07: No Function
Press “OK” to proceed. 08: Transmission Test
Self Checking
(10) Transmission Circuit Test 07:000

The wired controller automatically starts to check
the transmission circuit.
(11) Wired Controller Thermistor Test

The detected temperature by wired controller Self Checking
thermistor is displayed at “ A ” in the right figure.
09:025
(12) Date/Time Test

The date and time is switched from “2012.03.04 Self Checking
12:34” to “2008. 01. 01 00:00”.
10:000
2008.01.01 00:00
(13) EEPROM Test

< EEPROM Clearing Cancel > Self Checking
Press “?“ (help).
< EEPROM Clear >
Press “OK” or wait 15 seconds. EEPROM data
11 : 0 0 0
will be cleared. During the process, the numbers
will be indicated on where is located with “ A ”.
A
If A has value of “999”, EEPROM is in a faulty
condition.
*In case “ A ” has “999”, the process does not
proceed to next step.
(14) After the several seconds are passed, the self checking is completed and the wired controller is
automatically restarted.
EEPROM Process
(15) Clear EEPROM
The wired controller will automatically start Self Checking
EEPROM clearing process.
13:000
(16) After the several seconds are passed, the self checking is completed and the wired controller is
automatically restarted.
SM-17010 1-21
TROUBLESHOOTING
(5) Contact Information Registration

Contact information can be registered from “Contact Information”.
(1) Press and hold “ ” (menu) and “ ” (return) simultaneously for at least 3 seconds during the normal
mode (when unit is not operated). The test run menu will be displayed.
(2) Select “Contact Information” from the test run menu and press “OK”.
The contact information 1 will be displayed.
(3) Press “?” (help) to change font type.

Contact Information 1
Electric Cor p
(4) Press “ ” to select letter. ABC ' + * ; . ? - / : =
abc 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
Sym.1 q w e r t y u i o p
(5) Press “OK” to confirm the letter. (Max.: 28 letters) Sym.2 € a s d f g h j k l
< > z x c v b n m ,
SPAC DEL ← → FIN.
(6) Select “FIN.” and press “OK” (or simply press
SEL. ? Letter OK ENT. FIN.
“ ” (menu)), (7) will be displayed.
(7) Repeat (3)~(5) to register contact information 2.

Select “FIN.” and press “OK”, the confirmation screen will be displayed.
(Also, press “ ” (menu) and the confirmation screen will be displayed.)
(8) Select “Yes” and press “OK”. The test run menu
will be displayed after the setting is confirmed. Contact Information
If “No” is pressed, the screen will return to (3). Electric Corp.
Register these contents?

Yes No
SEL. OK ENT. RTN.
1-22 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
1.1.5 Checking Using 7-Segment Display
Only an authorized person can check using this method.
● Before Checking
1) Turn ON the main power source. Wait for more than 20 seconds to start checking.
2) Checking Items
* Connecting Information
* Outdoor Unit Information
* Indoor Unit Information
* Cause of Alarm Code Information
* Alarm Code History Information
3) Check the locations of 7-segment and push switches.
4) AC220-240V is applied to the PCB and electrical parts. Never touch electrical parts and wiring without
appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) when checking.
● Location of Push Switches and 7-Segment Display

The push switches and 7-segment display are located on the PCB1.
SEG2 SEG1
PSW2
PSW1
PSW5
PSW4 PSW3
SM-17010 1-23
TROUBLESHOOTING
• Simple Checking by 7-Segment Display
1 Turn on All Indoor Units *1) *1): All the Indoor Units Connected to the Outdoor Unit
2 Turn on the Outdoor Unit
3 Auto-addressing Starts During auto-addressing, the following items can be checked using the
outdoor unit's on-board 7-segment LED display.
Outdoor Unit
(1) Disconnection of power supply to the indoor unit.
Printed
(2) Reverse connection of the communication cable between the outdoor
Circuit Board
and indoor units.
(PCB1)
In this case, "03" appears after 30 seconds.
(3) Duplication of indoor unit number. See Alarm Code 35.
Normal
(1) The outdoor unit's on-board 7-segment LED display is not indicated.
Case
(2) The outdoor unit's on-board 7-segment LED display indicates the followings if there is something wrong.
(A) Alarm code will be displayed on the 7-segment

when an alarm is received from an indoor unit in normal mode.
As for the following alarm codes, however, alarm code will be displayed on the 7-segment LED when
an alarm is detected by an outdoor unit itself.
• Alarm Code “03” (Abnormal communication between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit)
• Alarm Code “35” (Incorrect Indoor and Outdoor Unit No. Setting)
(B) Alarm code of lower number indoor unit address No. will be displayed when alarm is received from
multiple indoor units.
(C) The following 7-segment LED is displayed and flashed every 0.5 seconds.
SEG2 SEG1
Abnormal
Case
Alarm Code
(D) SEG1 and SEG2 are as follows.
7-Segment Display
<In Case of Unit No. 63, Alarm Code “01”>
SEG2: Indoor Unit No. (0~63)

SEG1: Alarm Code
SEG2 SEG1
Indoor Unit No. Alarm Code
1-24 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
● Checking Method using Checking Mode

Operating conditions and each part of a system can be checked using the 7-segment display on the
PCB1 in the outdoor unit.
Arrangement of Push Switches
NOTES:
1. Change the Indication Group by pressing PSW5 ( ) and PSW3 ( ). PSW2
The first indication of the next or the previous Indication Group will be indicated no matter
where the current step is at.
2. The indications compatible for all the outdoor units and indoor units connected will be indicated
for the case of Group (B) and Group (C). PSW5 PSW1 PSW3
(Example)
(0-1) Outdoor Unit (No.0) (0-36) Cause Code of Fan Controller Stoppage Code PSW4
(2-1) Outdoor Unit (No.0) (2-36) Cause Code of Fan Controller Stoppage Code
Notice
Normal Mode (No indication) Make sure to cancel Checking
Mode after checking is
To Start Checking To Cancel Checking completed.
Press PSW1 for Press PSW1 for If not, system may operate
more than 3sec more than 3sec abnormally.
PSW2 PSW2 PSW2 PSW2 PSW2

Indication Group (A) Indication Group (B) Indication Group (C) Indication Group (D) Indication Group (E)
Connecting Outdoor Unit Indoor Unit Cause of Alarm Code Alarm Code History
Information Information Information Information Information
PSW3
PSW3 PSW3 PSW3 PSW3

PSW4 PSW2 PSW4 PSW2 PSW4 PSW2 PSW4 PSW2 PSW4 PSW2
(A) Connecting Information

This information is indicated at the main outdoor unit (Unit A) only.
Press PSW4 ( ) to forward or PSW2 ( ) to backward.
The information will be indicated alternately as “Item” → “Details”.
Details of Indication
7-Segment Display
Item Details
SEG2 SEG1
Total Capacity of Total Capacity of O.U. Combination
1
Connected Outdoor Units Refer to “Outdoor Unit Capacity Table”.
2 Connected O.U. Number Connected Outdoor Unit Number
Total Capacity of
3 Total Capacity of Connected Indoor Units
Connected Indoor Units
4 Connected I.U. Number Connected Indoor Unit Number
5 Refrigerant Cycle No. Refrigerant Cycle No.

Total Capacity of Total Capacity of Operated Indoor Units
6
Operated I.U. Refer to “Indoor Unit Capacity Table”.
7 Total Comp. Frequency [Hz]
8 Accumulated Operation Time [10 Hour]
Outdoor Unit Capacity Table Indoor Unit Capacity Table

NOTE:
Capacity Horsepower Capacity Horsepower Capacity Horsepower
Indication
(kW) (HP)
In case of combination unit, the indication Indication Indication
(kW) (HP) (kW) (HP)
of outdoor unit capacity is total capacity
40 14.0 5.0 3 1.1 0.4 20 7.1 2.8
of each unit.
48 16.0 6.0 5 1.8 0.6 22 8.0 3.0
64 22.4 8.0 < Example > 6 2.2 0.8 26 9.0 3.3
80 28.0 10.0 In case of 432 type 8 2.8 1.0 32 11.2 4.0
96 33.5 12.0 432 type = 144 type x 3 10 3.6 1.3 40 14.0 5.0
112 40.0 14.0 144 x 3 = 432 11 4.0 1.5 48 16.0 6.0
128 45.0 16.0 Indication “432” will be displayed. 13 4.5 1.8 64 22.4 8.0
144 50.0 18.0 14 5.0 2.0 80 28.0 10.0
160 56.0 20.0 16 5.6 2.3 128 45.0 16.0
176 61.5 22.0 18 6.3 2.5 160 56.0 20.0
192 67.0 24.0
SM-17010 1-25
TROUBLESHOOTING
(B) Outdoor Unit Information

Select the outdoor unit number to be displayed only for the example of Unit A (No.0).
Units B, C and D (Nos.1, 2 and 3) show each unit number only. Unit Indication
When the selection is changed, press PSW3 (►) to forward or PSW5 (◄) Unit A (No.0)
to backward. Unit B (No.1)
Unit C (No.2)
Select the outdoor unit number for indication. Unit D (No.3)
Press PSW4 (▼) for detailed information of selected unit number.
Press PSW4 (▼) to move forward or PSW2 (▲) to move backward. The information will be indicated
alternately as “Item” → “Details”.
Press PSW3 (►) or PSW5 (◄) to change the Outdoor Combination Unit No. to be indicated or to move
other Indication Group.
7-Segment Display
Item Details
SEG2 SEG1 *1)
1 Outdoor Unit No. Outdoor Unit No. Indication
Unit Capacity Indication

2 Outdoor Unit Capacity
Refer to "Outdoor Unit Capacity Table"
Output State of Output State of Outdoor Micro-Computer Indication
3
Outdoor Micro-Computer Refer to "Arrangement of Push Switches and 7-Segment Display"
Running Frequency of
4 Running Frequency of No.1 Compressor Indication [Hz]
Inverter Compressor MC1
Running Frequency of
5 Running Frequency of No.2 Compressor Indication [Hz]
Inverter Compressor MC2 *2)
Total Number of
6 Total Number of Running Compressor Indication
Running Compressor
7 Outdoor Fan Step Outdoor Fan Step Indication (0 to 27 [Step])
Outdoor Expansion Valve

8 Outdoor Expansion Valve MV1 Opening Indication [%]
MV1 Opening
Outdoor Expansion Valve
9 Outdoor Expansion Valve MV2 Opening Indication [%]
MV2 Opening *3)
Bypass Expansion Valve
10 Bypass Expansion Valve MVB Opening Indication [%]
MVB Opening
Unit: MPa
High (Discharge) Pressure
11 Indication of Pressure Sensor Open Circuit: 5.62
(Pd)
Indication of Pressure Sensor Short Circuit: -0.62
Unit: MPa
Low (Suction) Pressure
12 Indication of Pressure Sensor Open Circuit: 2.25
(Ps)
Indication of Pressure Sensor Short Circuit: -0.25
Unit: oC
Ambient Air Temperature
13 Indication of Thermistor Open Circuit: -127
(Ta)
Indication of Thermistor Short Circuit: 127
Discharge Gas Temperature Unit: oC
14 on Top of Compressor MC1 Indication of Thermistor Open Circuit: 0
(Td1) Indication of Thermistor Short Circuit: 255
Discharge Gas Temperature Unit: oC
15 on Top of Compressor MC2 Indication of Thermistor Open Circuit: 0
(Td2) *2) Indication of Thermistor Short Circuit: 255
o
Unit: C
Outdoor Heat Exchanger
Liquid Temperature (Te1)
Unit: oC
Liquid Temperature (Te2) *4)
Unit: oC
Gas Temperature (Tg)
Unit: oC
Liquid Stop Valve
Temperature (Tchg)
Unit: oC
Subcooling Heat Exchanger
Temperature (Tsc)
21 Inverter Fin Temperature 1 Unit: oC
22 Inverter Fin Temperature 2 *2) Unit: oC
Fan Controller Fin

23 Unit: oC
Temperature 1
Fan Controller Fin
24 Unit: oC
Temperature 2 *4)
1-26 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
25 Compressor
*5)
MC1 Current INV1 Primary Current [A]
26 Compressor
*2), *5)
MC2 Current INV2 Primary Current [A]
27 Fan
*5)
Motor MOF1 Current Fan Controller 1 Secondary Current [A]
28 Fan Motor MOF2 Current

*4), *5)
Fan Controller 2 Secondary Current [A]
Accumulated Operation Time

29 [10 Hours]
of Compressor MC1
30 [10 Hours]
of Compressor MC2 *2)
[10 Hours]
31 of Compressor MC1
Accumulated operation time can be reset. *6)
(Resettable)
[10 Hours]
32 of Compressor MC2
Accumulated operation time can be reset. *6)
(Resettable) *2)
Cause Code of Cause of INV Compressor MC1 Stoppage
33
Inverter Stoppage 1 Refer to "Cause Code of Inverter Stoppage"
Cause Code of Cause of INV Compressor MC2 Stoppage
34
Inverter Stoppage 2 *2) Refer to "Cause Code of Inverter Stoppage"
Cause Code of Cause of Fan Motor MOF1 Stoppage
35
Fan Controller Stoppage 1 Refer to "Cause Code of Fan Controller Stoppage"
Cause Code of Cause of Fan Motor MOF2 Stoppage
36
Fan Controller Stoppage 2 *4) Refer to "Cause Code of Fan Controller Stoppage"
*1): The outdoor unit No. is indicated on the one digit of "SEG1".
*2): Indication Item only for Outdoor Unit Model: 16HP or more
*3): Indication Item only for Outdoor Unit Model: FSNS 20HP or more, FSNP 16HP or more.
*4): Indication Item only for Outdoor Unit Model: FSNS 14HP or more, FSNP 8HP or more
*5): The indicated current is reference value. Use a clamp meter for the accurate current value.
*6): To reset the accumulated operation time, press "PSW1+PSW3" for 5 seconds while the accumulated data is indicated.
SM-17010 1-27
TROUBLESHOOTING
(C) Indoor Unit Information

Select the indoor unit number for the information indication. Press PSW4 (▼) to move forward or PSW2
(▲) to move backward.
The information will be indicated alternately as “Item” → “Details”. NOTE:
Unit No. Indication
For indoor unit connecting to
No.0 “ ” will be indicated next to
No.1 (Example
Instance
Indoor U
No.63 at the lef
7-Segment Display
Item Details
SEG2 SEG1 *1)
1 Indoor Unit No. Indoor Unit No. Indication
Unit Capacity Indication
2 Indoor Unit Capacity
Refer to "Indoor Unit Capacity Table"
Indoor Expansion
3 [%]
Valve Opening
Indoor Heat Exchanger (ºC)
4
Liquid Piping Temp.
Indoor Heat Exchanger
5 (ºC)
Gas Piping Temp.
6 Air Inlet Temp. (ºC)
7 Air Outlet Temp. (ºC)

Cause Code of Cause of Indoor Unit Stoppage
8
Indoor Unit Stoppage Refer to "Cause Code of Indoor Unit Stoppage"
*1): The indoor unit No. is indicated on the one digit of "SEG1".
(D) Cause of Alarm Code Information

Press PSW4 ( ) to forward of press PSW2 ( ) for backward.
The information will be indicated alternately as “Item” “Details”.
7-Segment Display
Item Details
SEG2 SEG1
Latest O.U. Stoppage Alarm Code Indication
1 Alarm Cause Code
Refer to “Alarm Code Table”.
Degeneracy Control for : Degeneracy Control is not Activated.
2 Pressure Ratio
Decrease Protection : Degeneracy Control is Activated.
3 High Pressure
Increase Protection : Degeneracy Control is Activated.
4 Inverter Fin Temp.
5 Discharge Gas Temp.
6 TdSH Decrease
Protection : Degeneracy Control is Activated.

7
Overcurrent Protection : Degeneracy Control is Activated.
1-28 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
(E) Alarm Code History Information

If a history of abnormality exists, it is indicated up to a maximum of 15 instances in chronological order.
Press PSW4 (▼) to move forward or PSW2 (▲) to move backward.
7-Segment
Display
Press PSW3 (►) for detailed information. Data No.
SEG2 SEG1
Press PSW4 (▼) to move forward or PSW2 (▲) to move backward.
1 (Latest Data)
Press PSW5 (◄) to return to Data No. Selection.
15 (Oldest Data)
7-Segment Display
Item Details
SEG2 SEG1
Unit Accumulated O.U. Accumulated Operation Time at Stoppage
1
Operation Time [10 Hours]
Alarm Stoppage
2 Cause of Stoppage Retry Stoppage
Control Information
O.U. No. is indicated on 10 digit of SEG2.
Alarm Code/ Compressor and fan controller No. are
3 Cause Code of indicated on one digit of SEG2.
Stoppage Alarm and Cause Code of Stoppage are
indicated on SEG1.
Cause Code of Inverter Stoppage is indicated
when it is existing on SEG2.
Abnormal Data Cause Code of Fan Controller Stoppage is
4
Indication indicated when it existing on SEG2.
Except for the above.
SM-17010 1-29
TROUBLESHOOTING
1.1.6 Checking of Alarm Code History

Alarm code history is indicated in the following order while the check mode is displayed.
“no01” (latest) history data ~ “no15” (oldest) history data
Refer to the figure below as an example.
The alarm code is displayed only on PCB1 of the outdoor unit A.
Alarm code history is dysplayed up to 15 cases at the
maximum in alarm occurrence order.
Normal Mode
Press PSW1
more than 3 seconds.
PSW3(ࠉ) PSW3(ࠉ) PSW3(ࠉ) PSW3(ࠉ) PSW3(ࠉ)

Alarm History No.
PSW5(ࠉ) PSW5(ࠉ) PSW5(ࠉ) PSW5(ࠉ) PSW5(ࠉ)
PSW4 PSW2
Example of Alarm Accumrated time when alarm Occurs.
The activation of overload protection at
No.1 compressor of the outdoor unit B (No.1 Unit) is indicated. Operation Accumlated Time
Indication of Stoppage Code PSW4 PSW2

Item Contents
Stoppage Code
AC. Alarm Code
d1. Retry Stoppage PSW4 PSW2
Ci. Micro Computer Reset Retry Code

Alarm/Retry Code PSW4 PSW2
Item Contents Inverter Stoppage Code (iT) or
Tens Digit Outdoor Unit No. Fan Controller Stoppage Code (FT)
SEG2 Compressor/Inverter PCB/
Unit Digit Fan Controller No. or
Thermistor Symbol PSW4 PSW2
SEG1 Alarm/Retry Code
Example of Inverter Retry

The earth fault detection by No.1 inverter PCB
of the outdoor unit B (No.1 Unit) is indicated. PSW4 PSW2
Indication of Stoppage Code

Item Contents Remarks
PSW4 PSW2
Cause Code of
iT. Inverter Stoppage In case of IT Code
Cause Code of
FT. Fan Controller In case of FT Code PSW4 PSW2
Stoppage
Other than above
PSW4 PSW2
PSW4 PSW2
PSW4 PSW2
Example of Fan Controller

An abnormality of current detection circuit
PSW4 PSW2
by the fan controller of the
outdoor unit B (No.1 Unit) is indicated.
7-Segment Display Contents
PSW4 PSW2
Supplement Information
Abnormal Code
Outdoor Unit No. Abnormal Code PSW4 PSW2

Comp. No. (Alarm/Retry)
INV PCB No.
Fan No.
Thermistor Symbol PSW4 PSW2
SEG2 SEG1
Applicable Compressors and Fan Motors

During Abnormal Code (Alarm or Retry Code) Occurrence
Example: JTOH960VAEUBS1
Outdoor Unit A Outdoor Unit B Outdoor Unit C Outdoor Unit D
FAN FAN FAN FAN FAN FAN FAN FAN

Constitution of
Compressors and
Fan Motors INV INV INV INV INV INV INV INV
Comp. Comp. Comp. Comp. Comp. Comp. Comp. Comp.
Unit No. 0 1 2 3
Compressor No. 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
Fan No. 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
1-30 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
(1) Register of Alarm Code History
Indication of Alarm Code History

Cause of
Stoppage Alarm Code
(Alarm Code Contents Alarm Comp. Abnormal
or Stoppage Time O.U. No.
*1) Fan No. Data
Code) Unit No. Inverter
PCB No.
02 Activation of protection device Accumulated Time AC. ○ ○ --
03 Abnormality transmitting between indoor units and outdoor units Accumulated Time AC. --
04
Abnormality transmitting between inverter PCB and
outdoor unit PCB
Accumulated Time AC. ○ ○ --
05 Abnormality of power source phase Accumulated Time AC. ○ --
06
Abnormality of inverter voltage
Accumulated Time AC. ○ ○ iTC
d1-18 Accumulated Time d1. ○ ○ iTC
07
Decrease in discharge gas superheat
Accumulated Time AC. ○ --
d1-16 Accumulated Time d1. ○ --
08
Increase in discharge gas temperature at the top of compressor
0A Abnormality transmitting between outdoor units Accumulated Time AC. --
0b Incorrect outdoor unit address setting Accumulated Time AC. --
0c Incorrect outdoor main unit setting Accumulated Time AC. --
21 Abnormality of high pressure sensor Accumulated Time AC. ○ --
22 Abnormality of thermistor for outdoor air temperature Accumulated Time AC. ○ --
23
Abnormality of thermistor for discharge gas temp. on top of
compressor
Accumulated Time AC. ○ ○ --
Thermistor Signal
24
Abnormality of thermistor for outdoor unit heat exchanger
liquid pipe (Te/Tchg/Tsc)
Accumulated Time AC. ○ Te1: 1, Te2: 2
Tchg: C, Tsc: S
--
25
Abnormality of thermistor for outdoor unit heat exchanger
gas pipe (Tg)
29 Abnormality of low pressure sensor Accumulated Time AC. ○ --
30 Incorrect connection of change-over box Accumulated Time AC. --
31 Incorrect capacity setting of indoor unit and outdoor unit Accumulated Time AC. --
35 Incorrect indoor unit No. setting Accumulated Time AC. --
36 Incorrect indoor unit combination Accumulated Time AC. --
38 Abnormality of picking up circuit for protection in outdoor unit Accumulated Time AC. ○ --
3A Abnormality of outdoor unit capacity Accumulated Time AC. --
3b Incorrect setting of outdoor unit model combination or voltage Accumulated Time AC. --
3d Abnormality transmitting between main unit and sub unit(s) Accumulated Time AC. --
3E
Abnormal Combination between Inverter PCB and
outdoor unit PCB
*1): (Details of Alarm)

AC.: Alarm
d1.: Retry
Ci.: Control Information
iTC: Inverter Stoppage Code
FTC: Fan Controller Stoppage Code
SM-17010 1-31
TROUBLESHOOTING
Indication of Alarm Code History

Cause of
Stoppage Alarm Code
(Alarm Code Contents Comp. Abnormal
or Stoppage Time T
Alarm O.U. No.
Fan No. Data
Code) Unit No. Inverter
PCB No.
43
Abnormality of low compression ratio
Accumulated Time ○ --
44
Abnormality of low-pressure increase
45
Abnormality of high-pressure increase
47
Activation of low-pressure decrease protection device
○
(Vacuum operation protection)
d1-15 Accumulated Time d1. --
48
Activation of inverter overcurrent protection device
51
Abnormality of inverter current sensor
53
Inverter error signal detection
54
Abnormality of inverter fin temperature
55
Inverter failure
57 Activation of fan controller protection device Accumulated Time AC. ○ ○ FTC
5A Abnormality of fan controller fin temperature Accumulated Time AC. ○ ○ FTC
5b Activation of overcurrent protection Accumulated Time AC. ○ ○ FTC
5C Abnormality of fan controller sensor Accumulated Time AC. ○ ○ FTC
A1 Detection of External Abnormality Accumulated Time AC. ○ --
b5 Incorrect setting of indoor unit connection number Accumulated Time AC. --
EE Compressor protection alarm Accumulated Time AC. --
d1-05 Instantaneous power failure Accumulated Time d1 --
d1-18 Abnormality of inverter and other Accumulated Time d1 iTC
d1-26 Abnormality of high pressure decrease Accumulated Time d1 --
d1-32 Retry stoppage by indoor unit auto address setting Accumulated Time d1 --
Micro-computer reset by abnormality of inverter transmission Accumulated Time Ci. 1
Micro-computer reset by abnormality of indoor unit transmission Accumulated Time Ci. 3

Control
Information Micro-computer reset by abnormality transmitting between outdoor
Accumulated Time Ci. 4
unit and outdoor unit
Micro-computer reset for abnormality of control state Accumulated Time Ci. 6
T (Details of Alarm) *Thermo-ON: The outdoor unit and some indoor units are running.
AC.: Alarm Thermo-OFF: The outdoor unit and some indoor units stay on, but don’t run.
d1.: Retry
Ci.: Control Information
iTC: Inverter Stoppage Code
FTC: Fan Controller Stoppage Code
1-32 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
(2) Deletion of Alarm Code History

Press PSW1 and PSW3 for five seconds to clear the alarm code history while the history data is
displayed. (All history can be deleted.)
PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)
In order to delete all the history,

press PSW1 and PSW3 ( )
▲
PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)
for five seconds

while history is displayed.
PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)
PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)
PSW4(▼) PSW2(▲)
SM-17010 1-33
TROUBLESHOOTING
(3) Protection Control Code on 7-Segment Display

* Protection control code is displayed on 7-segment during operation when a protection control is
activated.
* Protection control code is displayed while function is working, and goes out when released.
* When several protection controls are activated, code number with higher priority will be indicated
(see below for the priority order).
(a) Higher priority is given to the protection control related to frequency control than the others.
< Priority Order >
<1> Pressure Ratio Control <6> Low-Pressure Decrease Protection
<2> High-Pressure Increase Protection <7> Demand Current Control
<3> Current Protection (Running Current Limit Control)
<4> Inverter Fin Temperature Increase Protection <8> Low-Pressure Increase Protection
<5> Discharge Gas Temperature Increase Protection <9> High-Pressure Decrease Protection
(b) In relation to retry control, the latest retry code will be indicated unless a protection control related to
frequency control is indicated.
Code during
Code Protection Control Degeneration
Control
Pressure Ratio Protection Control
High-Pressure Increase Protection
Inverter Current Protection
Inverter Fin Temperature Increase Protection
Discharge Gas Temperature on Top of Compressor Increase Protection
Low-Pressure Decrease Protection
High-Pressure Decrease Protection

Without
Demand Current Protection Control
Low-Pressure Increase Protection
Code during
Code Retry Control Degeneration
Control
Pressure Ratio Decrease Retry
Low-Pressure Increase Retry
High-Pressure Increase Retry
Discharge Gas Temperature Increase Retry/Low-Pressure Decrease Retry

Without
Discharge Gas SUPERHEAT Decrease Retry
Inverter Abnormality Retry
Abnormal Inverter Voltage Retry/Inverter Failure Retry
High-Pressure Decrease Retry
NOTE:
(1) Retry indication continues for 30 minutes unless a protection control is indicated.
(2) Retry indication disappears if the stop signal comes from all rooms.
(3) The protection control code indicated on 7-segment display changes to an alarm code when an
abnormal operation occurs. Also, the same alarm code is indicated on the wired controller.
(4) In case that the degeneration control is activated, the indications Pc1 to Pc5 are indicated instead
of P01 to P05.
1-34 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
(4) Activating Condition of Protection Retry Control Code

Protection Control or Retry Control is performed to prevent the abnormal operation.
The activating conditions are shown in the table below.
Code Protection Control Activating Condition Remarks

Compression Ratio e>8.5
Pressure Ratio Protection
P01 or e = (Pd[MPa] + 0.1) / (Ps [MPa] + 0.06)
Control
Compression Ratio e<1.5
Discharge Pressure
High-Pressure
P02 Pd>3.45MPa (at Cooling Mode) -
Increase Protection
Pd>3.35MPa (at Heating Mode)
Control Value:
P03 Inverter Current Protection Inverter Output Current>(Control Value) A
Refer to 1-43, 1-44
Inverter Fin Temperature Control Value:
P04 Inverter Fin Temperature>(Control Value) oC
Increase Protection Refer to 1-45
Discharge Gas Temperature Temperature at the Top of Compressor
P05 -
Increase Protection Td>112oC
Low-Pressure Suction Pressure
P06 -
Decrease Protection Ps<0.1MPa
High-Pressure Discharge Pressure
P09 -
Decrease Protection Pd<1.0MPa
Demand Current Setting Value:
Demand Current Protection Running Current for Compressor>Demand Current Upper limit of total running current is
P0A
Control Setting Value set 100%, 80%, 70%, 60% and 40% at
normal operation.
Low-Pressure
P0d Suction Pressure>1.3MPa -
Increase Protection
Code Retry Control Activating Condition Remarks

Pressure Ratio When activating 3 times in 30 minutes,
P11 Pressure Ratio e<1.5 over 1 minute
Decrease Retry "43" alarm is indicated.
Low-Pressure When activating 3 times in 30 minutes,
P12 Ps>1.4MPa over 1 minute
Increase Retry "44" alarm is indicated.
High-Pressure When activating 3 times in 30 minutes,
P13 Pd>3.8MPa over 2 seconds
Discharge Gas Temperature>132oC over 10 minutes
Discharge Gas Temperature When activating 3 times in 60 minutes,
or
P15 Discharge Gas Temperature>140oC over 5 seconds
Low-Pressure When activating 3 times in 60 minutes,
Ps<0.09MPa over 12 minutes
Decrease Retry "47" alarm is indicated.
Discharge Gas Discharge Gas SUPERHEAT<Tc+10 deg.
over 30 minutes. When activating 3 times in
P16 SUPERHEAT Decrease
120 minutes, "07" alarm is indicated.
Retry Tc: Saturation Temperature
When activating 6 times in 30 minutes,
Instantaneous Overcurrent
"48" alarm is indicated.
Abnormality of Current Sensor
P17 Inverter Abnormality Retry
IPM Error, Earth Fault, Motor Step-Out
o When activating 3 times in 30 minutes,
Fin Temperature>106 to 110 C
Insufficient Voltage at Inverter Circuit
Abnormal Inverter Voltage "06" alarm is indicated.
Retry When activating 3 times in 30 minutes,
P18 Excessive Voltage at Inverter Circuit
Actual Inverter Frequency continues to be 0Hz for When activating 3 times in 30 minutes,
Inverter Failure Retry
3 seconds, 3 minutes after Inverter Frequency is output. "55" alarm is indicated.
Pd<Ta/130+0.1MPa over 4 minutes
High-Pressure Decrease or
P26 Pd<1.0MPa over 60 minutes Without Alarm
Retry
Ta: Ambient Temperature
Ps: Suction Pressure of Compressor, Pd: Discharge Pressure of Compressor
SM-17010 1-35
TROUBLESHOOTING
■ Protection Control
(1) P01: Pressure Ratio Protection Control

(a) Pressure Ratio Increase Protection Control
Pressure Ratio Increase Protection Control is performed in order to protect the compressor from an
increase of pressure ratio.
˂Details of Control˃
NOTE:
Normal Operation
1. With a combination of base units, the control in the
Pressure Ratio e ≥ 8.5 figure is performed for the entire number of outdoor
units to be connected.
Frequency Forced Decrease 2. The pressure ratio is calculated in each outdoor unit,
(1.0Hz/sec.)
and this control uses the maximum value.
Pressure Ratio e < 8.2 Pressure Ratio e= (Pd [MPa]+0.1) / (Ps [MPa]+0.06)
e ≥ 8.5 e= (Pd [psi]+15) / (Ps [psi]+9)
Prohibition of Frequency Increase Pd: Detected Value of High Pressure Sensor [MPa (psi)]
(Only Frequency Decrease Permitted) Ps: Detected Value of Low Pressure Sensor [MPa (psi)]
Pressure Ratio e < 7.5
(b) Low Compression Ratio Protection Function

This function is activated to protect the compressor during occurrences of low compression ratio.
Normal Operation
Pressure Ratio e < 1.5
for 1 min.
Pressure Ratio e < 1.5 for 1 min. Abnormal Stoppage
Frequency Forced Increase
(Cause Code of I.U. Stoppage: d1 -11)
(0.25Hz/sec.)
Pressure Ratio e ≥ 1.6
Pressure Ratio
e ≤ 1.5
Prohibition of Frequency Decrease
(Only Frequency Increase Permitted) NOTE:
1. With a combination of base units, the control in the figure
is performed for the entire number of outdoor units to be
Pressure Ratio e ≥ 1.7 connected.
2. The pressure ratio is calculated in each outdoor unit, and
this control uses the minimum value.
1-36 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
(2) P02: High Pressure Increase Protection Control

High Pressure Protection Control is performed in order to prevent activation of a protection device
caused by a high pressure increase during an abnormality and to protect the compressor from an
excessive increase of discharge pressure.
Normal Operation
Pd ≥ P1
Frequency Forced Decrease

(1.5Hz/sec.)
Pd < P2
Pd > 3.80MPa (551psi ) for 2 sec.
Pd ≥ P1
Prohibition of Frequency Increase
(Only Frequency Decrease Permitted)
Abnormal Stoppage
(Cause Code of I.U. Stoppage: d1-13)
Pd < P3
Control Value [MPa(psi)] NOTE:

Operation Mode P1 P2 P3 1. With a combination of base units, the control in the figure
3.45 3.40 3.20 is performed for the entire number of outdoor units to be
Cooling connected.
(500) (493) (464)
3.35 3.30 3.10 2. High pressure is detected in each outdoor unit, and this
Heating
(486) (479) (450) control uses the maximum value.
Pd: Detected Value of High Pressure Sensor [MPa(psi)]
(3) P03: Inverter Current Protection Control

Inverter Current Protection Control is performed in order to prevent an inverter trip caused by an
increase of inverter secondary current value.
(a) Inverter Secondary Current Protection

Normal Operation Control Value

Iinv ≥ I1 (A) ˂220V˃
Outdoor Unit Model [HP] I1 I2 I3 I4 I5
8, 10, 16 to 20 35.5 36.5 37.0 38.0 38.0
(Only Frequency Decrease Permitted) 12, 14, 22 and 24 44.5 45.5 46.0 47.0 48.0
Iinv < I2 (A)
Iinv ≥ I3 (A) ˂380V˃
Outdoor Unit Model [HP] I1 I2 I3 I4 I5
Frequency Forced Decrease 8, 10, 16 to 20 18.0 18.5 19.0 19.5 19.5
(3.0Hz/sec.) Iinv < I4 (A) 12, 14, 22 and 24 24.5 25.0 25.5 26.0 26.0
Iinv ≥ I5 x 105% (A) for 30 sec. ˂460V˃

or totally 3 min. in 10 min. Outdoor Unit Model [HP] I1 I2 I3 I4 I5
8, 10, 16 to 20 17.5 18.0 18.5 19.0 19.0
Abnormal Stoppage 12, 14, 22 and 24 22.5 23.0 23.5 24.0 24.0
(Cause Code of Inverter Stoppage: d1-17)
NOTE:
1. With a combination of base units, the control in the figure is performed for each outdoor unit connected. When there is
outdoor unit in Prohibition of Frequency Increase, all the outdoor units in operation are prohibited to increase frequency.
When there is outdoor unit in Frequency Forced Decrease, all the outdoor units in operation are forced to decrease
frequency.
2. In case of two inverter PCB installed in an outdoor unit, the max. current value detected at each inverter PCB is utilized.
Iinv: Detected Value of Inverter Secondary Current Sensor[A]
SM-17010 1-37
TROUBLESHOOTING
(b) Primary Current Protection for each Inverter PCB
˂Details of Control˃ Control Value

˂220V˃
Normal Operation Outdoor Unit Model [HP] I1 I2 I3 I4
8, 10, 16 to 20 38.0 39.5 39.5 40.0
Isep ≦ I2 (A) Isep ≧ I1 (A)
12, 14, 22 and 24 48.0 49.5 49.5 50.0
Prohibition of Frequency Increase ˂380V˃

(Only Frequency Decrease Permitted) Outdoor Unit Model [HP] I1 I2 I3 I4
Isep ≧ I3 (A) Isep ≦ I4 (A) 8 to 24 26.5 27.5 27.5 28.0
˂460V˃
Frequency Forced Decrease Outdoor Unit Model [HP] I1 I2 I3 I4
(1.0Hz/sec.)
8 to 24 23.5 24.5 24.5 25.0
NOTE:
1. With a combination of base units, the control in the figure is performed for each outdoor unit connected. When there is
outdoor unit in Prohibition of Frequency Increase, all the outdoor units in operation are prohibited to increase frequency.
frequency.
2. In case of two inverter PCB installed in an outdoor unit, the max. current value detected at each inverter PCB is utilized.
Isep: Inverter Primary Current[A]
(c) Primary Current Protection for each Outdoor Unit
˂Details of Control˃ Control Value

˂220V˃
Normal Operation Outdoor Unit Model
I1 I2 I3 I4
[HP]
Idou ≦ I2 (A) Idou ≧ I1 (A) 8 21.9 23.4 23.4 23.9
10 31.1 32.6 32.6 33.1
Prohibition of Frequency Increase 12 34.8 36.3 36.3 36.8
(Only Frequency Decrease Permitted) 14 43.5 45.0 45.0 45.5
16 49.5 51.0 51.0 51.5
Idou ≧ I3 (A)
Idou ≦ I4 (A) 18 56.4 57.9 57.9 58.4
20 67.0 68.5 68.5 69.0
Frequency Forced Decrease 22 67.9 69.4 69.4 69.9
(1.0Hz/sec.)
24 80.8 82.3 82.3 82.8
˂380V˃
Outdoor Unit Model
I1 I2 I3 I4
[HP]
8 13.0 14.0 14.0 14.5
10 18.6 19.6 19.6 20.1
NOTE: 12 20.9 21.9 21.9 22.4
1. With a combination of base units, the control in the figure is 14 26.2 27.2 27.2 27.7
performed for each outdoor unit connected. When there is outdoor 16 29.8 30.8 30.8 31.3
unit in Prohibition of Frequency Increase, all the outdoor units 18 34.0 35.0 35.0 35.5
in operation are prohibited to increase frequency. When there is 20 40.5 41.5 41.5 42.0
outdoor unit in Frequency Forced Decrease, all the outdoor units in
22 41.0 42.0 42.0 42.5
operation are forced to decrease frequency.
24 48.9 49.9 49.9 50.4
Idou: Total Value of Primary Current of all the Inverter PCB in an
Outdoor Unit[A] ˂460V˃
Outdoor Unit Model
I1 I2 I3 I4
[HP]
8 11.5 12.5 12.5 13.0
10 16.5 17.5 17.5 18.0
12 18.5 19.5 19.5 20.0
14 23.2 24.2 24.2 24.7
16 26.5 27.5 27.5 28.0
18 30.2 31.2 31.2 31.7
20 36.0 37.0 37.0 37.5
22 36.5 37.5 37.5 38.0
24 43.5 44.5 44.5 45.0
1-38 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
(4) P04: Inverter Fin Temperature Increase Protection Control

Inverter Fin Temperature Increase Protection Control is performed in order to prevent an inverter trip
caused by a temperature increase of the inverter fin.
˂Detail of Control˃
Normal Operation Control Value
˂220V˃ [°C(°F)]
Tfin ≥ T1
Outdoor Unit Model [HP] T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
Prohibition of Frequency Increase 98 96 100 98 106
(Only Frequency Decrease Permitted) 8, 10, 16 to 20
Tfin < T2 (208) (205) (212) (208) (223)
103 101 105 103 111
Tfin ≥ T3 12, 14, 22 and 24
(217) (214) (221) (217) (232)
(0.5Hz/sec.) ˂380V˃ <460V> [°C(°F)]
Tfin < T4 Model T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
Tfin ≥ T5
102 100 104 102 110
8 to 24
Abnormal Stoppage (216) (212) (220) (216) (230)
NOTE:
1. In case of combination of base units, the control in the figure is performed for each outdoor unit connected. When there
is outdoor unit in Prohibition of Frequency Increase, all the outdoor units in operation are prohibited to increase frequency.
frequency.
2. In case of two inverter PCB installed in an outdoor unit, the max. temperature detected at each inverter PCB is utilized.
Tfin: Inverter Fin Temperature Sensor Detected Value [°C(°F)]
(5) P05: Discharge Temperature Increase Protection Control

Discharge Temperature Increase Protection Control is performed in order to protect the compressor
motor coil from an increase of discharge temperature during an abnormality.
<Details of Control>
Normal Operation
Td ≥ 112°C(234°F)

(1.0Hz/sec.)
Td < 110°C(230°F) Td ≥ 112°C Td > 140°C(284°F) for 5 sec. or

(234°F) Td > 132°C(270°F) for 10 min.
(Only Frequency Decrease Permitted) Abnormal Stoppage
Td < 105°C(221°F)
NOTE:
1. With a combination of base units, the control in the figure is performed for the entire number of outdoor units to be connected.
2. Discharge temperature is detected in each outdoor unit, and this control uses the maximum value.
3. In case of two inverter compressors installed in an outdoor unit, the max. temperature detected at each inverter compressor
is utilized.
Td: Detected Value of Discharge Gas Thermistor [°C(°F)]
(6) P06: Low Pressure Decrease Protection Control

Low Pressure Decrease Protection Control is performed in order to protect the compressor from a
transitional decrease of suction pressure.
Normal Operation
Ps < 0.10MPa (15psi)

(0.25Hz/sec.)
Ps < 0.09MPa (13psi) for 12 min.
Ps > 0.15MPa (22psi) Ps < 0.10MPa
(15psi)
(Only Frequency Decrease Permitted) Abnormal Stoppage
Ps > 0.20MPa (29psi)
NOTE:
2. Low pressure is detected in each outdoor unit, and this control uses the minimum value.
Ps: Detected Value of Low Pressure Sensor [MPa(psi)]
SM-17010 1-39
TROUBLESHOOTING
(7) P09: High Pressure Decrease Protection Control

When decreasing high pressure, the compressor operation frequency is controlled by this protection
control for the following purposes.
• To prevent insufficient refrigerant supply to indoor units installed at different height locations.
• To keep the refrigerant oil supply in the compressor.
<Details of Control>
Normal Operation
Pd < 1.0MPa (145psi)

(0.125Hz/sec.)
Pd < 1.0MPa (145psi) for 1 hr.
Pd > 1.2MPa (174psi) Ps < 1.0MPa
(145psi)
(Only Frequency Increase Permitted) Abnormal Stoppage
Pd > 1.5MPa (218psi)
NOTE:
2. High pressure is detected in each outdoor unit, and this control uses the minimum value.
Pd: Detected Value of High Pressure Sensor [MPa(psi)]
(8) P0A: Demand Current Control

The compressor operation frequency is controlled to set at the setting value of the outdoor unit inverter
primary current (40% to 100% of rated current of cooling operation). This function is detailed in the
“External Input and Output Setting”. Refer to the Service Manual for details.
Operating Conditions
The demand current control can be performed under the following conditions.
(a) The demand signal is input from the centralized operation controller.
(b) The demand signal is input at the external input terminals of the outdoor unit from external
equipment such as a building management system or a utility with a smart meter.
(c) The demand function settings are set from the outdoor unit PCB.
(d) The wave function is set from the outdoor unit PCB.
(e) The demand signal is input from the indoor unit (wired controller).
If the operation current exceeds each setting function value, the compressor operation frequency is
controlled.
Cancellation Condition
The input signal is stopped at each condition (a) to (e).
NOTE:
This function is not available when the compressor starts or during a defrosting operation.
(9) P0d: Low Pressure Increase Protection Control

The compressor operation frequency is controlled to protect the compressor from suction pressure
transitional increasing.
Details of Control
Normal Operation
Ps ≥ 1.3MPa (189psi)

(0.125Hz/sec.)
Ps < 1.4MPa (203psi) for 1 min.
Ps ≤ 1.29MPa (187psi) Ps ≥ 1.3MPa
(189psi)
(Only Frequency Increase Permitted) Abnormal Stoppage
Ps ≤ 1.24MPa (180psi)
NOTE:
2. Low pressure is detected in each outdoor unit, and this control uses the maximum value.
Ps: Detected Value of Low Pressure Sensor [MPa(psi)]
1-40 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
(10) Priority of Protection Control

If two or more protection controls meet a condition, the protection controls perform according to
the following.
Rank Order. Indication Protection Control Performed

1 P01 Pressure Ratio Protection Control
2 P02 High Pressure Increase Protection Control
3 P03 Inverter Current Protection Control
4 P04 Inverter Fin Temperature Increase Protection Control
5 P05 Discharge Temperature Increase Protection Control
6 P06 Low Pressure Decrease Protection Control
7 P0A Demand Current Control
8 P0d Low Pressure Increase Protection Control
9 P09 High Pressure Decrease Protection Control
2 Lower Rank Order of Protection Control Function
Forced Forced Prohibition Prohibition

Decrease Increase of Increase of Decrease
Forced Decrease 1 1 1 1
1
Forced Increase 1 1 1 1
Higher Rank Order
of Protection Prohibited Increase 2 1 2 *1) 1
Control Function
Prohibited Decrease 2 2 2 2
*1): Discharge Temperature Increase Protection Control (P05) is higher than the following protection controls.
a) Low Pressure Decrease Protection Control (P06)
b) Demand Current Control (P0A)
(11) Degeneration Control

Degeneration Control is performed to change the protection control range.
This control sequence will suppress re-occurring alarms in response to repeated equipment restarts
during protection control conditions listed below.
Related Protection Control

(1) Pressure Ratio Decrease Protection Control (P01)
(2) High Pressure Increase Protection Control (P02)
(3) Inverter Current Protection Control (P03)
(4) Inverter Fin Temperature Increase Protection Control (P04)
(5) Discharge Temperature Increase Protection Control (P05)
˂Example of Discharge Temperature Increase Protection Control˃
Normal Operation
Normal: Td > 112°C(234°F)
Degeneration: Td > 110°C(230°F) Td > 140°C(284°F) for 5 sec. or
Td > 132°C(270°F) for 10 min.
(1.0Hz/sec.)
Normal: Td < 110°C(230°F) Normal: Td > 112°C(234°F)
Degeneration: Td < 108°C(226°F) Degeneration: Td > 110°C(230°F)
(Except Frequency Decrease Only)
Abnormal Stoppage
Normal: Td < 105°C(221°F)
Degeneration: Td < 100°C( 212°F)
SM-17010 1-41
TROUBLESHOOTING
(12) Oil Return Control

Oil return control is performed in order to avoid insufficient oil supply to the compressor caused by long
time low frequency operation. This control is utilized to return the oil flow out to the indoor unit side
from the compressor.
˂Activating Condition˃
This control function is started the compressor runs below the specified speed for 1 hour continuously
(refer to the table below).
˂Compressor Speed for Oil Return Control˃ [Hz]

Type of Unit Cooling Operation Heating Operation
≤ 8HP 32.0 32.0
10HP 38.0 38.0
12HP, 14HP 50.0 54.0
16HP to 24HP 66.0 72.0
26HP to 36HP 96.0 108.0
38HP to 54HP 132.0 156.0
56HP to 72HP 176.0 190.0
74HP to 96HP 240.0 240.0
˂Detail of Control˃
Compressor:
Increase the compressor speed above the required value to return the oil to the compressor
Expansion Valve:
(In the Case of Cooling Operation) Open the expansion valve of the indoor unit under thermo-ON.
(In the Case of Heating Operation) Open the expansion valve of the outdoor unit.
˂Deactivating Condition˃
This control function is canceled when the oil return control continues for more than 60 sec. (for cooling
operation) /120sec. (for heating operation).
1-42 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
■ Alarm Code Table
Code Category Content of Abnormality Leading Cause

Activation of Float Switch (High Water Level in Drain Pan,
01 Indoor Unit Activation of Protection Device (Float Switch)
Abnormality of Drain Pipe, Float Switch, or Drain Pan)
Activation of Protection Device Activation of PSH (Pipe Clogging, Excessive Refrigerant, Inert
02 Outdoor Unit
(High Pressure Cut) Gas Mixing)
Incorrect Wiring, Loose Terminals, Disconnected
Abnormal Communication between
03 Communication Cable, Blowout of Fuse, Indoor Unit Power
Indoor Units and Outdoor Units
Communication OFF
Abnormal Communication between Inverter PCB -Outdoor PCB Communication Failure
04
Inverter PCB and Outdoor PCB (Loose Connector, Wire Breaking, Blowout of Fuse)
Incorrect Power Supply, Connection to Reversed Phase,
05 Supply Phase Abnormality of Power Supply Phases
Open-Phase
06 Voltage Abnormal Inverter Voltage Outdoor Voltage Decrease, Insufficient Power Capacity
Excessive Refrigerant Charge, Failure of Thermistor, Incorrect
07 Decrease in Discharge Gas Superheat Wiring, Incorrect Piping Connection, Expansion Valve Locking
at Opened Position (Disconnect Connector)
Cycle Insufficient Refrigerant Charge, Pipe Clogging, Failure of
Thermistor, Incorrect Wiring, Incorrect Piping Connection,
08 Increase in Discharge Gas Temperature
Expansion Valve Locking at Closed Position (Disconnect
Connector)
0A Communication Incorrect Wiring, Breaking Wire, Loose Terminals
Outdoor Units
Duplication of Address Setting for Outdoor Units (Sub Units) in
0b Incorrect Outdoor Unit Address Setting
Same Refrigerant Cycle Number
Outdoor Unit
Two (or more) Outdoor Units Set as "Main Unit" Exist in Same
0C Incorrect Outdoor Unit Main Unit Setting
Refrigerant Cycle Number
11 Abnormality of Inlet Air Thermistor
12 Abnormality of Outlet Air Thermistor
13 Abnormality of Freeze Protection Thermistor
14 Sensor on Abnormality of Gas Piping Thermistor Incorrect Wiring, Disconnecting Wiring,
Indoor Unit Abnormality of Outdoor Air Thermistor Breaking Wire, Short Circuit
15
(EconoFresh)
16 Abnormality of Remote Sensor (for DOAS *1))
Abnormality of Thermistor Built-in Remote
17
Controller (for DOAS *1))
Abnormality of Indoor Fan Motor (Step-Out),
18 Indoor Fan Abnormality of Indoor Fan System
Indoor Fan Controller Failure
Motor
19 Activation of Protection Device for Indoor Fan Fan Motor Overheat, Lockup
Abnormality of Fin Thermistor or Fan Controller,
1A Abnormality of Fan Controller Fin Temperature
Heat Exchanger Clogging, Abnormality of Fan Motor
1b Activation of Overcurrent Protection Abnormality of Fan Motor
Indoor Fan
1C Problem with Current Sensor Abnormality of Fan Controller Current Sensor
Controller
1d Activation Fan Controller Protection Driver IC Error Signal Detection, Instantaneous Overcurrent
Indoor Voltage Decrease, Insufficient Capacity of
1E Abnormality of Indoor Fan Controller Voltage
Power Supply Wiring
21 Abnormality of High Pressure Sensor
22 Abnormality of Outdoor Air Thermistor
Abnormality of Discharge Gas Thermistor on
23
Sensor on Top of Compressor Incorrect Wiring, Disconnecting Wiring,
Outdoor Unit Abnormality of Heat Exchanger Liquid Pipe Breaking Wire, Short Circuit
24
Thermistor
Abnormality of Heat Exchanger Gas Pipe
25
Thermistor
29 Abnormality of Low Pressure Sensor
Connection of CH-Box to Heat Pump System,
Incorrect DSW Settings of Outdoor Unit for Disconnection of CH-Box to Heat Recovery System,
30
CH-Box CH Unit(Generation 1 model) and CH-Box(Generation 2
model) are used in the same system together.
Incorrect Capacity Setting of Outdoor Unit and Incorrect Capacity Setting of Outdoor Unit and Indoor Unit,
31
System Indoor Unit Excessive or Insufficient Indoor Unit Total Capacity Code
Duplication of Indoor Unit No. In same Refrigerant Cycle
35 Incorrect Setting of Indoor Unit No.
Number
36 Incorrect of Indoor Unit Combination Indoor Unit is Designed for R22
Abnormality of Picking up Circuit for Protection Failure of Protection Detecting Device (Incorrect Wiring of
38
in Outdoor Unit Outdoor PCB)
*1): Dedicated Outdoor Air System, All Fresh Air Indoor Unit
SM-17010 1-43
TROUBLESHOOTING

3A Abnormality of Outdoor Unit Capacity Outdoor Unit Capacity > 96HP
Incorrect Setting of Outdoor Unit Models Incorrect Setting of Main and Sub Units(s) Combination or
3b
Combination or Voltage Voltage
Outdoor Unit Abnormal Communication between Main Unit
3d Incorrect Wiring, Disconnect Wire, Breaking Wire, PCB Failure
and Sub Unit(s)
Incorrect Combination between Inverter PCB (INV1, INV2) and
Abnormal Combination between Inverter PCB
3E Outdoor PCB (PCB1), Incorrect DSW Setting of Inverter PCBs
(INV1, INV2) and Outdoor PCB (PCB1)
(INV1, INV2)
Activation of Pressure Ratio Decrease Defective Compression (Failure of Compressor or Inverter,
43
Protection Loose Power Supply Connection)
Overload at Cooling, High Temperature at Heating, Expansion
44 Activation of Low Pressure Increase Protection
Valve Locking at Open Position (Loose Connector)
Protection Overload Operation (Heat Exchanger Clogging, Short Circuit
Activation of High Pressure Increase
45 Device of Airflow), Pipe Clogging, Excessive Refrigerant, Inert Gas
Protection
Mixing
Activation of Low Pressure Decrease Insufficient Refrigerant, Piping Clogging, Expansion Valve
47
Protection Locking at Close Position (Loosen Connector)
48 Activation of Inverter Overcurrent Protection Overload Operation, Compressor Failure
51 Sensor Abnormal Inverter Current Sensor Current Sensor Failure
Driver IC Error Signal Detection (Protection for Overcurrent,
53 Inverter Error Signal Detection
Voltage Decrease, Short Circuit), Instantaneous Overcurrent
Inverter Abnormal Inverter Fin Thermistor,
54 Abnormality of Inverter Fin Temperature
Heat Exchanger Clogging, Fan Motor Failure
55 Inverter Failure Inverter PCB Failure
57 Activation of Fan Controller Protection
Fin Thermistor Failure, Heat Exchanger Clogging, Fan Motor
Failure
Fan Controller
5b Activation of Overcurrent Protection Fan Motor Failure
Failure of Current Sensor (Instantaneous Overcurrent,
5C Abnormality of Fan Controller Sensor Increase of Fin Temperature, Voltage Decrease, Grand Fault,
Step-Out)
A1 External Input Detection of External Abnormality Input Signal by External Abnormality Detection Setting
b0 Incorrect Setting of Unit Model Code Incorrect Setting of Indoor Unit Model
Incorrect Setting of Unit and Refrigerant Cycle
b1 64 or More Number is Set for Address or Refrigerant Cycle
Number
b2 Indoor Unit Abnormality of EEPROM EEPROM failure, Incorrect Data of EEPROM
There are 17 or More Non-Corresponding to H-LINK II Units
b5 Incorrect Indoor Unit No. Setting
are Connected to One System.
Abnormal Communication between Communication Failure, Disconnected Communication Cable,
b6
Indoor PCB and Indoor Fan Controller Abnormal Connection
2 or More CH-Boxes are Connected between
C1 Incorrect CH-Box Connection
Outdoor Unit and Indoor Unit
9 or More Indoor Units Connected to Single Branch Type CH-Box
C2 Incorrect Indoor Unit Connection Number 7 or More Indoor Units Connected per a Branch of Multiple
Branch Type CH-Box
CH-Box Incorrect Indoor Unit Refrigerant Number Indoor Units of Different Refrigerant Cycle Number are
C3
Setting Connected to CH-Box
Incorrect Connection between CH-Box and
C4 This Outdoor Unit is not compatible with this CH-Box.
Outdoor Units
Indoor Unit is connected to a port that is set to not used for
C5 Incorrect Connection Port Setting
Multiple Branch Type CH-Box.
This alarm code appears when the following alarms* occurs
Compressor Protection Alarm
EE Compressor three times within 6 hours.
(It can not be reset from Wired Controller)
*02, 07, 08, 39, 43 to 45, 47
1-44 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
■ Cause of Indoor Unit Stoppage

Code Cause Code Cause
0 Operation OFF, Power OFF Retry due to Decrease of Discharge
16
1 Thermo-OFF Gas Superheat
2 Alarm (Not always indicated) 17 Retry due to Inverter Tripping
Freeze Protection, Retry due to Voltage Decrease/
3 18
Overheating Protection Increase, Other Retry of Inverter
Instantaneous Power Failure Expansion Valve Opening Difference
5 19
at Outdoor Unit Protection
Instantaneous Power Failure
6 21 Forced Thermo-OFF for Oil Return
at Indoor Unit
Stoppage of Cooling Operation due to Enforced Thermo-OFF for Hot Start
22
High/Low Outdoor Air Temperature Control at Crankcase Heater Preheating
7
Stoppage of Heating Operation due to
High Outdoor Air Temperature 26 Retry due to High Pressure Decrease
Stoppage of Reversing Valve Switching Stoppage due to Outlet Temperature
9 28
Control Decrease in Cooling
10 Demand Enforced Stoppage Stoppage of Thermo-OFF due to
30
11 Retry due to Pressure Ratio Decrease Compressor Excepting
Retry due to Abnormal Communication
12 Retry due to Low Pressure Increase 32
of Outdoor Unit
Stoppage of Thermo-OFF by Motion
13 Retry due to High Pressure Increase 34
Sensor
Retry due to Discharge Gas 36 Retry after Defrosting Operation
15 Temperature Increase, Stoppage of Thermo-OFF due to Power
Retry due to Low Pressure Decrease 39
Saving Control
NOTE:
Cancellation of Enforced Thermo-OFF
Even if stoppage Alarm, “02” is not always
Press PSW5 for more than 3 seconds.
indicated.
This function may damage compressor.
Use this function only in avoidable condition.
● Thermo-ON: The outdoor unit and some indoor units are running.
● Thermo-OFF: The outdoor unit and some indoor units stay on, but don’t run.
■ Cause of Inverter Stoppage ■ Cause of Fan Controller Stoppage

Code Cause Code Cause
1 Driver IC Error Signal Detection 1 Driver IC Error Signal Detection
2 Instantaneous Overcurrent 2 Instantaneous Overcurrent
3 Inverter Fin Temp. Increase 3 Fan Controller Fin Temp. Increase
Electronic Thermal Protection Electronic Thermal Protection
4 4
(Inverter Overcurrent) (Overcurrent)
5 Inverter Voltage Decrease 8 Abnormal Current Sensor
6 Inverter Voltage Increase 12 Ground Fault Detection
8 Abnormal Current Sensor 15 Reverse Driving
9 Instantaneous Power Failure Detection 16 Fan Controller Malfunction
11 Micro Computer Reset 21 Abnormal Fan Motor (Step-Out)
12 Ground Fault Detection 25 Abnormal Instruction Frequency
13 Open-Phase Detection
16 Inverter Malfunction
17 Abnormal Control
18 Forced Stoppage by High Pressure Detection
19 Abnormality of Picking up Circuit for Protection
21 Abnormal Compressor Motor (Step-Out)
22 Abnormal Combination of PCB
25 Abnormal Instruction Frequency
SM-17010 1-45
TROUBLESHOOTING
1.1.7 Emergency Operation

(1) Emergency Mode Operation from wired controller (16 - 96HP)
If compressor fails, emergency operation mode is available by the wired controller. Even if the
compressor fails, the air conditioning operation is continuously available until the troubleshooting is
performed.
Note: This function is not available for 8 - 14HP from the wired controller.
In case of the following alarm code, emergency

operation is available.
Inverter Compressor Failure
06: Abnormality of Inverter Voltage
Failed
23: Abnormality of Discharge Gas Thermistor Compressor
48: Activation of Overcurrent Protection Device

51: Abnormality of Inverter Current Sensor
53: Inverter Error Signal Detection
x
54: Abnormality of Inverter Fin Temperature
Even if one compressor fails, the others can operate continuously.
(a) Emergency Operation Procedure <For JCWB10NEWS>

By pressing “MENU” for 3 seconds, emergency operation starts.
“Temporary” is displayed on the LCD during this operation.
JCWB10NEWS
Press the Menu Switch

for 3 seconds or more,
and emergency operation
Menu
starts.
On/Off
OK Back/Help ECO
“Emergency Operation” is “Emergency Operation” is

indicated on the LCD. indicated on the LCD.
The indication “Temporary” is indicated

on the LCD.
(b) Operation Condition

This emergency operation is NOT applicable to the compressors mounted in the failed outdoor unit.
NOTES:
• Emargency mode is canceled when the power source for the outdoor unit is turned OFF.
• Emergency operation is available only when all the indoor unit and wired controller to be connected are
for H-LINK II.
• Emergency operation is available only when the alarm codes above (*) are indicated.
• The emergency operation is not available for the failures of inverter PCB or fan controller.
• This emergency operation is not a normal operation but a temporary operation until the service people
comes. If the alarm is indicated again during the emergency operation, the alarm cannot be canceled.
1-46 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
(2) Emergency Mode Operation from Outdoor Unit PCB for Compressor Failure
1. For Combination of Outdoor Units (26 - 96HP)

<Alarms Corresponding to Inverter Compressor Failure>
04: Abnormal Transmitting between inverter PCB and Outdoor Unit PCB
23: Abnormality of Discharge Gas Thermistor
<Alarm Code Indication>

The unit No. of the failed outdoor unit , the unit No. of the failed compressor and the alarm code
are displayed on 7-segment of the outdoor unit PCB1.
Alarm Code
Unit No. of the Failed Compressor
Unit No. of the Failed Outdoor Unit
(a) Emergency Mode Operation Procedure

1. Turn OFF all the main switches of outdoor and indoor units.
2. Disconnect the power supply wiring for the inverter compressor from
the inverter PCB (INV1 or INV2) terminals according to the following procedure.
Be sure insulate the disconnected terminals.
The No. of Failed Compressor Procedure
Disconnect the power supply wiring for the inverter
Inverter Compressor 1
compressor from the inverter PCB (INV1) terminals.
3. Set DSW5 of outdoor unit PCB (PCB1) with the failed compressor according to the following
procedure. Fully close the stop valves (for gas and liquid) of the failed outdoor unit.
Inverter Compressor 1 Turn ON DSW5-No.1
4. Turn ON the power supply.
5. Start the operation by wired controller.
NOTES:
• Measure the insulation resistance of inverter compressor.
Do not perform the emergency operation when the insulation resistance is 0W
The other compressors may be damaged because there is a possibility that refrigerant oil is oxidized.
• In this emergency operation, compressor frequency cannot be controlled normally.
Therefore, alarm code "07", "43", "44", "45" or "47" may be indicated on LCD.
• This emergency operation may not provide sufficient cooling and heating capacity.
• This operation is a temporary emergency operation when the inverter compressor is damaged.
Therefore, replace it with the new one as soon as possible.
• Turn OFF DSW5-No.1, No.2 of outdoor unit PCB after replacing the compressor.
If this setting is not performed, the inverter compressor will be damaged.
SM-17010 1-47
TROUBLESHOOTING
(b) Location of Inverter PCB Terminals for Inverter Compressor Power Supply and
DSW5 on Outdoor Unit PCB
',3
5201R
1 Failed
Compressor
x
<460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz>
3 JTOH080VPE(U,F)BS1 to JTOH120VPE(U,F)BS1 (A) Part

Inverter PCB (INV1 or INV2)
: INV1
9 -3
3&1 3&1 3&1 3&1
5 6
/ -3 -3
8 -3
3&1
7
<
<
<&+
<&+
-3
5 = -3
5
3&1
-3
3&1
5
-3
()6
1 ()5
&
<$
5
3&
3&1
5
&
,& ,&
Terminals of Inverter
5
,& &
(
'
&
3&
5
5

<%
Compressor Wiring (3 pcs.)
5
3&1
3&

&

&
3 <&

'
6 7

&
5
&
3&1
=
<)
(A) PCB1 (B) 3& /
=
=' &
4
(B) Part&
'0
<&+*

&

3&1
'
<; &
5
Outdoor Unit PCB
& (PCB1)
& /('
5 7+ &
JTOH140VPE(U,F)BS1
<;
<
3&1

75

6(* 6(*
4 5
5 4 & &

5 5 / &
INV1 5 5

5 &
5
&
&
&1
&
/(' /

'
&1
&1
5 &

&
5

&
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
4
5
5
&
5
21 21
,&
5

'6:
'6:
5

36:
5
5

,&
36: 36:
4
4
4
4
4
4
/(' 21 21
'6:
'6:

&1
&1

5
5
5
5

36:

,&
'6:
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
&1 '6: 21 21
4
'6:
36: 21
,&
,&
4 & ,& '6:

&1
&1

&
& 21

56:

5

4 & &

& /(' &1
&
,&
&
& &
26&
5
5
5
4
,&
'
4
5
&
&

4 5 /('

,&
'6:
&1
4

,&

5 &
&
,&
,&
&
21

,&
&

&
'
'
'
'
&
4
()

&1 &1
&
& &
5
=
=
7+0 7+0 7+0 7+0 7+0 5 5 &1

& ' ' 5
7%
'
'
(A) PCB1 (B) 7+0 7+0 7+0 7+0 7+0 &1 &1 &1 &1
Inverter Compressor 1 Failure

JTOH160VPE(U,F)BS1 to JTOH240VPE(U,F)BS1 DSW5
ON
INV1 INV2
1 2 3 4 5 6

DSW5
ON
(A) PCB1 (B) 1 2 3 4 5 6
1-48 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
(b) Location of Inverter PCB Terminals for Inverter Compressor Power Supply and
DSW5 on Outdoor Unit PCB
',3
Failed
Compressor
x
5201R
1
<220V/60Hz>
3 JTOH080VPERBS1 to JTOH120VPERBS1 (A)

:
INV1 (A) (B)
9 -3
3&1 3&1 3&1 3&1
5 6
/ -3 -3
8 -3
3&1
7
<
<
<&+
<&+
-3
5 = -3
5
3&1
-3
3&1
5
-3
()6
1 ()5
&
<$
5
3&
3&1
5
&
,& ,&
5
,& &
(
'
&
3&
5
5

<%
5
3&1
Inverter Power Line

3&

&

&
3 <&

'
6 7

&
Terminal(3)
5
&
3&1
=
<)
3& /
=
=' &
4
'0
<&+*

(B)
B
&

3&1
PCB1
'
& &
<; 5
& /('
<; Outdoor Unit PCB (PCB1)
5 & 7+ &
<
3&1

75

6(* 6(*
JTOH140VPERBS1 4 5
5

4

5
5
&
5
5
/ &
&
&
5
5
&
&
&1
&
/(' /

'
&1
&1
INV1 (A) (B)

5 &

&
5

&
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
4
5
5
&
5
21 21
,&
5

'6:
'6:
5

36:
5
5

,&
36: 36:
4
4
4
4
4
4
/(' 21 21
'6:
'6:

&1
&1

5
5
5
5

36:

,&
'6:
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
&1 '6: 21 21
4
'6:
36: 21
,&
,&
4 & ,& '6:

&1
&1

&
& 21

56:

5

4 & &

& /(' &1
&
,&
&
& &
26&
5
5
5
4
,&
'
4
5
&
&

4 5 /('

,&
'6:
&1
4

,&

5 &
&
,&
,&
&
21

,&
&

&
'
'
'
'
&
4
()

&1 &1
&
& &
5
=
=
7+0 7+0 7+0 7+0 7+0 5 5 &1

& ' ' 5
7%
'
'
7+0 7+0 7+0 7+0 7+0 &1 &1 &1 &1
PCB1
In the case of failed inverter
JTOH160VPERBS1 to JTOH240VPERBS1 compressor is No.1.
INV1 (A) INV2 (B) DSW5
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
In the case of failed inverter

compressor is No.2.
DSW5
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
PCB1
SM-17010 1-49
TROUBLESHOOTING
2. For Outdoor Unit without Combination
[ at Inverter Compressor Failure ] (16 - 24HP)
<Alarms Corresponding to Inverter Compressor Failure>

04: Abnormal Transmitting between inverter PCB and Outdoor Unit PCB
23: Abnormality of Discharge Gas Thermistor
(a) Procedure
1. Turn OFF all the main switches of outdoor and indoor units.
2. Disconnect all the power supply wiring for the inverter compressor from
the inverter PCB (INV1 or INV2) terminals according to the following procedure.
Be sure to insulate the disconnect terminals.
3. Set DSW5 of the outdoor unit PCB (PCB1) with the failed compressor according to the following
procedure. Be sure to insulate the disconnect terminals.
4. Turn ON the power supply.
5. Start the operation by wired controller.
NOTES:
• Not all the compressors in the failed outdoor unit will stop the operation. If two compressors are stopped
simultaneously, the stoppage cause is supposed to be d1-30.
• Measure the insulation resistance of inverter compressor.
Do not perform the emergency operation when the insulation resistance is 0W
The other compressors may be damaged because there is a possibility that refrigerant oil is oxidized.
• In this emergency operation, compressor frequency cannot be controlled normally.
Therefore, alarm code "07", "43", "44", "45" or "47" may be indicated on LCD.
• This emergency operation may not provide sufficient cooling and heating capacity.
• This operation is a temporary operation when the inverter compressor is damaged.
Therefore, replace it with the new one as soon as possible.
• Turn OFF DSW5-No.1, No.2 of outdoor unit PCB after replacing the compressor.
If this setting is not performed, the inverter compressor will be damaged.
1-50 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
<460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz> <220V/60Hz>
INV1 INV2 INV1 (A) INV2 (B)
3&1 3&1 3&1 3&1 -3

5 6
/ -3 -3
-3
3&1
7
<
<
<&+
<&+
-3
5 = -3
5
3&1
-3
3&1
5
-3
()6
()5
&
<$
5
PCB1
3&
3&1
5
&
,& ,&
5
,&
(C) (B) &
(
'
PCB1 &
3&
5
5

<%
5
3&1
3&

&

&
<& '

&
5
',3
&
3&1
=
<)
5201R
3& /
=
=' &
4
(A) Part (B) Part&

'0
<&+*

1 &

3&1
'
<; &
39
5
Inverter PCB<;(INV1 &
or INV2) Outdoor
5
/('
Unit
7+ PCB
& (PCB1)
&
<
3&1

DSW5

75

6(* 6(*
4 5
5 4 & &
/
ON

5 5 &

5 5 &
3 5
5
&
&

&1
&
/(' /

'
&1
&1
:
5 &

&
5

&
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
4
5
5
&

21
5
21 21
,&
5

'6:
5 '6:

9 36:
5
5

-3
,&
3&1 3&1 3&1 3&1

36:
&1$ &1%
36:
4
4
4
4
4
4
5 6
/(' 21 21
1 2 3 4 5 6
'6:
'6:

&1&

&1
&1
/ -3 -3
8

-3
5
5
5
5
5 3&1

7
<
<
<&+
<&+
36:

,&
,&
'6:
5
5
5
5
-3
5
5
5
&1 '6: 5 21 = 21 -3

4
5
3&1
'6:
-3
3&1
5
-3
()6
1 36: 21
()5
&
,&
,&
<$
5 & '6:
5
,&
3&
3&1
4
&1
&1

5
&
&
,&
& ,&

5
,& 21
&
(
'
&
3&
5
56:
5

5 <%
DSW5

5
3&1

4 3
3&
/('

& &1
&

&
& &

&

,&
<& '
&
& &
26&
6 7

&
5
5
5
4
5
,&
'
4
5 &
3&1
&
&
=

<)
4 5 /('3&
ON
/

,&
'6:
Terminals of Inverter ,&

=
=' &
4
&1
4

,&

5 &
&
'0
<&+*

,& &

,&
&
3&1
21 '

& &
<;
& 5

/('

&
'
'
'
&

'
&
4
()

&1 &1
&
& &
& &
<; 5 7+

5
<
3&1

75

5 6(* 6(*
=
=
4 5 4 & &

5 5 / &
&1

7+0 7+0 7+0 7+0 7+0 5 5

5 5
5 &
5
&
&

& ' ' 5
&1
&
/(' /

'
&1
&1
7%
5 &

&
5

'
'
&
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
4
5
5
&
5
21 21
,&
5

1 2 3 4 5 6
'6:
'6:
5

36:
5
5
7+0 7+0 7+0 7+0 7+0 &1 &1 &1 &1

,&
36:
(C) Part
36:
4
4
4
4
4
4
/(' 21 21
'6:
'6:

&1
&1

5
5
5
5

36:

,&
'6:
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
&1 '6: 21 21
4
'6:
36: 21

,&
,&
4 & ,& '6:

&1
&1

&
& 21

56:

5

4 & &

& /(' &1
&
,&
&
& &
26&
5
5
5
4
,&
'
4
5
&
&

4 5 /('

,&
'6:
&1
4

,&

5 &
&
,&
,&
&
21

,&
&

&
'
'
'
'
&
4
()

&1 &1
&
& &
5
=
=
7+0 7+0 7+0 7+0 7+0 5 5 &1

& ' ' 5
7%
'
'
7+0 7+0 7+0 7+0 7+0 &1 &1 &1 &1
㆙࿌
₃㟁㐽᩿ჾࢆタ⨨ࡢࡇ࡜
ἲつ࡛ᐃࡵࡽࢀ࡚࠸ࡲࡍࠋ
タ⨨ࡋ࡞࠸࡜ឤ㟁࣭ⅆ⅏
ࡢཎᅉ࡟࡞ࡾࡲࡍࠋ
㸱㸯㸵㹆㸰㸰㸰㸴㸰㸿
Terminals of Inverter
SM-17010 1-51
TROUBLESHOOTING
1.2 Troubleshooting Procedure

l Alarm Code Indication of Wired Controller
01-02
< JCWB10NEWS >
Alarm Code: 22
MODEL : b .02 ALM RST
I.U. : RCI-3.0FSN3
ADDR
O.U. : RAS-3HVRNM2
SEL. OP MODE OK ENT.
1.2.1 Alarm Code Table

Activation of Float Switch (High Water Level in Drain Pan,
01 Indoor Unit Activation of Protection Device (Float Switch)
Abnormality of Drain Pipe, Float Switch, or Drain Pan)
Activation of Protection Device Activation of PSH (Pipe Clogging, Excessive Refrigerant, Inert
02 Outdoor Unit
(High Pressure Cut) Gas Mixing)
Incorrect Wiring, Loose Terminals, Disconnected
03 Communication Cable, Blowout of Fuse, Indoor Unit Power
Indoor Units and Outdoor Units
Communication OFF
Abnormal Communication between Inverter PCB -Outdoor PCB Communication Failure
04
Inverter PCB and Outdoor PCB (Loose Connector, Wire Breaking, Blowout of Fuse)
Incorrect Power Supply, Connection to Reversed Phase,
05 Supply Phase Abnormality of Power Supply Phases
Open-Phase
06 Voltage Abnormal Inverter Voltage Outdoor Voltage Decrease, Insufficient Power Capacity
Excessive Refrigerant Charge, Failure of Thermistor, Incorrect
07 Decrease in Discharge Gas Superheat Wiring, Incorrect Piping Connection, Expansion Valve Locking
at Opened Position (Disconnect Connector)
Cycle Insufficient Refrigerant Charge, Pipe Clogging, Failure of
Thermistor, Incorrect Wiring, Incorrect Piping Connection,
Expansion Valve Locking at Closed Position (Disconnect
Connector)
0A Communication Incorrect Wiring, Breaking Wire, Loose Terminals
Outdoor Units
Duplication of Address Setting for Outdoor Units (Sub Units) in
0b Incorrect Outdoor Unit Address Setting
Same Refrigerant Cycle Number
Outdoor Unit
Two (or more) Outdoor Units Set as "Main Unit" Exist in Same
0C Incorrect Outdoor Unit Main Unit Setting
Refrigerant Cycle Number
11 Abnormality of Inlet Air Thermistor
12 Abnormality of Outlet Air Thermistor
13 Abnormality of Freeze Protection Thermistor
14 Sensor on Abnormality of Gas Piping Thermistor Incorrect Wiring, Disconnecting Wiring,
Indoor Unit Abnormality of Outdoor Air Thermistor Breaking Wire, Short Circuit
15
(EconoFresh)
16 Abnormality of Remote Sensor (for DOAS *1))
Abnormality of Thermistor Built-in Remote
17
Controller (for DOAS *1))
Abnormality of Indoor Fan Motor (Step-Out),
18 Indoor Fan Abnormality of Indoor Fan System
Indoor Fan Controller Failure
Motor
19 Activation of Protection Device for Indoor Fan Fan Motor Overheat, Lockup
Abnormality of Fin Thermistor or Fan Controller,
Heat Exchanger Clogging, Abnormality of Fan Motor
1b Activation of Overcurrent Protection Abnormality of Fan Motor
Indoor Fan
1C Problem with Current Sensor Abnormality of Fan Controller Current Sensor
Controller
1d Activation Fan Controller Protection Driver IC Error Signal Detection, Instantaneous Overcurrent
Indoor Voltage Decrease, Insufficient Capacity of
1E Abnormality of Indoor Fan Controller Voltage
Power Supply Wiring
21 Abnormality of High Pressure Sensor
22 Abnormality of Outdoor Air Thermistor
Abnormality of Discharge Gas Thermistor on
23
Sensor on Top of Compressor Incorrect Wiring, Disconnecting Wiring,
Outdoor Unit Abnormality of Heat Exchanger Liquid Pipe Breaking Wire, Short Circuit
24
Thermistor
Abnormality of Heat Exchanger Gas Pipe
25
Thermistor
29 Abnormality of Low Pressure Sensor
1-52 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING

Connection of CH-Box to Heat Pump System,
Incorrect DSW Settings of Outdoor Unit for Disconnection of CH-Box to Heat Recovery System,
30
CH-Box CH Unit(Generation 1 model) and CH-Box(Generation 2
model) are used in the same system together.
Incorrect Capacity Setting of Outdoor Unit and Incorrect Capacity Setting of Outdoor Unit and Indoor Unit,
31
System Indoor Unit Excessive or Insufficient Indoor Unit Total Capacity Code
Duplication of Indoor Unit No. In same Refrigerant Cycle
35 Incorrect Setting of Indoor Unit No.
Number
36 Incorrect of Indoor Unit Combination Indoor Unit is Designed for R22
Abnormality of Picking up Circuit for Protection Failure of Protection Detecting Device (Incorrect Wiring of
38
in Outdoor Unit Outdoor PCB)
3A Abnormality of Outdoor Unit Capacity Outdoor Unit Capacity > 96HP
Incorrect Setting of Outdoor Unit Models Incorrect Setting of Main and Sub Units(s) Combination or
3b
Combination or Voltage Voltage
Outdoor Unit Abnormal Communication between Main Unit
3d Incorrect Wiring, Disconnect Wire, Breaking Wire, PCB Failure
and Sub Unit(s)
Incorrect Combination between Inverter PCB (INV1, INV2) and
Abnormal Combination between Inverter PCB
3E Outdoor PCB (PCB1), Incorrect DSW Setting of Inverter PCBs
(INV1, INV2) and Outdoor PCB (PCB1)
(INV1, INV2)
Activation of Pressure Ratio Decrease Defective Compression (Failure of Compressor or Inverter,
43
Protection Loose Power Supply Connection)
Overload at Cooling, High Temperature at Heating, Expansion
44 Activation of Low Pressure Increase Protection
Valve Locking at Open Position (Loose Connector)
Protection Overload Operation (Heat Exchanger Clogging, Short Circuit
Activation of High Pressure Increase
45 Device of Airflow), Pipe Clogging, Excessive Refrigerant, Inert Gas
Protection
Mixing
Activation of Low Pressure Decrease Insufficient Refrigerant, Piping Clogging, Expansion Valve
47
Protection Locking at Close Position (Loosen Connector)
48 Activation of Inverter Overcurrent Protection Overload Operation, Compressor Failure
51 Sensor Abnormal Inverter Current Sensor Current Sensor Failure
53 Inverter Error Signal Detection
Inverter Abnormal Inverter Fin Thermistor,
54 Abnormality of Inverter Fin Temperature
Heat Exchanger Clogging, Fan Motor Failure
55 Inverter Failure Inverter PCB Failure
57 Activation of Fan Controller Protection
Fin Thermistor Failure, Heat Exchanger Clogging, Fan Motor
Failure
Fan Controller
5b Activation of Overcurrent Protection Fan Motor Failure
Failure of Current Sensor (Instantaneous Overcurrent,
5C Abnormality of Fan Controller Sensor Increase of Fin Temperature, Voltage Decrease, Grand Fault,
Step-Out)
A1 External Input Detection of External Abnormality Input Signal by External Abnormality Detection Setting
b0 Incorrect Setting of Unit Model Code Incorrect Setting of Indoor Unit Model
Incorrect Setting of Unit and Refrigerant Cycle
b1 64 or More Number is Set for Address or Refrigerant Cycle
Number
b2 Indoor Unit Abnormality of EEPROM EEPROM failure, Incorrect Data of EEPROM
There are 17 or More Non-Corresponding to H-LINK II Units
b5 Incorrect Indoor Unit No. Setting
are Connected to One System.
Abnormal Communication between Communication Failure, Disconnected Communication Cable,
b6
Indoor PCB and Indoor Fan Controller Abnormal Connection
2 or More CH-Boxes are Connected between
C1 Incorrect CH-Box Connection
Outdoor Unit and Indoor Unit
9 or More Indoor Units Connected to Single Branch Type CH-Box
C2 Incorrect Indoor Unit Connection Number 7 or More Indoor Units Connected per a Branch of Multiple
Branch Type CH-Box
CH-Box Incorrect Indoor Unit Refrigerant Number Indoor Units of Different Refrigerant Cycle Number are
C3
Setting Connected to CH-Box
Incorrect Connection between CH-Box and
C4 This Outdoor Unit is not compatible with this CH-Box.
Outdoor Units
Indoor Unit is connected to a port that is set to not used for
C5 Incorrect Connection Port Setting
Multiple Branch Type CH-Box.
This alarm code appears when the following alarms* occurs
Compressor Protection Alarm
EE Compressor three times within 6 hours.
(It can not be reset from Wired Controller)
*02, 07, 08, 39, 43 to 45, 47
SM-17010 1-53
TROUBLESHOOTING
1.2.2 Failure of Power Supply to Indoor Unit and Wired Controller

● Lights and LCD on the wired controller are not Indicated.
● Not Operated
If fuses are melted or a breaker is activated, investigate the cause of over current and take necessary
action.
Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)
Measure voltage
Power Failure or Power is Not ON Supply power.
with voltmeter.
Remove cause
Short Circuit Supplied Check for any
of short circuit and
between Wires uncovered part of wires.
replace fuse.
Melted Fuse or Remove cause

Short Circuit of Measure insulation
Activation of of short circuit and
Wires to Earth resistance.
Breaker at replace fuse.
Power Source
Measure resistance
Failure of Indoor Unit Replace fan motor
between wires and
Fan Motor if faulty.
insulation resistance.
Remove cause
Short Circuit Supplied Check for any
between Wires uncovered part of wires.
replace fuse.
Remove cause
Melted Fuse for Short Circuit of Measure insulation
Control Circuit Wires to Earth resistance.
replace fuse.
Measure resistance
Failure of Indoor Unit Replace fan motor
between wires and
Fan Motor or fuse if faulty.
Disconnected Cable of Wired Controller Connect cable. Replace or repair it.
Contact Failure
or Incorrect Connection
of Indoor Unit PCB
Contact Failure at
Connectors of Check connectors. Correctly connect them.
Wired Controller Contact Failure
or Incorrect Connection
of PCB in Wired
Controller
Check it in Replace wired

Failure of Wired Controller
self-checking mode *1). controller if faulty.
Disconnected Wire Correctly connect

to Each PCB Check connectors. wires.
Failure of
Each PCB
Check each PCB in
Failure of Each PCB I.U./O.U. PCB Replace PCB if faulty.
check mode *2).
Take action according to the procedure

Incorrect Wiring Connection indicated in "TEST RUN CHECK."
*1): Refer to Item 1.1.4.1 (4).

*2): Refer to Item 1.1.4.1 (3).
1-54 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
1.2.3 Abnormal Transmission between Wired Controller and Indoor Unit

● “RUN” Indicator on Wired Controller:
Flashing every 2 seconds
Action
Disconnection or Contact Failure of Check cables and Replace or repair them.

Controller Cable connection.
Check it in Replace it if faulty.

Failure of Wired Controller
self-checking mode *1).
Disconnected Wire Correctly connect wires.

to PCB Check connectors.
Failure of PCB
(in Indoor Unit
and Wired
Check it in
Controller)
Failure of PCB I.U./O.U. PCB Replace PCB if faulty.
check mode *2).
*1): Refer to Item 1.1 4.1 (4).

*2): Refer to Item 1.1.4.1 (3).
SM-17010 1-55
TROUBLESHOOTING
1.2.4 Abnormalities of Devices

In the case that no abnormality (Alarm Code) is indicated on the wired controller, and normal operation is
not available, take necessary action according to the procedures mentioned below.
Action
Disconnected Measure coil

Failure of Coil resistance with tester.
Replace indoor unit
Indoor Unit
fan motor.
Fan Motor Burnt-Out Measure insulation
Coil resistance.
Disconnected Measure coil

Failure of Coil resistance with tester.
Replace outdoor unit
Outdoor Unit
fan motor.
Fan Motor Burnt-Out Measure insulation
Coil resistance.
"RUN" Indicator
and LCD are ON.
However, the Failure of Measure voltage
Contact Replace
system does Outdoor Unit between contacting
Failure outdoor unit PCB.
not operate. PCB parts.
(ex.
Indoor/outdoor
fans or Measure resistance
Failure of Comp. Motor between wires.
compressor
does not operate.) Replace compressor.
Check for abnormal
Failure of Comp.
sound from comp.
Failure of
Magnetic Contact Check magnetic switch Replace magnetic
Switch for Failure is activated correctly. switch.
Comp.
Disconnected
Check connection. Correctly connect wires.
Failure of Wire to PCB
I.U. or O.U.
PCB Failure of Check PCB in Replace PCB
PCB self-checking mode *1). if faulty.
Failure of
Failure of Thermistor Check it in
Air Inlet I.U./O.U. PCB
The Comp. Thermistor Disconnection check mode *2). Replace or correctly
does not Stop of Thermistor connect wires
or Start even if abnormal.
if the Setting
temperature Abnormality of Wired
on LCD is Check it in Test Run.
Controller Cord
Changed *3)
Check it in Replace PCB

Failure of Indoor Unit PCB self-checking mode *1). if faulty.
1-56 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
(1.2.4 Abnormalities of Devices)
Action
Check Setting Condition

of "Thermistor of
Wired Controller"
by Optional Setting (C8)
* Setting and Control
"00": Control by Indoor
Thermistor for In case that
Incorrect Optional Suction Air thermistor of wired
Setting "01": Control by controller is not
Thermistor of used, set it at "00".
The Comp. Wired Controller
does not stop "02": Control by
or start even Average Value of
if the setting Indoor Thermistor
temperature for Suction Air
on LCD is and Thermistor of
changed by Wired Controller
the wired
controller
*3)
Check Setting Condition
of "i1" and "i2" by In case that room
Input/Output Setting thermostat is used,
Incorrect * Setting and Control set for input
Input/Output Setting "01": Room Thermostat signal actually used.
(Cooling) If no signal is used,
"02": Room Thermostat set it at "00".
(Heating)
Check that Wired Connect wired

Controller or controller or transition
Air flow volume Transition Wiring for wiring for wired
“HH2” is not Incorrect Wired Wired Controller controller to indoor
indicated on the Controller Model is connected to Indoor unit(s) with 4 internal
wired controller. Unit(s) with 4 Internal air flow volumes
Air Flow Volumes. if necessary.
*1): Refer to Item 1.1.4.1 (4).

*2): Refer to Item 1.1.4.1 (3).
*3): Even if controllers are normal, the compressor does not operate under the following conditions.
* Indoor Air Temp. is lower than 21°C or Outdoor Air Temp. is lower than -5°C during cooling operation.
* Indoor Air Temp. is higher than 30°C or Outdoor Air Temp. is higher than 23°C during heating operation.
* Outdoor Air Temp. is lower than -20°C during heating operation.
* When a cooling (or heating) operation signal is given to the outdoor unit and a different mode as heating
(or cooling) operation signal is given to indoor units.
* When an emergency stop signal is given to outdoor unit.
SM-17010 1-57
TROUBLESHOOTING
Action
Failure of
Failure of Thermistor Check thermistor in Replace or correctly
Discharge check mode of connect wires
Air Temp. Disconnected wired controller *1). if abnormal.
Thermistor Wire for
Thermistor
Indoor Fan
Speed cannot
be Changed Check it in
Failure of Wired self-checking from Replace if faulty.
Controller wired controller *2).
Check it in
Failure of I.U./O.U. PCB Replace it if faulty.
Indoor Unit PCB check mode *3).
Failure of
Thermistor Failure of
for Outdoor Thermistor
Evaporating Replace or correctly
Temp. during connect wires
Heating or if abnormal.
Disconnected
Thermistor Wire for
for Outdoor Thermistor
Temp.
Disconnected
Measure resistance
Reversing
of coil.
Valve Coil
Failure of
Reversing Incorrect Replace reversing valve.
No Defrosting Valve Activation of
Operation Mode Supply power forcibly.
Reversing
is Available Valve
While Heating
Operation or
Disconnected Control Wires
Defrosting Correctly connect wires.
between Indoor Unit and Check connectors.
Operation is
Outdoor Unit
Continued
Disconnected Correctly connect wires.

Check connectors.
Failure of Wires to PCB
Outdoor Unit
PCB Failure of Replace it when check
PCB mode is not available.
Disconnected Correctly connect wires.

Check connectors.
Failure of Wire to PCB
Indoor Unit
PCB Check it in
Failure of I.U./O.U. PCB
PCB check mode *3).
Check PCB in Replace it if faulty.

“RUN” Indicator or
I.U./O.U. PCB
LCD Indication
Failure of Indoor Unit PCB check mode *3),
on Wired
or Wired Controller or check wired
Controller are
controller in
Kept ON
self-checking mode *2).
*1): Refer to Item 1.1.4.

*2): Refer to Item 1.1.4.1 (4).
*3): Refer to Item 1.1.4.1 (3).
1-58 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
Action
Indoor Heat Load is Larger

Calculate heat load. Use larger unit.
than Cooling Capacity
Gas Leakage Correctly charge

or Shortage Measure superheat. refrigerant after
of Refrigerant repairing gas leakage.
Excessively
Small
Diameter Measure and check
Use correct pipes.
Tube or field-supplied pipes.
Long Pipe
Incorrect
Activation of Check whether or not
Check Valve Replace check valve
temp. difference exists
of Outdoor for outdoor unit.
before/after check valve.
Unit
Check for any clogging. Remove clogging.
Check connection
Replace connector.
cord and connector.
Failure or
Malfunction Is there operation
of Expansion Replace coil.
sound from coil?
Valve
Is thermistor on
Excessively Replace thermistor.
compressor normal?
Insufficient Low Suction
Cooling Pressure
Operation Is thermistor
installed correctly on Correctly install it.
compressor?
Clogged
Strainer in
Indoor Unit Check temp. difference
Replace strainer
Clogging at at inlet and outlet of
in indoor unit.
Low Pressure strainer.
Pipe
Clogging at
Low Pressure Check temp. difference. Remove clogging.
Pipe
Insufficient Check for any clogged

Clean air filter.
Air Flow to air filter.
Indoor Unit
Heat Check for obstacles at
Exchanger Remove obstacles.
inlet or outlet.
Excessively Insufficient revolution of

Low Air indoor unit fan motor? Replace fan motor.
Temp. to
Indoor Unit
Heat Check for short-circuited Remove cause of
Exchanger indoor unit air. short-circuited air.
“Motion Sensor is
Activation of activated” is indicated It is normal.
Motion Sensor Control on wired controller.
SM-17010 1-59
TROUBLESHOOTING
Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item (Turn OFF Main Switch)
Check clogging of
outdoor unit heat Remove clogging.
exchanger.
Obstacles at inlet or
Insufficient outlet of outdoor unit Remove obstacles.
Air Flow to heat exchanger?
Outdoor Unit
Heat Is service space for Secure sufficient
Exchanger outdoor unit sufficient? service space.
Correct fan speed? Replace fan motor.
Excessively Short-circuited air Remove cause of

High Air to outdoor unit? short-circuited air.
Temp. to
Outdoor Unit
Heat Any other heat load
Remove heat source.
Exchanger near outdoor unit?
Excessively
Check refrigerant cycle Correctly charge
Excessively Charged
temp. refrigerant.
High Refrigerant
Discharge Non-
Pressure Check each temp. Charge refrigerant
Condensable
and pressure. after vacuum pumping.
Gas in Cycle
Clogging of
Insufficient Discharge Check for clogging. Remove clogging.
Cooling Pipe
Operation
Check for clogging. Remove clogging.
Check connecting
Replace connector.
wire and connector.
Failure or
sound from coil?
Valve
Is thermistor on
Replace thermistor.
compressor normal?
Is thermistor installed
correctly on Correctly install it.
compressor?
Check temp. difference

Malfunction or Internal
between inlet and outlet Replace reversing valve.
Leakage from Reversing Valve
of reversing valve.
Malfunction
or Internal Check temp. difference
Leakage from between inlet and Replace reversing valve.
Reversing outlet of reversing valve.
Excessively Valve
Low Suction
Pressure Failure of
Solenoid Check refrigerant
Valve leakage from solenoid Replace solenoid valve.
for Bypass valve.
Check expansion Replace failed

Discharge Temp. of
valve of indoor unit in expansion valve of
Indoor Unit is Unstable.
same system. indoor unit.
1-60 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
Action
Transmission
Failure Check indoor unit Repair it according
between indicating alarm code to alarm code “03”.
I.U. and O.U. “03” on wired controller.
Insufficient Insufficient Check wired controller Repair it according

Transmission Power LCD or “RUN” indicator to “Service Manual” of
Cooling
Failure Supply to is turned OFF. connected outdoor unit.
Operation
Indoor Unit.
Check that indoor unit

Failure of
capacity is 0 in
Indoor Unit Replace indoor unit PCB.
check mode of
PCB
outdoor unit PCB.
SM-17010 1-61
TROUBLESHOOTING
Action
Indoor Heat Load is Larger Use larger unit.

Calculate heat load.
than Heating Capacity
Gas Leakage Correctly charge

or Insufficient refrigerant after gas
Refrigerant Measure superheat. leakage check and
Charge repair.
Excessively
Small Measure field-supplied
Diameter or Use specified pipes.
pipes.
Long Pipe
Check for clogging. Remove clogging.
Check connecting
Replace connector.
cord and connector.
Failure or
sound from coil?
Valve
Is thermistor on
Replace thermistor.
compressor normal?
Is thermistor
installed correctly Correctly install it.
on compressor?
Insufficient
Heating Clogging of
Check temp. difference Replace strainer for
Operation Excessively Indoor Unit/
between inlet and outlet outdoor unit or
Low Outdoor Unit
of strainer. indoor unit.
Suction Strainer
Pressure
Clogging
of Suction Check temp. difference Remove clogging.
Pipe of each part.
Is outdoor unit heat Remove clogging.

exchanger clogged?
Check for any obstacles

Insufficient at inlet or outlet of Remove obstacles.
Air Flow to outdoor unit.
Outdoor Unit
Heat Is service space for Secure sufficient
Exchanger outdoor unit sufficient? service space.
Check outdoor fan speed. Replace fan motor.
Excessively
Low
Air Temp. to Check for any Remove cause of
Outdoor Unit short-circuited air short-circuited air.
Heat to outdoor unit.
Exchanger
Defrosting is
Insufficiently Check thermistor for Replace thermistor
Completed defrosting. for defrosting.
1-62 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
Action
Transmission Check indoor unit

Failure Repair it according
indicating alarm code to alarm code “03”.
between “03” on wired controller.
I.U. and O.U.
Insufficient
Insufficient Check wired controller Repair it according
Transmission Power
Heating LCD or “RUN” indicator to “Service Manual” of
Failure Supply to
Operation is turned OFF. connected outdoor unit.
Indoor Unit.
Check that indoor unit

Failure of
capacity is 0 in
Indoor Unit Replace indoor unit PCB.
check mode of
PCB
outdoor unit PCB.
SM-17010 1-63
TROUBLESHOOTING
Action
Check for filter clogging. Remove clogging.

Insufficient
Air Flow to Check for any obstacles
Indoor Unit at inlet or outlet of Remove obstacles.
Heat indoor unit.
Exchanger
Check indoor fan speed. Replace fan motor.
Excessively
High Air
Excessively Check for any
Temp. to Remove cause of
High short-circuited air
Indoor Unit short-circuited air.
Discharge to indiir units.
Heat
Pressure Exchanger
Excessively
Check refrigerant Correctly charge
Charged
cycle temp. refrigerant.
Refrigerant
Non-
Condensable Check each temp. Recharge refrigerant
Gas in Ref. and pressure. after vacuum pumping.
Cycle
Clogging of
Discharge Check for clogging. Remove clogging.
Insufficient Pipe
Heating
Operation Check temp. difference
Malfunction or Internal
between inlet and outlet Replace reversing valve.
Leakage from Reversing Valve
of reversing valve.
Check temp. difference

Malfunction of Check Valve
between inlet and outlet Replace check valve.
of Outdoor Unit
of check valve.
Malfunction
or Internal Check temp. difference
Leakage from between inlet and Replace reversing valve.
Reversing outlet of reversing valve.
Excessively Valve
Low Suction
Pressure Failure of Check refrigerant
Solenoid leakage from solenoid
Valve Replace solenoid valve.
valve.
for Bypass
Check for expansion Replace failed

Discharge Temp. of
valve of indoor unit in expansion valve of
Indoor Unit is Unstable.
same system. indoor unit.
“Motion Sensor is
Activation of activated” is indicated It is normal.
Motion Sensor Control on wired controller.
1-64 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
Action
Foreign Particles Inside Remove foreign

Check it by viewing.
Fan Casing particles.
Indoor Unit Fan Runner Adjust position of

Contacts Casing fan runner.
Outdoor Unit Propeller Fan Adjust position of

Contacts Shroud propeller fan.
Failure of Check each part is

Tightly fix it.
Installation tightly fixed.
Cooling or
Heating
Operation Liquid Ref. Check expansion valve
Ensure superheat.
with Compression opening.
Abnormal Abnormal
Sound Sound from Wear or Is there any abnormal
Compressor Breakage of sound from inside of
Internal Replace compressor.
compressor
Comp. Parts
Crankcase Check coninuity of

Heater does crankcase heater and Replace crankcase
Not Get Warm fuse. heater or fuse.
Hamming Sound from Check surface of Replace magnetic

Magnetic Conductor contacts. switch.
Abnormal Vibration of Check each fixing

Tightly fix it.
Cabinets screw.
Obstacles at Outdoor Fan Check obstacles. Remove obstacles.

Outdoor Fan
does Not Operate
even when
Compressor In case that
Preparatory State for Wait for switching of
is Operating reversing valve is not
Heating Operation reversing valve.
switched, check for
(1 to 3 minutes)
insufficient refrigerant.
Discharge pressure does

not increase to 2.2MPa Check operation
or more due to insufficient Add refrigerant.
pressure.
Indoor Fan refrigerant.
does Not Operate
even when Disconnected Wire for
Check wires. Correctly connect wires.
Compressor Indoor Fan
is Operating
Failure of Indoor Unit PCB Check Indoor Unit PCB Replace Indoor Unit PCB
SM-17010 1-65
TROUBLESHOOTING
Action
Phenomenon Cause / Check Item (Turn OFF Main Switch)
“Motion Sensor is activated”

is NOT Indicated on Wired Check connection of connector. Connect it securely.
Controller LCD.
Check reaction rate (Check Mode 1: q1)

(Reaction rate is always 0%: abnormal) Replace motion sensor.
Operation Stops though
Someone is Present.
Check connection of connector. Connect it securely.
Check reaction rate (Check Mode 1: q1)

(Reaction rate is always 100%: abnormal) Replace motion sensor.
Operation Continues Check heat source (a moving object whose

temperature is different from atmosphere). Remove it.
though No One is Present.
Check connection of connector. Connect it securely.
1-66 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
1.2.5 Troubleshooting by Alarm Code
Alarm
Activation of Protection Device (Float Switch) in Indoor Unit
Code
l The RUN indicator (Red) flashes on the wired controller.

l The indoor unit number, the alarm code, the unit model code and the number of connected indoor
units are displayed on the LCD, and the indoor unit number and the alarm code are displayed on the
7-segment display of outdoor unit PCB.
<Example of 4-way Cassette Type>

H This alarm code is displayed when the contact between #1 and #2 of CN14 on the I.U. PCB is opened
for over 120 seconds during the cooling, dry, fan or heating operation.
I.U. PCB: Indoor Unit PCB
Turn OFF power supply and remove No
connectors CN36 and CN14. Then
Failure of I.U. PCB
turn ON power supply. Is DC12.5~13.5V
applied between CN36 terminals?
Yes *Make sure short circuit does not occur between CN36 terminals
when measuring the voltage. Short circuit will lead to I.U. PCB
malfunction.
Turn OFF power supply and connect No
connector CN14. Then turn ON Activation of Float Switch FS
power supply. Is voltage applied or Failure of Float Switch.
between CN36 terminals less than 12.5V?
Yes Indication on Outdoor Unit PCB
Failure of Drain Pump

Alarm Code
Unit No.
of Malfunctioning Indoor Unit
Action
Clogging of
Check drain pan.
Activation of High Drain Drainage Remove foreign particles
Check drainage by
Float Switch Level Up-Slope clogging drain pipe.
pouring water.
Drain Piping
Check continuity Replace float switch

Failure
when drain level is low. if faulty.
Failure of Measure resistance Repair looseness and

Contact Failure
Float Switch with a tester. replace connector.
Incorrect Connection Check connection. Repair connection.
Measure voltage Replace drain pump

Failure between CN36 terminals if faulty.
with a tester.
Failure of Measure resistance Repair looseness and

Contact Failure with a tester. replace connector.
Drain Pump
Incorrect Connection Check connection. Repair connection.
Check PCB in
Failure of Indoor Unit PCB Replace it if faulty.
self-checking mode*1).
1*) Refer to Section 1.1.4.1 (3) above for details.
SM-17010 1-67
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm
Activation of Protection Device in Outdoor Unit
Code

H This alarm code is indicated when the high pressure switch (PSH) is activated during the compressor
operation (Y52C is turned ON).
<460V/60Hz,380V60Hz>
O.U. PCB: Outdoor Unit PCB (PCB1)
Are connectors in No
the table 2 connected Connect the connectors correctly.
correctly?
Yes
Are connectors in the table 1 No Is the terminal correctly connected No

continuity when the outdoor to the high pressure switch on the Connect the terminals correctly.
unit stops the operation. discharge pipe?
Yes Yes Check activation of the following
safety devices.
Normal inverter Remove the cause after checking.
PCB (INV)
● High Pressure Switch (PSH):
4.15MPa
Faulty Inverter PCB (INV).

Replace it.
Table 2. Connector Number

PCB Inverter PCB (INV)
Connector PCN2
Pin No. #1, #3
1-68 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
<220V/60Hz>
Are connectors in No
the table 1 connected Connect the connectors correctly.
correctly?
Yes
Are connectors in the table 1 No Is the terminal correctly connected No

continuity when the outdoor to the high pressure switch on the Connect the terminals correctly.
unit stops the operation. discharge pipe?
Yes Yes Check activation of the following
safety devices.
Normal inverter Remove the cause after checking.
PCB (INV)
● High Pressure Switch (PSH):
4.15MPa
Is voltage applied between #4 and #6 of CN5 on main power

PCB (PCB2) approx. DC13V when power is ON but stop operation? No
Faulty O.U. PCB (PCB1).
Is voltage applied between #4 and #6 of CN5 approx. 0V Replace it.
when transmit the operation to inverter compressor (approx. 5 sec.
passed after turning ON the controller)?
Yes
Is voltage applied between #4 and #5 of CN6 on main power

PCB (PCB2) approx. DC13V when power is ON but stop operation? No
Faulty main power PCB (PCB2).
Is voltage applied between #4 and #5 of CN6 approx. 0V Replace it.
when transmit the operation to inverter compressor (approx. 5 sec.
passed after turning ON the controller)?
Yes

Replace it.
Table 1. Connector Number

PCB Main Power PCB (PCB2)
Connector CN5 CN6
Pin No. #4, #6 #4, #5
Action
Event Cause Check Item
Clogging of Heat
Remove clogging.
Exchanger?
Check for dust on

Remove dust.
air filter.
Activation of Insufficient Airflow to
High Pressure Heat Exchanger
Switch due to Check for any obstacles
(Outdoor Heat Exchanger
Excessively at inlet or outlet of Remove obstacles.
during Cooling Operation
High Discharge heat exchanger.
or Indoor Heat Exchanger
Pressure during Heating Operation)
Check service space Secure sufficient
is sufficient. service space.
Check fan motor speed.

Replace fan motor
Outdoor Fan: Cooling
if faulty.
Indoor Fan: Heating
SM-17010 1-69
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm
Abnormal Transmitting between Indoor Units and Outdoor Units
Code

H When fuses are melted, or the circuit breakers are activated, check the cause of overcurrent and take
necessary action.
H This alarm code is displayed when an abnormal condition continues for 3 minutes after normal
transmission between indoor units and outdoor units, and also the abnormal condition continues for 30
seconds even after the micro-computer is automatically reset. If transmission failure occurs from the
beginning, the alarm code is displayed after 30 seconds from start up.
Is DSW10-1P (pin) No
(Terminating Resistance) Set it correctly.
on O.U. PCB ON?*1)
Yes
Is the voltage between
No connector PCN1-No.1 No
Is LED1 (red) and No.2 of O.U. PCB Check wiring of
on O.U. PCB ON? correct? connector PCN1.
Refer to “Correct Voltage
Yes for PCN1” indicated below.
Yes
Disconnect wiring of
TB2-No.1 and No.2
on O.U. PCB.
Yes Outdoor
Is the fuse for Unit
O.U. PCB melted? Replace fuse.
460V/60Hz Model Only No

Yes
Yes Is the fuse for Replace noise filter.
Is LED3 (yellow) noise filter blown?
on O.U. PCB ON? No
No
Faulty O.U. PCB

No
Is resistance of R151
on O.U. PCB 75Ω±5%?
Yes
Reconnect wiring of
TB2-No.1 and No.2.
To Next Page
O. U. PCB Correct Voltage for PCN1
Connector PCN1
R14
R17
R29
Q10
Power Supply
D5
Q8
C79
LED3 Voltage
102
103
102
DSW10 +
C92
222
IC3
101
IC2 460V/60Hz 230V

C9
ON
103
C77 333 102
C78 380V/60Hz 220V

EF1
1 2 333
C82 C81
R3
220V/60Hz 220V
Z1
Z2
R151
TB2
R151
CN101
1-70 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
O.U. PCB: Outdoor Unit PCB

*2) for Wall Type Only

No
Is SW1 of PCB set to “ ”
(Nonpolar Setting)? *2) Set it correctly.
Yes
Yes Is LED3 (yellow) Yes

Is LED3 (yellow) ON even if connector
CN2 on I.U. PCB Faulty I.U. PCB.
on I.U. PCB ON?
is removed?
No
No
Check other indoor units.
No Check wiring between

Is LED3 (yellow) on
outdoor unit and indoor
I.U. PCB flashing more
units or fuse (EF) for
than once in 10 seconds. Indoor
I.U./O.U. PCB.
Yes Unit*3)
Does refrigerant system

No. setting between
No
O.U. and I.U correspond? Set it correctly.
( O.U.: DSW1 and RSW1
I.U.: DSW5 and RSW2 )
Yes
No
Does Alarm occur with
all indoor units? Faulty I.U. PCB.
Yes
Faulty O.U. PCB.
*1): If the end terminal resistance (DSW10) is set to OFF for H-LINK connection, set the end terminal
resistance to ON when CN2 is disconnected. Set the end terminal resistance to OFF when CN2 is
reconnected.
*2): Refer to Service Manual of the indoor unit (Wall type) for details.
*3): Communication setting for the wall mounted: (SW1)

SW1 for communication on the indoor unit PCB is set to
Item Setting Position
“ ” by default. No setting is required for SW1.
SW1 “ ” Side If it is set to “ ”, alarm 03 will occur.
SM-17010 1-71
TROUBLESHOOTING
Action
Power Failure or No Power Supply Measure voltage with

Supply power.
tester.
Remove cause of
Check for breakage short circuit.
Short Circuit between Wires
of insulation. Replace fuse and/or
I.U./O.U. PCB if faulty.
Remove cause of
Short Circuit to Ground Measure insulation short circuit to ground.
Melted Fuse for
resistance. Replace fuse and/or
Power Source
or Activation of I.U./O.U. PCB if faulty.
Breaker
(Outdoor Unit) Replace comp. and
Measure resistance
fuse. (O.U.) Replace
Faulty Comp. Motor between wires and
insulation resistance. inverter PCB and/or
PCB if faulty. (O.U.)
Replace outdoor unit

Measure resistance
Faulty Outdoor Unit fan motor and fuse.
between wires and
Fan Motor Replace O.U. PCB
if faulty.
Remove cause of
Check for breakage
Short Circuit between Wires short circuit and
of insulation.
replace fuse.
Remove cause of
Short Circuit to Ground Measure insulation
short circuit and
Melted Fuse resistance.
replace fuse.
on PCB
(Outdoor Unit) Faulty Solenoid Coil for
Measure resistance Replace magnetic
Magnetic Switch (CMC)
of coil. switch (CMC) and fuse.
for Comp. Motor
Measure resistance
Faulty Outdoor Unit Replace O.U.
between wires and
Fan Motor fan motor (s) and fuses.
Measure O.U. PCB

Incorrect Power Supply Circuit of O.U. PCB Replace O.U. PCB.
output.*1)
Replace and repair

Disconnected Between Outdoor Unit wires, tighten screws
and Indoor Unit Check continuity of
Wires, wires. or correct wires.
Contact Failure or Check for looseness
Incorrect of connection screws.
Connection Power Source Wiring
Check terminal Nos. Correctly connect wires.
for Outdoor Unit
Disconnected Wires to
Check connection. Correctly connect wires.
I.U./O.U. PCB
PCB Failure
(Outdoor Unit,
Indoor Unit)
Faulty I.U./O.U.PCB Replace it if faulty.
Check continuity Replace or repair

Disconnected Wire
and looseness of wires, or tighten screws.
Contact Failure
connection screws.
Incorrect Wiring
Incorrect Wiring Check terminal Nos. Correctly connect wires.
*1): Refer to O. U. PCB check method for details.

O.U. PCB: Outdoor Unit PCB
1-72 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm
Abnormal Transmitting between Inverter PCB and Outdoor Unit PCB
Code

H This alarm code is displayed when an abnormal condition continues for 30 seconds after normal
transmission between the outdoor unit PCB and the inverter PCB, and also the abnormal condition
continues for 30 seconds even after the micro-computer is automatically reset. If transmission
failure occurs from the beginning, the alarm code is displayed after 30 seconds from start up.
<460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz>
No
Is LED2 (green) on Disconnect CN14
O.U. PCB flashing? of O.U. PCB
Yes Yes
Check limiting resistance
of incoming current.
Yes
Is LED2 (green) on Check the inverter
Yes O.U. PCB flashing? PCB (INV).
The connectors between No

LED203 on the No inverter PCB (INV) and
inverter PCB (INV) reactor (DCL) are correct. Check the O.U. PCB
is turned ON. Also, other connections for
inverter PCB (INV) are correct.
Yes
No
Correctly connect wires
The setting of No
DSW101 on Correctly set wires.
the inverter PCB (INV)
is correct.
Yes
Check the wiring

between O.U. PCB and
inverter PCB (INV) or
Inverter PCB (INV) and
fan controller (FANM).
Yes
Check the inverter PCB (INV).
SM-17010 1-73
TROUBLESHOOTING
<220V/60Hz>
No
Is LED2 (green) on Disconnect
O.U. PCB flashing? CN14 and CN20
of O.U. PCB
Yes Check limiting resistance
of incoming current. Yes
Yes
Yes Is LED2 (green) on Check the inverter
O.U. PCB flashing? PCB (INV).
The connections between
No inverter PCB and reactor (DCL), No
LED203 on the main power PCB (PCB2)
is turned ON. Also, other connections for Check the O.U. PCB
Yes inverter PCB are correct.
No
Correctly connect wires
The setting of No
DSW101 on Correctly set wires.
the inverter PCB (INV)
is correct.
Yes
Check the wiring between

O.U. PCB and inverter PCB or
inverter PCB and fan controller.
Yes
Check the inverter PCB (INV).
1-74 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
Action
Between O.U. PCB,

Disconnected Check continuity of
Inverter PCB and
Wires, wires. Replace or repair
Fan Controller wires, tighten screws
Contact Failure or Check for looseness
Incorrect Power Supply Wiring of connection screws. and/or correct wire
Connection for Outdoor Unit Check connection No. location.
Disconnected Wires Repair wiring

Check connection.
to PCB connection.
Failure of
O.U. PCB, Faulty PCB Replace PCB if faulty.
Inverter PCB and
Fan Controller
Blown Fuse Check continuity of fuse. Replace fan controller.
(Fan Controller) (220V/60Hz Only)
Check continuity of Replace noise filter

Failure of power fuse and inverter
Blown Power Fuse and inverter PCB.
Electrical PCB.
Components
Power Fuse, Disconnected Check resistance of
incoming current limit Replace main circuit PCB
Resistance Incoming Current Limit
resistance and inverter PCB. and inverter PCB
Resistance
Check continuity. Replace or repair

Disconnected Wires,
Check for looseness wires or tighten screws.
Contact Failure
of connection screws.
Incorrect Wiring
Incorrect Wiring Check connection Nos. Correctly connect wires
NOTES:
1. When replacing or checking for the inverter part, make sure to perform the electric discharge work according to Section
3.2.1 and 3.2.2. “High Voltage Discharge Work for Replacing Parts”.
2. When replacing or checking for the fan controller, make sure to perform the electric discharge work according to
Section 3.2.1 and 3.2.2. “High Voltage Discharge Work for Replacing Parts”.
3. When the fuse for the fan controller is blown, the fan controller may be broken too.
In this instance, the fan controller should be replaced.
SM-17010 1-75
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm
Abnormality Power Source Phase
Code

H This alarm code is displayed when the main power source phase is incorrect or one phase is not
connected.
Yes
Open Phase Correctly connect each phase
(Is there any phase not connected?) of power source.
O.U. PCB is normal.
No
Yes
Is there any excessively voltage
Abnormality with Power Source.
decrease at power source?
O.U. PCB is normal.
No
Faulty O.U. PCB.
Voltage for unit to

be suspended. Running Voltage: Check Item
"B" V
Power Supply “A” “B”
460V/60Hz 391 414 to 506
Starting Voltage: 380V/60Hz 323 342 to 418
Less than "A" V 220V/60Hz 187 198 to 242
Action
Replace wires, repair

Check it according and tighten screws
Activation of Open Phase to electrical wiring.
Open Phase or correct wiring.
Sensor in
Outdoor Unit Replace O.U. PCB
Faulty O.U. PCB if faulty.
1-76 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm Abnormal Inverter Voltage

Code (Insufficient Inverter Voltage or Overvoltage)


H When insufficient voltage is detected between the terminals “P” and “N” of the inverter PCB 3 times in
30 minutes, the operation stops and this alarm code is displayed. If this occurs less than 3 times in 30
minutes, the operation is automatically retried.
<Outdoor Unit PCB Display Indication>
<460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz> Abnormal of Inverter
Restart operation.
No
Is the power supply voltage 460V+10% Check wiring and
or 380V+10%? wire sizes.
Yes
No
Is the power supply voltage more than 323V?
Yes
Does the voltage fall

during operation Yes
when other eqiopment
or devices are powered
on?
No Frequency can
increase higher
than 60Hz.
Is LED401 on
inverter PCB (INV) Yes How is Compressor stops Faulty inverter PCB (INV)
ON after compressor's compressor immediately. Replace it.
relay (RY) turned ON? operation? (lower than 30Hz)
No Compressor stops
when frequency
increase. (Approx.
The connections 31Hz to 60Hz)
between inverter PCB (INV) and No
reactor (DCL) are correct. Connect it correctly.
Also, other connections for
Yes
* WORNING HIGH VOLTAGE
Yes
Is the DC voltage Check Replace inverter PCB (INV).
over 460V? inverter PCB (INV).
Fault PCB have high voltage.
No Normal Be careful.*1)
Faulty inverter PCB (INV).

Replace it.
Check the wiring of

inverter PCB (INV).
*1): Refer to the item 3.2.1 for checking procedures of the inverter PCB.
If high voltage remains, perform the high voltage discharge work according to this item.
SM-17010 1-77
TROUBLESHOOTING
<220V/60Hz>
Restart operation.
No
Check wiring and
Is the power supply voltage 220V+10%? wire sizes.
Yes
No
Is the power supply voltage more than 187V?
Yes
Does the voltage fall Yes

during operation
when other equipment
or devices are powered
on?
Faulty main power PCB (PCB2).
No Frequency can Replace it.
increase higher
than 60Hz. Abnormal
Is LED501A of
Yes How is Compressor stops
main power PCB (PCB2)
compressor immediately. Check main power PCB (PCB2).
ON after relay (RY)
operation? (lower than 30Hz) *3)
for compressor is
turned ON? Normal
Compressor stops
No when frequency
increase. (Approx. Faulty inverter PCB (INV) *1)
31Hz to 60Hz) Replace it.
Is connection correct No
between inverter PCB (INV),
reactor (DCL) and main Connect it correctly.
power PCB (PCB2) correct?
Yes * WARNING HIGH BOLTAGE (Loose Wiring,
Change of
Yes Color)
Is DC voltage Check main power Replace main power PCB (PCB2).
over 230V? PCB (PCB2).
Fault Be careful of remaining valtage*1)
No Normal
Faulty inverter PCB (INV).

Replace it. *1)
Check the wiring of

inverter PCB (INV)
and main power PCB (PCB2).
*2) *3)
*1): Refer to the item 3.2.2 for checking procedures of the inverter PCB.
If high voltage remains, perform the high voltage discharge work according to this item.
*2): Refer to Section 3.2.1 or 3.2.2 for checking procedures for the Inverter PCB (INV).
*3): Refer to Section 3.2.2 for checking procedures for the Main Power PCB (PWB2).
1-78 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm
Decrease in Discharge Gas Superheat
Code

H In the case that the discharge gas superheat less than 10 deg. at the top of the compressor continues
for 30 minutes, retry operation is performed. However, when the alarm occurs twice within 120 hours,
this alarm code is indicated.
Is the thermistor on No I.U. PCB: Indoor Unit PCB
top of compressor Faulty Thermistor
normal?*1)
Yes
Is the thermistor No
installed correctly Install it correctly.
on the compressor?
Yes
Heating
Is it at cooling or
heating mode when Heating Operation
the alarm occurred?
Thermistor
Cooling Outdoor Unit
(HP) Td1 Td2
Cooling Operation (THM8) (THM9)
8 - 14 -
16 - 24
Check the high-pressure Check the high-pressure
and compressor discharge and compressor discharge
gas temperature and gas temperature and
calculate superheat value calculate superheat value
by O.U. PCB. by O.U. PCB.
Is superheat value Is superheat value

under 10oC? under 10oC?
No No
Yes Yes
Remove sudden
No fluctuation of load
Match the Does the refrigerant Is the opening of the No
piping and electric like short path by
refrigerant piping outdoor unit heat
wiring match? discharge air from
and electric wiring. exchanger's expansion
the outdoor unit, or
Yes valve under 8%?
the cause of frequent
Yes thermo-ON/OFF.
Are the connectors*2)

of O.U. PCB for No
the outdoor unit heat Plug the connectors*2)
exchanger's electric of O.U. PCB properly.
expansion valve
connected properly?
*1): Refer to "Characteristics of Thermistor" of "Alarm Code 23". Yes
*2): O.U. PCB Connector No. is shown below. No
Charge correct
Is refrigerant
MV1 MV2 * MVB refrigerant volume.
correctly charged?
CN10 CN11 CN12 Refer to TC.
* Only for: RAS-20FSNS - RAS-24FSNS Yes
RAS-16FSNP, RAS-18FSNP No
Check the
Is gas leaking?
expansion valve.
Yes
Repair leaks of gas.

Correctly charge
refrigerant.
SM-17010 1-79
TROUBLESHOOTING
Action
Ref. piping and communication Check ref. piping and

cable do not match with Repair cable wiring.
communication cable.
the same ref. system group.
Charge correct amount

Overcharged Refrigerant Check pressures.
of refrigerant.
Check expansion valve. Replace expansion valve

Faulty Expansion Valve
(Refer to the item 3.6.) if faulty.
Replace O.U.PCB and Replace O.U. PCB

Failure check operation. if faulty.
Decrease of
Discharge Gas Faulty
Superheat O.U. PCB Disconnected
Wires for Repair wiring
Expansion Check connection.
connection.
Valve Control
Check resistance Replace thermistor

Failure
of thermistor. if faulty.
Faulty
Discharge Incorrect Check thermistor is
Correctly install it.
Gas Mounting correctly installed.
Thermistor
Tighten looseness,
Incorrect
Check connection. replace connector or
Connection
repair connection.
1-80 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm
Code Increase in Discharge Gas Temperature at the Top of Compressor

H If the temperature at the top of the compressor is above 132oC for 10 minutes or above 140oC for 5
seconds during operation, the compressor stops and then the operation is automatically retried. If this
occurs again twice in the next 60 minutes, this alarm code is displayed.

Is thermistor on No
top of compressor Failure of Thermistor
normal? *1)
Yes
Is thermistor No
installed correctly Install it correctly.
on the compressor?
Yes
Heating
Is it at cooling or
heating mode when Heating Operation Thermistor
alarm has occurred?
Outdoor Unit
(HP) Td1 Td2
Cooling (THM8) (THM9)
8 - 14 -
Cooling Operation
16 - 24
Check O.U. PCB Check O.U. PCB

if compressor if compressor
discharge gas discharge gas
temperature is over temperature is over
No 132oC. 132oC. No
Yes Yes
Remove sudden
Is opening of No fluctuation of load
outdoor unit like short path by
expansion valve discharge air from
100%? the outdoor unit, or
the cause of frequent
Yes thermo-ON/OFF.
Is opening of all Are connectors *2)

Remove sudden No of O.U. PCB of No
fluctuation of indoor operating indoor units
expansion valve 100% outdoor unit heat Plug connectors *2)
load (short path, etc.) exchanger's
(or 72% for the indoor of O.U. PCB properly.
or short path of air expansion valve
between outdoor units. unit smaller than 2 HP)?
connected properly?
Yes
Yes
No
Charge correct
Is amount of *1): Refer to "Characteristics of Thermistor"
refrigerant volume.
refrigerant correct? of "Alarm Code 23".
Refer to TC.
*2): O.U. PCB Connector No. is shown
Yes
No in the below table.
Check MV1 MV2 * MVB
Is gas leaking?
expansion valve. CN10 CN11 CN12
Yes * Only for: RAS-20FSNS - RAS-24FSNS
RAS-16FSNP, RAS-18FSNP
Repair leaks of gas.
Recharge refrigerant.
SM-17010 1-81
TROUBLESHOOTING
Action
Ref. piping and communication Check ref. piping and

cable do not match with the communication cable. Repair cable wiring.
same refrigerant system group.
Charge correct amount

Undercharge of Refrigerant Check pressures. of refrigerant.
Check expansion valve. Replace expansion valve

Faulty Expansion Valve
(Refer to 1.3.3) if faulty.
Excessively High Replace O.U. PCB and Replace O.U. PCB

Failure if faulty.
Discharge Gas check operation.
Temperature
(at Top of Faulty Disconnected
Compressor) O.U. PCB Wires for Repair wiring
Check connection.
Expansion connection.
Valve
Check resistance Replace thermistor

Failure
of thermistor. if faulty.
Faulty
Discharge Incorrect Is thermistor correctly
Correctly install it.
Gas Installation installed?
Thermistor
Tighten looseness,
Incorrect
Check connection. replace connectors or
Wiring
repair connection.
1-82 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm
Abnormal Transmitting between Outdoor Units
Code

Connect communication cable between

Is communication cable between outdoor Yes outdoor unit A and outdoor unit B
unit A and outdoor unit B connected to communication terminal between
to H-LINK communication terminal? outdoor units.
Also, reset the power supply.
No
Is communication cable between outdoor Yes outdoor unit A and outdoor unit C
unit A and outdoor unit C connected to communication terminal between
No
Is communication cable between outdoor Yes outdoor unit A and outdoor unit D
unit A and outdoor unit D connected to communication terminal between
No
Is communication cable between outdoor Yes Correctly connect communication cable

unit and another outdoor unit between outdoor unit and another
connected INCORRECTLY? outdoor unit and reset the power supply.
No
Abnormality of O.U. PCB in

outdoor unit A
Arrangement of Outdoor Units
(Four Unit Combination)
Unit A Unit B Unit C Unit D

(Main) (Sub) (Sub) (Sub)
SM-17010 1-83
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm
Incorrect Outdoor Unit Address Setting
Code

Is DSW6 setting for Yes Set DSW6 correctly for

outdoor unit B, C and D correct? outdoor unit B, C and D and
(DSW6: outdoor unit address setting) reset the power supply.
No
Yes Correctly connect communication

Are 5 or more outdoor units cable between outdoor unit and
connected to communication terminal outdoor unit and reset the power
between outdoor units? supply.
No
Is communication cable between Yes Correctly connect communication

outdoor unit and outdoor unit cable between outdoor unit and
connected INCORRECTLY? outdoor unit and reset the power
supply.
No

outdoor unit A Arrangement of Outdoor Units

Alarm
Code Incorrect Setting of Main Outdoor Unit

Is DSW6 setting for No Set DSW6 correctly for

outdoor unit B, C and D correct? outdoor unit B, C and D.
(DSW6: outdoor unit address setting) Then, reset the power supply.
Yes
Yes Correctly connect communication

Are 5 or more outdoor units
cable between outdoor unit and
connected to communication terminal
outdoor unit and reset the power
between outdoor units?
supply.
No

outdoor unit A Arrangement of Outdoor Units

1-84 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm Abnormality of Thermistor for Indoor Unit Inlet Air Temperature

Code (Inlet Air Thermistor)

H This alarm code is displayed when a short circuit (0.24kΩ or less) or open sensor (840kΩ or more)
of the thermistor is detected during heating or cooling operation. The operation automatically restarts
when the malfunction is removed.
Is thermistor THM1 No
(for inlet air temp.) Connect them.
connected to THM1
of I.U. PCB?
Yes
No
Is resistance of THM1 Failure of
between 0.24kΩ and Thermistor
840kΩ?
Yes
Inlet Air Thermistor
Failure of I.U. PCB In Case of 4-way Cassette Type
Action
Replace thermistor
Failure Check resistance.
Failure of if faulty.
Inlet Air
Thermistor
Incorrect Connection Check connection. Correctly connect wires.
Replace I.U. PCB Replace I.U. PCB

Failure of I.U. PCB
and check operation. if faulty.
90
82
80
70
61
60
Thermistor 50 46
Resistance
(kΩ) 40 35
30 27 Indication on Outdoor Unit PCB

20.5 (Alarm Code 11 ~ 19)
20 16
12.5
10
10 8 5.3 3.6 2.5
0
-15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Alarm Code
Ambient Temperature (oC) (11 ~ 19)
Unit No. of
Thermistor Characteristics Malfunctioning Indoor Unit
NOTE:
This figure is applicable to the following thermistors.
1. Inlet Air Thermistor (THM1), 2. Liquid Pipe Thermistor (Freeze Protection) (THM3),
3. Gas Pipe Thermistor (THM5), 4. Outlet Air Thermistor (THM2),
5. Outside Air Thermistor or Remote Thermistor (THM4)
SM-17010 1-85
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm Abnormality of Thermistor for Indoor Unit Outlet Air Temperature

Code (Outlet Air Thermistor)

Is thermistor THM2 (for No

outlet air temp.) connected Connect them.
to THM2 of I.U. PCB?
Yes
Is resistance of THM2 No
between 0.24kΩ and Failure of
840kΩ? Thermistor
Yes Refer to "Alarm Code 11"

for thermistor resistance.
Failure of I.U. PCB Outlet Air Thermistor
In Case of 4-way Cassette Type
Action
Replace thermistor
Outlet Air
Thermistor Check wiring to
Incorrect Connection Correctly connect wires.
I.U. PCB.

Failure of I.U. PCB
1-86 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm Abnormality of Thermistor for Liquid Refrigerant Pipe Temperature

Code at Indoor Unit Heat Exchanger (Freeze Protection Thermistor)

(for freeze protection)
Connect them.
connected to THM3 of
I.U. PCB?
Yes
840kΩ? Thermistor

Liquid Pipe Thermistor
Failure of I.U. PCB
(Freeze Protection)
Action
Replace thermistor
Freeze Protection
I.U. PCB.

Failure of I.U. PCB
SM-17010 1-87
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm Abnormality of Thermistor for Gas Refrigerant Pipe Temperature

Code at Indoor Unit Heat Exchanger (Gas Pipe Thermistor)

(for gas pipe) connected Connect them.
to THM5 of I.U. PCB?
Yes
840kΩ? Thermistor
Refer to "Alarm Code 11"
Yes for thermistor resistance.
Gas Pipe Thermistor
Failure of I.U. PCB
Action
Failure of Replace thermistor

Thermistor if faulty.
for Indoor Unit
Heat Exchanger Check wiring to
Gas Pipe Temp. Incorrect Connection Correctly connect wires.
I.U. PCB.

Failure of I.U. PCB
NOTE: The heating operation is available only during the test run.
1-88 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm Abnormality of Thermistor for Outside Air Temperature

Code (for Ducted with EconoFresh Kit)
l The RUN indicator (red) flashes on the wired controller.

l The indoor unit number and the alarm code are displayed on the LCD. The alarm code is displayed on
the 7-segment display of the outdoor unit PCB.
H This alarm code is displayed when a short circuit (0.24kΩ or less) or disconnection (840kΩ or more) of
the thermistor is detected during a heating or cooling operation.
(for Outside Air Temperature) Failure of
between 0.24kΩ and 840kΩ? Thermistor
Failure of I.U. PCB
Action

Thermistor for
Outlet Air
Outside Air
Temperature Incorrect Connection Correctly connect wires.
I.U. PCB.

Failure of I.U. PCB
SM-17010 1-89
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm Abnormality of Remote Thermistor

Code (for DOAS*1)

H This alarm code is displayed when a short circuit (0.24kΩ or less) or open sensor (840kΩ or more) of
the thermistor is detected during a heating, cooling or fan operation.
Thermistor for Controller

Is I.U. air temperature detected by Set “Thermistor for Controller” setting
Remote Thermistor (THM4) or at Function Setting by Controller.
Thermistor for Controller?
Remote Thermistor
connected to THM4 of Connect them.
I.U. PCB?
Yes
840kΩ? Thermistor

Failure of I.U. PCB
Action
Replacethermistor
Replace remote
Failure of ifthermistor
faulty. if faulty.
Outlet Air
Remote
I.U. PCB.

Failure of I.U. PCB
1-90 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm Abnormality of Thermistor for Controller

Code (for DOAS*1)

l The indoor unit number and the alarm code are displayed on the LCD. The alarm code is displayed on
the thermistor is detected during a heating or cooling operation.
No
Is resistance of Thermistor for Controller Failure of Thermistor for Controller
between 0.24kΩ and 840kΩ?

Failure of I.U. PCB
Action
Failure of
Check short-circuit and Replace controller
Thermistor for Failure
disconnection wiring. if faulty.
Controller

Failure of I.U. PCB
NOTE:
The DOAS*1) is able to operate while utilizing the Remote Thermistor and the Controller
Thermistor under certain mode.
While operating in this mode:
● if one of the thermistors fail, operation can be continued by using the value measured from the
only thermistor working,
● if both of thermistors fail, this alarm code is displayed.
This alarm code will only appear when both thermistors are being used and both have failed.
For checking follow the previous page “Alarm Code 16”.
SM-17010 1-91
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm Activation of Protection Device for Indoor Fan Motor

Code (Indoor Unit with DC Motor )

H This alarm code is displayed when the indoor fan motor rotates at less than 70rpm for 5 seconds 3
times in 30 minutes during the operation. (A)
Occurrence of LED5 PC4 PC4-#2 LED4

Alarm Code “19”
Perform the following
check after setting the
air flow volume to “HIGH”.
A high voltage is applied
DSW3 RSW1 DSW6 DSW9
PCN6 PCN4
EF2 5 6
CN2 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 6 5 4 3 2 1 2 1
7 8
2 3
L1 TP
Check connectors PCN7

9
ON 0 1 ON ON
PCN7
to electrical parts. Perform

L3 5 6
4 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
7 8
2 3
9
SW1
REG2
0 1 ON ON
and CN1 on I.U. PCB.

RSW2 DSW5 DSW4
EFR1
EFS1
DSW7
2 1
the check carefully to
LED3
LED5 +
+
ON
LED1
CN34
+
prevent an electric shock.
CN11
L
+
LED4
IC1
REG3
CN28
A TR1
CN17
B LED6
NOTE:
DM1
T1
1
+
PCN1 THM1 THM2 THM3 THM4 THM5 CN33 CN9 CN10
CN1 +
Turn OFF the power source

2 +
L5
CN36 CN8 CN7 THU1 CN5 CN14 CN4 CN3 CN6 HA
Check that 220/240V is securely before connector

applied between checking. If not, it may cause
L1 and N of TB1. a DC fan motor failure. VDC- VCC13
(Built-in PCB for the DC fan CN1 VCC15 GND VCC05
motor may be damaged.) (*1)
The electrical source for I.U. PCB
Yes is not supplied when LED4
Is LED4 on is turned OFF.
I.U. PCB OFF? Failure of I.U. PCB Replace I.U. PCB.
(*1)
No
(*2)
Yes Abnormal voltage is supplied
Is LED5 on for fan motor.
(Normal Voltage: DC311-339V)
(*2)
No
(*3)
No Measure the voltage between VCC15
Is DC power and VDC - (15V+10%) with a tester.
output of I.U. PCB Failure of I.U. PCB Replace I.U. PCB.
normal? (*3)
(*4)
Yes Measure the voltage of the following check points with a tester.
Between VCC05 and GND: 5V+4%
Between VCC13 and GND: 13.1V+10%
Is DC power No
normal? (*4)
Yes (*5) Start the operation with CN1 on I.U. PCB disconnected.
It functions normally if more than 1V is generated between
No.3 pin of CN1 and VDC- (check point) for approx. 10 seconds
Is fan motor Yes after starting the operation.
speed control command to (NOTES)
fan motor sent correctly? 1. Even if the operation is stopped, 0.3 to 0.4V can be generated.
(*5) 2. To perform the operation “(A)”, no voltage will be generated
sequentially 10 seconds after start of operation.
No
No Does Fan (*5)
Failure of Fan Motor Replace Fan Motor
Motor run?
Failure of I.U. PCB (*6) Start the operation with CN1 on I.U. PCB connected.
It functions normally if several volts are generated between
Yes No.2 pin of PC4 and VDC- (check point).
(NOTE)
Replace I.U. PCB. Even if the operation is stopped, approx. 0.2V can be generated.
Yes
Is speed pulse (*6)
signal to I.U. PCB Failure of I.U. PCB Replace I.U. PCB.
sent correctly?
(*6)
No
Failure of Fan Motor Replace Fan Motor. For other items, refer to “Service
Manual” of indoor unit.
1-92 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING

Code (RPK-Model)

H This alarm code is displayed when the indoor fan motor rotates at less than 70rpm for 5 seconds (for
40 seconds during auto swing operation) three times in 30 minutes during the operation.
GND1
Occurrence of
Alarm Code “19” Perform the following check after +
+
setting the air flow volume to “HIGH”.
ON
12
+
PC4-2 PCN550
A high voltage is applied to electrical
+ +
+
parts. Perform the check carefully to PC4 VCC1
+
Check connectors PCN500 prevent an electric shock. +
VCC15
and PCN550 on I.U. PCB. +
+
+
+ VCC05
LED1
NOTE:
+
Turn OFF the power source securely
+
+
Check that 220/240V is before connector checking. VDC

If not, it may cause DC fan motor failure.
applied between (Built-in PCB for DC fan motor may be
L1 and N of TB1. damaged.)
Yes (*1) PCN500
The electrical source for I.U. PCB
Yes is not supplied when LED4
Is LED4 on is turned OFF.
(*1)
No
(*2)
Yes Abnormal voltage is supplied
Is LED1 on to fan motor.
(Normal Voltage: DC280V)
(*2)
No
(*3)
Measure the voltage between
No VCC15 and VDC (15V+10%) with a tester.
Is DC power
normal? (*3)
Yes (*4)
Measure the voltage of the following check points with a tester.
Between VCC05 and GND: 5V+4%
Is DC power No
Between VCC13 and GND: 13.1V+10%
normal? (*4)
(*5) Start the operation with PCN550 on I.U. PCB disconnected.
Yes It functions normally if more than 1V is generated between No.4
pin of PCN550 and VDC- (check point) for approx. 10 seconds
after start of operation.
Is fan motor Yes (NOTES)
speed control command to 1. Even if the operation is stopped, 0.3 to 0.4V can be generated.
fan motor sent correctly? 2. To perform the operation “”, no voltage will be generated
(*5)
sequentially 10 seconds after start of operation.
No
No Does Fan (*5)
Failure of Fan Motor Replace Fan Motor
Motor run?
Failure of I.U. PCB (*6) Start the operation with PCN550 on I.U. PCB connected.
It functions normally if several volts are generated between
Yes No.2 pin of PC4 and VDC- (check point).
(NOTE)
Replace I.U. PCB. Even if the operation is stopped, approx. 0.2V can be generated.
Yes
Is speed pulse (*6)
signal to I.U. PCB Failure of I.U. PCB Replace I.U. PCB.
sent correctly?
(*6)
No
For other items, refer to “Service

Failure of Fan Motor Replace Fan Motor.
SM-17010 1-93
TROUBLESHOOTING

Code ( Indoor Unit with AC Motor )

H This alarm code is displayed when over approximately 1A is applied to the indoor unit fan motor.
Yes
No Is there continuity No No
Does indoor fan
at the internal thermostat Is fan motor hot? Replace motor.
run?
of indoor fan motor?
Yes Yes
Yes
Is connection bad Repair wiring and
at connector? connection.
No
No
Is coil resistance
Replace motor.
of fan motor normal?
Yes
Check indoor temperature.

If it is unusual, take suitable
action to reduce it.
Action
Measure coil
Faulty Indoor Unit
resistance and Replace motor if faulty.
Fan Motor
Check continuity after

Activation Failure Replace fan motor if
fan motor temperature
of Internal no continuity.
decreases to room temp.
Thermostat for
Indoor Unit Faulty
Contact Measure resistance Correct looseness.
Fan Motor Internal
Failure with a tester. Replace connectors.
Thermostat
Incorrect
Check connection. Repair connection.
Connection
For other items, refer to “Service

1-94 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm
Abnormality of High Pressure Sensor for Outdoor Unit
Code

7-segment of outdoor unit PCB.
H This alarm code is displayed when output voltage of the pressure sensor decreases to 0.1V or less, or
increases to 4.9V or more during operation.
Yes
Is connector CN7
Connect it correctly.
of O.U. PCB abnormal?
No
No
Is 5 VDC applied between
#1 and #3 of connector Failure of O.U. PCB
CN7 of O.U. PCB?
Yes
Is voltage under 0.1 VDC No

or over 4.9VDC between Failure of O.U. PCB
#2 and #3 of connector
CN7 of O.U. PCB?
Yes
Yes
Is check joint clogged? Replace check joint.
No
Failure of
high pressure sensor
Action
Replace thermistor
High Pressure
Sensor Check wiring to Repair wiring and
Incorrect Connection O.U. PCB. connection.
Replace O.U. PCB Replace O.U. PCB

Failure of O.U. PCB
Indicated Value of
Malfunction of Pressure
Pressure Value Check for clogging
Sensor due to Faulty Replace check joint.
is Excessively of check joint.
Check Joint
High or Low
SM-17010 1-95
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm Abnormality of Thermistor for Outdoor Air Temperature

Code (Outdoor Unit Ambient Thermistor)

the thermistor is detected during operation.
Is thermistor THM7 No Outdoor Unit

connected to THM7 Ambient Air Thermistor
(Ta, color: red) of Connect them. (THM7)
O.U. PCB?
Yes
Failure of
between 0.2kΩ and Thermistor
840kΩ?
Yes
Failure of O.U. PCB
Action
Replace thermistor
Thermistor for
Outdoor Air Temp. Check wiring to Repair wiring and
Incorrect Connection
O.U. PCB. connection.

Failure of O.U. PCB
1-96 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm Abnormality of Thermistor for Discharge Gas

Code Temperature on the Top of Compressor

7-segment of outdoor unit PCB. (For the combination of outdoor units, the alarm code is displayed
on PCB of outdoor unit A.) Additionally for the outdoor unit number and compressor number with
abnormal thermistor, check the alarm code history.
the thermistor is detected for a second during operation.
No O.U. PCB: Outdoor Unit PCB (PCB1)
Is setting of DSW2
Set it correctly.
on O.U. PCB correct?
Thermistor
Yes Outdoor Unit
(HP) Td1 Td2
(THM8) (THM9)
Are thermistors THM8 8 - 14 -
and THM9 (for discharge No
gas temp.) connected to Connect them. 16 - 24
THM8 (Td1) and THM9
(Td2) on O.U. PCB? In the case of the combination of
outdoor units, each outdoor unit detect
Yes abnormality.
Is resistance of
discharge gas thermistors No
THM8 and THM9 within
range indicated in Failure of Thermistor
thermistor characteristics
graph right?
250.0 5.0
Yes
Thermistor Resistance (kΩ) Output Voltage (VDC)
4.5
200.0 4.3
Failure of O.U. PCB 200.0 4.0
3.9
3.5
Output Voltage (VDC)

Resistance (kΩ)
150.0 3.0
3.1
2.5
100.0 2.0
2.0
72.3 1.5
R25 = 200kΩ
50.0 1.0
When T = 25ºC, RT = 200kΩ 1.0
B = 3920K 29.8
13.4 0.5
7.5
RT = R25 • exp B(1/T[K] - 1-298)
0.0 0.0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Ambient Temperature (oC)
Action
Replace thermistor
if faulty.
Faulty Discharge
Gas Thermistor
Check wiring to Repair wiring and
Incorrect Connection
O.U. PCB. connection.

Faulty O.U. PCB
Check setting of Correctly set

Incorrect Setting of DSW2 on O.U. PCB
DSW2 on O.U. PCB. DSW2 on O.U. PCB.
SM-17010 1-97
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm Abnormality of Thermistor for Evaporating Temperature

Code during Heating Operation (Outdoor Unit Evaporating Thermistor)

7-segment of outdoor unit PCB. (For the combination of outdoor units, the alarm code is displayed
on PCB of outdoor unit A.) Additionally for the outdoor unit number and compressor number with
abnormal thermistor, check the alarm code history.
H This alarm is displayed when a short circuit (0.2kΩ or less) or open sensor (840kΩ or more) of the
thermistor is detected for 8 minutes during operation.
Are thermistors connected to No

THM10 (Te) or THM17 (Tchg) Connect them.
on O.U. PCB?
Yes
Alarm Code
Thermistor
1: Te1 (Thermistor for Evaporation Liquid Pipe)
No 2: Te2 (Thermistor for Evaporation Liquid Pipe)
Is resistance of thermistors C: Tchg (Thermistor for Stop Valve Liquid Line)
THM10 and TMH17 between Failure of Thermistor S: Tsc (Thermistor for Supercooling Bypass Line)
0.2kW and 840kW? Outdoor Unit No.
Yes
Thermistor
Outdoor Unit
Te1 Te2 Tchg Tsc
Failure of O.U. PCB (HP)
(THM10) (THM11) (THM17) (THM23)
8 - 12 -
14 - 24
90.0 4.5
Thermistor Resistance (kΩ) Output Voltage (VDC) NOTE:
80.0 4.0
77.9
3.9
4.0 This data is applicable to the following thermistors.
70.0 3.7 3.5
3.5 1. Ambient Temperature Thermistor (THM7),
3.3
60.0 58.0
3.0
3.0 2. Evaporation Liquid Line Thermistor (THM10,THM11)
3. Evaporation Gas Line Thermistor (THM12),
Output Voltage (VDC)
Resistance (kΩ)
2.8
50.0 2.5
44.8
1.4
2.5
4. Stop Valve Liquid Line Thermistor (THM17),
2.2
40.0
34.0
2.0
5. Super Cooling Bypass Line Thermistor (THM23)
1.9
30.0 1.7 1.5
26.2
20.4 R25 = 200kΩ
20.0 1.0
1.1 16.0 When T = 25ºC, RT = 200kΩ
12.6
10.0 0.6
0.9
10.0
0.5
B = 3920K
0.6
4.3 3.5 2.9
7.3 6.5 2.4
00.0 5.2
3.0 RT = R25 • exp B(1/T[K] - 1-298)
-20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Action

Thermistor if faulty.
for Evaporating
Temperature Check wiring to Repair wiring and
during Heating Incorrect Connection O.U. PCB. connection.

Failure of O.U. PCB
1-98 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm Abnormality of Thermistor for Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger Gas Pipe
Code (Tg/Tbg)

H This alarm is displayed when a short circuit (0.2kΩ or less) or open sensor (840kΩ or more) of the
thermistor is detected for 8 minutes during operation.
No
Are thermistors connected to
THM12 (Tg) on O.U. PCB? Connect them.
Yes
Is resistance of thermistors No
THM12 between Failure of Thermistor
0.2kΩ and 840kΩ?
Tg: Thermistor for Evaporation Gas Line
Failure of O.U. PCB O.U. PCB: Outdoor Unit PCB (PCB1)
Action
Replace thermistor
Failure of Failure Check resistance.
if faulty.
Outdoor Unit
Gas Pipe
Thermistor Check wiring to Repair wiring and

Failure of O.U. PCB
SM-17010 1-99
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm
Abnormality of Low Pressure Sensor for Outdoor Unit
Code

H This alarm code is displayed when output voltage of the pressure sensor decreases to 0.1V or less or
increases to 4.9V or more during running.
Yes
Is connection CN8
of O.U. PCB abnormal? Connect it correctly.
No
Is 5 VDC applied between No

#1 and #3 of connector Failure of O.U. PCB
CN8 of O.U. PCB?
Yes
Is voltage under 0.1 VDC No

or over 4.9 VDC between
Failure of O.U. PCB
#2 and #3 of connector
CN8 of O.U. PCB?
Yes
Yes
Is check joint clogged? Replace check joint.
No
Failure of
Low Pressure Sensor
Action
Check output voltage Replace pressure

Failure
is correct. sensor if faulty.
Faulty Low
Pressure Sensor
Check wiring to Repair wiring and

Faulty O.U. PCB
Indicated Value of
Malfunction of Pressure
Pressure Value Check for clogging
Sensor due to Faulty Replace check joint.
is Excessively of check joint.
Check Joint
High or Low
1-100 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm
Incorrect Connection of CH-Box
Code

l The indoor unit number (refrigerant cycle number - address number), the alarm code, the model
code*1), the model name*1) and the number of connected indoor units are displayed on the LCD. The
outdoor unit number and the alarm code are displayed on the 7-segment display of the outdoor unit
PCB.
*1): Except for some models.
1. This alarm code is displayed when the CH-Boxes are connected to the refrigerant cycle system.
2. This alarm code is displayed when the power supply setting, DSW7, DIP switch on the outdoor unit PCB
is set incorrectly (#4 is ON).
SM-17010 1-101
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm
Incorrect Capacity Setting of Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit
Code

H This alarm code is indicated when the capacity setting dip switch, DSW2 on the outdoor unit PCB,
is not set (all the settings from #1 to #6 are OFF) or set incorrectly.
H This alarm code is displayed when the total indoor unit capacity is less than 50% or more than 130%
of the combined outdoor unit capacity.

Yes
Are #1-#6 of DSW2 on
Set capacity of O.U. PCB.
O.U. PCB set incorrectly?
No
Yes
Are #1-#4 of DSW3 on
Set capacity of I.U. PCB.
I.U. PCB set incorrectly?
No
Are the settings of

DSW1 and RSW1 on No
O.U. PCB and setting
of DSW5 and RSW2 on Set them correctly.
I.U. PCB totally same in Outdoor Unit PCB: DSW1, RSW1
a refrigerant cycle? Indoor Unit PCB: DSW5, RSW2
Yes
Total indoor unit capacity

is wrong.
Action
Check combination of
Incorrect Capacity Setting of Indoor Unit indoor units and capacity Correctly set dip switch,
setting of I.U. PCB. DSW3.
Check capacity setting Correctly set dip switch,

Incorrect Capacity Setting of Outdoor Unit
of O.U. PCB. DSW2.
Check outdoor unit

Ensure that total
Total Indoor Unit Capacity Connected to model by calculating
indoor unit capacity is
Outdoor Unit is Beyond Permissible Range total indoor units
from 50% to 130%.
capacity.
Check refrigeration cycle

Refrigeration Cycle Setting of Outdoor Unit
setting of O.U. PCB Set them correctly.
and Indoor Unit is Different
and I.U. PCB.
Refrigerant Cycle No. Setting

Setting Switch
10 digit 1 digit Example of Setting Refrigerant Cycle No. 25
*1): A number of SW differs
Setting Position
901
ON 901
ON depending on the indoor unit model.
23
78
OFF Set by inserting OFF 456

slotted screwdriver 1 2 3 4 5 6 Refer to Service Manual of Indoor
23
78
1 2 3 4 5 6 456 into the groove.
Turn ON No. 2 pin. Set Dial No.5. Unit.

Outdoor Unit DSW1 RSW1
Indoor Unit DSW and RSW setting before shipment is 0.
DSW5 *1) RSW2
(H-LINK II) Maximum in setting refrigerant cycle No. is 63.
1-102 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm
Abnormal Transmitting between Outdoor Units
Code

l The indoor unit number, the alarm code, the unit model code and the number of connected indoor units
are displayed on the LCD, the indoor unit number and the alarm code are displayed on the 7-segment
of outdoor unit PCB.
H This alarm code is displayed when an abnormal condition continues for 30 seconds after normal
transmission between outdoor units, also if the abnormal condition continues for 30 seconds even after
the micro-computer is automatically reset.
Is LED1 on PCB of No Faulty

Check power supply
outdoor unit B, C and D Turn ON power supply.
of outdoor unit.
turned ON?
Yes Good
Yes
Is fuse of O.U. PCB Check cause and
blown out? replace fuse.
No
Replace PCB of
outdoor unit B, C or D.
Yes Correctly connect

Is operating line between operating line between
outdoor units loosened outdoor units. Also, reset
or disconnected? power supply.
No
Replace PCB of


SM-17010 1-103
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm
Incorrect Indoor Unit No. Setting
Code

H This alarm code is displayed 5 minutes after power-on of the outdoor unit, if the indoor unit No. set by
RSW6 and RSW1 duplicates in the same refrigerant group.
NOTE:
In the case of H-LINK System, this alarm code is displayed when DSW1 and RSW1 of the outdoor unit PCB
and DSW5 and RSW2 of the indoor unit PCB are incorrectly set.
In this case, set them correctly after turning OFF the main switch, and again turn ON the main switch.
When the refrigerant No. setting of outdoor unit (H-LINK II) and that of outdoor unit (H-LINK) are duplicated,
the alarm “35” may go ON and OFF repeatedly.
Alarm
Incorrect Indoor Unit Combination
Code

1-104 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm
Abnormality of Picking up Circuit for Protection in Outdoor Unit
Code

H This alarm code is displayed when DC13V is applied to the main circuit PCB(s) connector at the time
inverter compressor operation command is transmitted to O. U. PCB1 (approximately 5 sec passed
after turning ON RUN/STOP switch). For trouble shooting, make sure to connect each wiring to PCN2,
CN5 and CN6 before use tester. If PCN2 wiring is not connected correctly when using the tester,
DC13V is continuously detected and end in checking failure.
<460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz>
Is wiring between PCN2 of inverter PCB (INV) and No

Connect correctly.
high pressure switch (PSH) connected correctly?
Yes
Check activation of the following

Is voltage applied between #1 and #3 of PCN2 on inverter safety devices.
No
PCB (INV) approx. DC13V when transmit the operation
Remove the cause after checking.
to inverter compressor (approx. 5 sec. passed after turning
ON the controller)? • High Pressure Switch (PSH):
4.15MPa (R410A)
Yes

Replace it.
Yes
Check wiring and connector.
PCB Inverter PCB (INV) 㸫

Connector PCN2
Pin No. #1, #3 㸩
PCN2
Black
NOTES:
1. For the maintenance or replacement of inverter PCB, perform the high voltage discharge work
according to the item 3.2.1.
2. If the high pressure switch (PSH) failure (open phase or disconnecting wiring), this alarm code may
occur. Check alarm code 02 trouble shooting too.
SM-17010 1-105
TROUBLESHOOTING
<220V/60Hz>
Is wiring between CN20 or CN21 on O.U. PCB No
(PCB1) and CN5 on main power PCB (PCB2) Connect correctly.
connected correctly? 㸫
Yes 㸩
3&1
Is wiring between PCN2 of main power PCB No 㯮
(PCB2) and high pressure switch (PSH) connected Connect correctly. &1
correctly? '&/
&
Yes &1
Is connection between CN6 on main power PCB No Tester Probe

(PCB2) and CN303 on Inverter PCB (INV) Connect correctly. Connector Pin
connected correctly?
Polar
PCN2-#3
Yes Negative “-” CN5-#6
CN6-#5
Is voltage applied between #1 and #3 of PCN2 PCN2-#1
Check behavior of the
on main power PCB (PCB2) approx. DC13V No Positive “+” CN5-#4
following devices.
when transmit the operation to inverter compressor High Pressure Switch: PSH CN6-#4
(approx. 5 sec. passed after turning ON the 4.15MPa (R410A)
controller)?
Yes
Is voltage applied between #4 and #6 of CN5 on

main power PCB (PCB2) approx. DC13V when
power is ON but stop operation? No
Faulty O. U. PCB (PCB1)
Is voltage applied between #4 and #6 of CN5
Replace it.
approx. 0V when transit the operation to inverter
compressor (approx. 5 sec. passed after turning
ON the controller)?
Yes
Is voltage applied between #4 and #5 of CN6 on

main power PCB (PCB2) approx. DC13V when
power is ON but stop operation? No Faulty main power PCB
Is voltage applied between #4 and #5 of CN6 (PCB2)
approx. 0V when transit the operation to inverter Replace it.
compressor (approx. 5 sec. passed after turning
ON the controller)?
Yes
Checking Connector
Faulty Inverter PCB (INV) PCB Main Power PCB (PCB2)
Replace it. Connector PCN2 CN5 CN6
Pin No. #1, #3 #4, #6 #4, #5
NOTES:
1. For the maintenance or replacement of inverter PCB, perform the high voltage discharge work
according to the item 3.2.2.
2. If the high pressure switch (PSH) failure (open phase or disconnecting wiring), this alarm code may
occur. Check alarm code 02 trouble shooting too.
1-106 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm
Abnormality of Outdoor Unit Capacity
Code

H This alarm code is indicated when the total capacity of outdoor unit connected to the transmission
terminal between outdoor units exceeds 96HP.

Yes Set following dip switches
Has PCB of outdoor unit
of the replaced O.U. PCB
A, B, C or D been replaced?
correctly.
No (DSW2, DSW3, DSW6,
DSW7 and DSW10)
Is the operating line No Set the DSW6 of

between outdoor units replaced O.U. PCB
connected correctly? correctly.
Yes
Abnormality of
total outdoor unit capacity
(The combination of outdoor
units is incorrect.)
Alarm
Incorrect Setting of Outdoor Unit Model Combination or Voltage
Code

H This alarm code is displayed when the model setting for outdoor unit connected to the transmission
terminal between outdoor units is incorrect.
Yes Set following dip switches

Has PCB of outdoor unit of the replaced O.U. PCB
A, B, C or D been replaced? correctly.
No (DSW2, DSW3, DSW6,
DSW7 and DSW10)
Is the operating line No Correctly connect

between outdoor units the operating line and
connected correctly? reset the power source.
Yes
Incorrect combination of
outdoor units
(Check the outdoor unit
combination again.)
SM-17010 1-107
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm
Transmission Failure between Main Unit and Sub Unit(s)
Code

H For the combination of outdoor units, this alarm code is displayed when transmission to outdoor unit B,
C or D is NOT provided for 30 seconds.
(Alarm code “31” will be displayed when transmission to all the outdoor units connected to the
transmission terminals between outdoor units is NOT provided.)
No Faulty
Is LED1 turned ON on PCB Check the power source
Turn ON the power source.
of outdoor unit B, C or D? of outdoor unit.
Yes Good
Yes
Is fuse on O.U. PCB Check the cause and
blown out? replace it.
No
Replace the PCB of
Yes Correctly connect the

Is operating line operating line between
between outdoor units outdoor units. Also, reset
loosened or disconnected? the power source.
No
Replace the PCB of


1-108 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm
Abnormality of Inverter PCBs Combination of Outdoor Unit
Code

l The indoor unit number (refrigerant cycle number - address number), the alarm code, the model
code*1),
the model name*1) and the number of connected indoor units are displayed. The alarm code, the
outdoor unit number of abnormal inverter PCB, and abnormal inverter PCB number are displayed on
H This alarm code is indicated when an incorrect model code setting of the outdoor unit is connected to
the terminals between the outdoor units’ communication terminal (TB2 No. 3 and 4 terminals on the
PCB1 for the outdoor unit combination).
Yes ● Set following DIP switches of

Has PCB of outdoor unit replaced O.U. PCB correctly.
A, B, C or D been replaced? DSW2, DSW3, DSW6,
DSW7, DSW10
No ● Set DIP switch (DSW101) of
replaced inverter PCB (INV)
correctly.
Is the operating line No Correctly connect the operating

between O.U. PCB and line between O.U. PCB and
inverter PCB (INV) inverter PCB (INV).
connected correctly? Also, reset the power supply.
Yes
Replace O.U. PCB and inverter

PCB (INV).
SM-17010 1-109
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm
Activation of Low Compression Ratio Protection Device
Code

H The alarm code 43 is displayed when the following condition occurs more than twice in an 30 minutes.
If the following condition is continued for one minute, all the compressors may be stopped and the unit
automatically retried after 3 minutes.
Compression ratio ε = {(Pd + 0.1) / (Ps + 0.06)}, calculated from a discharge pressure (Pd MPa) and
suction pressure (Ps MPa) is lower than 1.5.
No
Does inverter operate? Check inverter.
Yes
No
Check compressor and
Does compressor operate?
power cable.
Yes
Yes
Is reversing valve spindle
Replace reversing valve if faulty.
mounted at middle position?
No
No
Are high pressure sensor and Replace high pressure sensor
low pressure sensor normal? or low pressure sensor if faulty.
Yes
Yes
Is there a leak in solenoid Replace solenoid valve
valve for Hot Gas Bypass (SVA)? (SVA) if faulty.
No
Check that indoor/outdoor intake

air temperature is not too low.
Action
Relace inveretr PCB

Inverter is not functioning. Check inverter. if faulty.
Compressor is not operating. Check compressor. Replace comp. if faulty.
Valve Stoppage at Middle Measure suction pipe Replace reversing valve

Position of Reversing Valve temp. of reversing valve. if faulty.
Excessively
Low Compression Check connector for
Ratio Abnormality of High or Low
O.U. PCB, power source Replace sensor if faulty.
Pressure Sensor
and pressure indication.
Check indoor unit and

Excessively Low Indoor Replace thermistor
outdoor unit air temp.
Intake Air Temperature if faulty.
thermistor.
Leakage from Solenoid Replace SVA if there is

Check Solenoid Valve.
Valve (SVA) leakage.
1-110 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm
Activation of Low Pressure Increase Protection Device
Code

H If the suction pressure (Ps) of the compressor is more than 1.4MPa for 1 minute, all the compressors
stop and then the operation is automatically retried after 3 minutes. If this occurs again twice in the
next 30 minutes, this alarm code is displayed.

Yes
Is there leak from Replace solenoid valve (SVA)
solenoid valve (SVA)? if faulty.
No
Yes
Is reversing valve spindle
mounted at middle position? Replace reversing valve if faulty.
No
No
Replace low pressure sensor
Is low pressure sensor normal?
if faulty.
Yes

air temperature is not too high.
Action
Check connecting wires.

Leakage from Solenoid Check outlet pipe temp.
Replace solenoid valve
Valve (SVA) of solenoid valve (SVA).
(SVA) if faulty.
Measure suction gas

Valve Stoppage at Middle Replace reversing valve
pipe temp. of reversing
Position of Reversing Valve if faulty.
Excessively valve.
Low Suction
Pressure Check connectors
Abnormal Low
of O.U. PCB and Replace sensor if faulty.
Pressure Sensor
power source.
Excessively High Indoor Check indoor unit and

Replace thermistor
Unit and Outdoor Unit outdoor unit suction
if faulty.
Suction Air Temperature air temp. thermistor.
SM-17010 1-111
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm
Activation of High Pressure Increase Protection Device
Code

H If the discharge pressure (Pd) of the compressor is more than 3.8MPa for 2 seconds, all the
compressors stop and then the operation is automatically retried after 3 minutes. If this occurs again
twice in the next 30 minutes, this alarm code is displayed.
Yes
Is there leakage from Replace solenoid valve (SVA)
solenoid valves (SVA)? if faulty.
No
Yes
Is outdoor unit stop valve closed? Open stop valve.
No
No Check connection of circuit
Is high pressure sensor normal? board connector. Replace
high pressure sensor if faulty.
Yes
Yes Check O.U. PCB and connection
Are expansion valves fully of circuit board connector.
closed and locked? Replace electronic expansion
valves if faulty.
No
Check the outdoor electronic expansion valve during cooling
and the indoor electronic expansion valve during heating.
Are electrical wiring and refrigerant Yes
piping between indoor and outdoor Correctly connect it.
unit incorrectly connected?
No NOTE:
Check the refrigerant system setting of O.U. PCB and I.U. PCB.
air temperature is not too high.
Action
Check connection.
Leakage from Solenoid Valve Check outlet temp. of
Replace solenoid valve
(SVA) solenoid valve (SVA).
(SVA) if faulty.
Closed Stop Valve Check stop valve. Open stop valve.
Abnormal High Pressure Check connectors for Replace pressure

Sensor O.U. PCB. sensor if faulty.
Excessively
High Discharge Excessively High Indoor Check thermistor for
Pressure Replace thermistor
Unit and Outdoor Unit indoor unit and outdoor
if faulty.
Inlet Air Temp. unit inlet air temp.
Incorrect Connection between Check electrical system

Correctly connect them.
Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit and ref. cycle.
Repair connector for O.U.

Locked Expansion Valve Check connector for
PCB or expansion valve.
(Fully Closed) O.U. PCB.
Replace it if faulty.
Stoppage of Melted Fuses Check continuity of fuses. Replace fuses.

Indoor Fan
<Wall Type 1.0 Replace I.U. PCB Replace I.U. PCB
to 3.0HP Only> Faulty I.U. PCB
1-112 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm Activation of Low Pressure Decrease Protection Device

Code (Vacuum Operation Protection)

H If the suction pressure (Ps) of the compressor is less than 0.09MPa for 12 minutes, the compressor
stops. If this occurs again twice in the next 60 minutes, this alarm code is displayed.

No
Is amount of refrigerant correct? Correctly charge refrigerant.
Yes
No
Is outdoor stop valve open? Open the stop valve.
Yes
Yes
Is refrigerant leaking? Repair leaks.
No
No
Replace suction pressure sensor
Is suction pressure sensor normal?
if faulty.
Yes
Yes Check connection of
Are electronic expansion valves connectors, O.U. PCB and
fully closed and locked? electronic expansion valves.
Replace them if faulty.
No
Check the indoor expansion valve during cooling
and the outdoor expansion valve during heating.
Check electric wiring and refrigerant NOTE:
piping between indoor and outdoor Check the refrigerant system setting of O.U. PCB and I.U. PCB.
units are correctly connected.
SM-17010 1-113
TROUBLESHOOTING
Action
Check charged ref.

Repair leakage and
Shortage of Ref. volume or check for
correctly charge ref..
leakage.
Closed Stop Valve Check stop valve. Open stop valve.
Abnormal Low or High Check connector Replace pressure

Pressure Sensor for O.U. PCB. sensor if faulty.
Excessively
Low Suction Incorrect Connection Correctly connect
Pressure Check electrical
between Indoor Unit and indoor unit and
(in Vacuum) system and ref. cycle.
Outdoor Unit outdoor unit.
Repair connector for O.U.
Locked Expansion Valve Check connector for
PCB or expansion valve.
(Fully Closed) O.U. PCB.
Replace it if faulty.
Check Td thermistors
Expansion Valve Closed by for compressors and Repair or replace
Disconnecting Td Thermistor measure Td thermistor Td thermistor.
resistance.
Measure coil resistance Replace outdoor fan

Faulty Outdoor Fan Motor
and insulation resistance. motor if faulty.
Check for continuity

Internal after temperature of Replace outdoor fan
Thermostat for Failure
outdoor fan motor motor.
Outdoor Fan decreases.
is Activated Faulty
in Heating Internal Contact Measure resistance Remove looseness
Operation Thermostat Failure with a tester. and replace connector.
Incorrect
Check connection. Connect it correctly.
Connection
1-114 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm
Activation of Inverter Overcurrent Protection Device
Code

H This alarm code is displayed when inverter electronic thermal protection is activated 6 times within 30
minutes. If this occurs less than 6 times in 30 minutes, the operation is automatically retried.
Conditions of Activation:
(1) Inverter current with 105% of the rated current runs for 30 seconds continuously.
(2) Inverter current runs intermittently and the accumulated time reaches up to 3 minutes,
in 10 minutes.
Which is cause of
stoppage " " of "2"
Refer to the next page
troubleshooting by
or after the next page.
7-segments display,
Restart operation. "2" or "4"?
"4"
Is compressor current Yes (Inverter PCB (INV1,2) is normal.)

larger than
activation current? *1)
Is discharge pressure
No high?
Smaller than
activation current. Check pressure and
refrigeration cycle.
Check for clogging of

heat exchanger.
Check fan motor.
Abnormal
Check inverter PCB Connect it correctly. *2)
(INV1,2) connections.
Refer to the next page

or after the next page.
*1): Regarding the setting value of activation current, refer to the item 3.2.1 and 3.2.2.
*2): Regarding replacing or checking method for inverter parts, refer to the item 3.2.1 and 3.2.2.
Inverter Stoppage Code

iTC Cause of Inverter Stoppage
2 Instantaneous Overcurrent
4 Inverter Overcurrent
SM-17010 1-115
TROUBLESHOOTING
<460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz>
From previous page

Turn OFF power and
disconnect U, V, W from
No Yes compressor terminals. No Faulty
Restart operation. Check inverter Replace inverter
Does the outdoor Turn ON #1 of DSW101 PCB (INV) *2)
on inverter PCB (INV) to PCB (INV). *2)
unit stop before
the compressor cancel 0A detection and Normal
start? restart. Does it trip?
No It stops Is there any cause No
Yes It trips. Check the
immediately. of instantaneous
compressor.
voltage drop?
It stops after Yes
Check the power
the compressor start. source capacity.
Normal
Replace inverter
It trips PCB (INV). *2)
occasionally.
Is the compressor Yes

running current Check the
same as activation compressor.
current? *1)
No
Faulty
Check inverter PCB Replace inverter
(INV). *2) PCB (INV). *2)
Good
Are the input currents Yes (Input currents nearly equal (+3%).)
Replace inverter
of three phases nearly
equal? (+3%) PCB (INV). *2)
No (Input currents out of balance.)

Check the power
supply.
No
Is the supply voltage 460V/60Hz+10% or
380V/60Hz+10% ?
Yes
No Check the capacity
Is it 323V or more during operation? *2) and wiring of the
power source.
Yes
No
Is it 323V or more during operation when other devices are operating? *2)
Yes
Replace
inverter PCB (INV). *2)
*1): Regarding the setting value of activation current, refer to the item 3.2.1.
*2): For the maintenance and replacement of inverter PCB, perform the high voltage discharge work according to
the item 3.2.1.
1-116 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
<220V/60Hz>
From 2 pages back.

Turn OFF power and
No Yes disconnect U, V, W from No Faulty
Restart operation. compressor terminals.
Check inverter Replace inverter
Does the outdoor Turn ON #1 of DSW1 on
PCB (INV). *2) PCB (INV). *2)
unit stop before inverter PCB (INV) to
the compressor cancel 0A detection and Normal
start? restart. Does it trip?
Is there any cause No
No It stops Yes It trips. Check the
of instantaneous
immediately. compressor.
voltage drop?
Yes
It stops after Check the power
the compressor start. source capacity.
It trips
occasionally. Normal
Replace inverter
PCB (INV). *2)
Is the compressor Yes
running current Check the
same as activation compressor.
current? *1)
No
Faulty
Check inverter Replace inverter
PCB (INV). *2) PCB (INV). *2)
Good
Are the input currents Yes (Input currents nearly equal (+3%).)
Replace inverter
of three phases nearly PCB (INV). *2)
equal? (+3%)
No (Input currents out of balance.)
Check the power
supply.
No
Is the supply voltage 220V/60Hz+10% ?
Yes
No Check the capacity

Is it 187V or more during operation? *2) and wiring of the
power source.
Yes
No
Is it 187V or more during operation when other devices are operating? *2)
Yes
Replace inverter
PCB (INV). *2)
*1): Regarding the setting value of activation current, refer to the item 3.2.2.
*2): For the maintenance and replacement of inverter PCB, perform the high voltage discharge work according to
the item 3.2.2.
SM-17010 1-117
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm
Abnormality of Current Sensor
Code

H In case that the abnormality of current transformer (0A detecting) occurs 3 times within 30 minutes, this
alarm code is displayed. If this occurs less than 3 times in 30 minutes, the operation is automatically
retried.
Condition of Activation:
This alarm code is displayed when the following conditions occur.
(1) Before the fan motor operation is started, the fan controller current beyond +60% of the rated
current.
(2) After phase positioning is completed, the running current for the phase positioning is lower
than criterion value.
Restart operation.
Compressor stops Inverter PCB (INV) is

immediately at approx.18Hz. faulty. Replace it. *2)
How is compressor
operation when
restarted?
Compressor does not
operate. “P7” indication
appears. *1)
Yes
Is there break in
Replace compressor.
coil for compressor?
No
Is output of inverter
PCB (INV) correct? *2)
Or is output of voltage
between U and V,
V and W, W and U
correct?
Yes
Replace inverter PCB
(INV). *2)
*1): “P7” appears on 7-segment on the outdoor unit PCB.

*2): For the maintenance and replacement of inverter PCB, perform the high voltage discharge work according to the item
3.2.1 and 3.2.2.

Activation of
1
Transistor Module Protection
8 Abnormal Current Sensor
12 Ground Fault Detection
21 Out-of-Synchronism Detection
1-118 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm
Inverter Error Signal Detection
Code

H The inverter PCB has the abnormality detection function (Inverter Current Sensor). This alarm is
displayed when any of the following conditions is met 7 times in 30 minutes. If this occurs less than 7
times in 30 minutes, the operation is automatically retried.
(1) An abnormal current is applied to the inverter current sensor due to a short circuit,
a ground fault or overcurrent.
(2) The temperature at the inverter current sensor increases abnormally.
(3) The control voltage decreases.
(4) The angle difference between the shaft in compressor and the shaft in the control program
exceeds 60°.
Does the outdoor unit stop No (It stops after the compressor start.)
the operation before Refer to the next page or
the compressor start? after the next page.
(iTC=21)
Yes
(It trips immediately.)
Yes
Is heat exchanger of outdoor Remove glogging or rplace
unit clogged? heat exchanger.
No
(iTC=1, 12)
Turn OFF power, disconnect Normal
U, V, W from compressor No
Failure of inverter PCB (INV).
terminals and restart operation. Check compressor. Replace it. *1)
Is protecting function
activated? *2) Abnormal
Replace compressor.
Yes
Failure of inverter PCB (INV).

Replace it. *1)
Reference to footnote of 1 and 2, here are on next page. Inverter Stoppage Code
Activation of
1
Transistor Module Protection
12 Ground Fault Detection
21 Out-of-Synchronism Detection
SM-17010 1-119
TROUBLESHOOTING
<460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz>
From No
Is supply voltage O.U.: Outdoor Unit
Previous AC 460V+10% or 380V+10%? I.U.: Indoor Unit
Page
Yes
No Check capacity
Is voltage higher than 323V during operation? and wiring of
power source.
Yes
No
Is voltage higher than 323V at any time?
Yes
No
Is compressor running current
same as operating current?
Yes
No
Is crankcase Restart operation
heater ON? after main switch ON.
Yes Yes
Is refrigerant Charge refrigerant
overcharged? correctly.
No
Is expansion valve of I.U. Yes

open-locked in cooling operation? Replace
Is expansion valve of O.U. expansion valve.
open-locked in heating operation?
No
Check compressor.
No
Yes
Is discharge Check stop valves
pressure high? and expansion valve.
Check clogging of
heat exchanger.
Check fan motor.
These references are from previous page:

*1): For the maintenance and replacement of the inverter PCB, perform the high voltage discharge work according to
Section 3.2.1
*2): Turn ON the No.1 switch of DSW101 on the inverter PCB (INV) when restarting the operation with the terminals of
the compressor disconnected. After troubleshooting, turn OFF the No.1 switch of DSW101 on inverter PCB (INV).
1-120 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
<220V/60Hz>
From 2 pages back
No
Is supply voltage O.U.: Outdoor Unit
AC 220V+10%? I.U.: Indoor Unit
Yes
No Check capacity
Is voltage higher than 187V during operation? and wiring of
power source.
Yes
No
Is voltage higher than 187V at any time?
Yes
Is compressor running current

No
same as operating current?
Yes
No Restart operation
Is crankcase
heater ON? after main switch is
turned ON.
Yes Yes
Is refrigerant Charge refrigerant
overcharged? correctly.
No
Is expansion valve of I.U. Yes

open-locked in cooling operation? Replace
Is expansion valve of O.U. expansion valve.
open-locked in heating operation?
No
Check compressor.
No
Yes
Is discharge Check stop valves
pressure high? and expansion valve.
Check clogging of
heat exchanger.
Check fan motor.
NOTES:
1: When an excessive surge current is applied to the unit due to lightning or other causes, this alarm code “53” or the
inverter stoppage code (iTC) “11” will be indicated and the unit cannot be operated. In this case, check the surge
absorber/surge arrester (SA) on the noise filter (NF1, NF2). The surge absorber may be damaged if the inner surface
of the surge absorber is black. In that case, replace the surge absorber.
If the inside of the surge absorber is normal, turn OFF the power once and wait for LED501 (red) on the main circuit
PCB (PCB2) (220V) or LED401 (red) on the inverter PCB (INV) (460V, 380V) OFF (approximately five minutes) and
turn it ON again.
2: For the maintenance and replacement of the inverter PCB (INV), perform the high voltage discharge work according
to Section 3.2.2
SM-17010 1-121
TROUBLESHOOTING
< Position of Surge Absorber >

<460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz> <220V/60Hz>
NF161 NF151
Surge Absorber (SA) Surge Absorber (SA)
1-122 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm
Abnormality of Inverter Fin Temperature
Code

H If the temperature of the radiation fin thermistor is reached 106oC or exceeds 111oC (220V) or
110oC (other models) 3 times in 30 minutes, this alarm code is displayed. The temperature to activate
the alarm is depend on the outdoor unit model.
Does the outdoor unit stop

the operation before
the compressor start?
No
Is silicon grease applied

all over the contact surface of
converter/inverter break (CIB) No Apply silicone grease
on inverter PCB (INV) over entire contact surface
and radiation fin? of converter/inverter break
Is screw on transistor module (CIB) and radiation fin. *2)
loose?
Yes
Yes
Is heat exchanger of Remove clogging or
outdoor unit clogged? replace heat exchanger.
No
Replace inverter PCB
(INV). *1)
*1): For the maintenance and replacement of inverter PCB (INV), perform the high voltage discharge work according to
the item 3.2.1 and 3.2.2.
*2): Use the silicon grease provided as an accessory. (Service Parts No.: P22760)

3 Abnormal Inverter Fin Temperature
SM-17010 1-123
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm
Inverter Failure
Code

H An abnormality is detected when the actual frequency from the inverter PCB is less than 10Hz after
the inverter frequency is output from the outdoor unit PCB to the inverter PCB. This alarm code is
displayed when this occurs 3 times in 30 minutes. If it occurs less than 3 times in 30 minutes, the
operation is automatically retried.
Conditions of Activation: Inverter PCB does not operate normally.
<460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz>
Turn OFF power (LED401 No

OFF) and restart operation. No Inverter PCB (INV) is normal.
Is alarm code “55” indicated Check noise filter. *1)
again?
Yes
Replace inverter PCB.
<220V/60Hz>
Turn OFF power (LED501 No

OFF) and restart operation. No Inverter PCB is normal.
Is alarm code “55” indicated Check noise filter. *1)
again?
Yes

Replace inverter PCB.
17 Abnormal Control
*1) : When an excessive surge current is applied to the unit due to lighting or other causes, this alarm code “55” or the
inverter stoppage code (iTC) “11” will be indicated and the unit can not be operated. In this case, check the surge
absorber/surge arrester (SA) on the noise filter (NF1, NF2). The surge absorber may be damaged if the inner
surface of the surge absorber is black. In that case, replace the surge absorber.
If the inside of the surge absorber is normal, turn OFF the power once and wait for LED501 (red) on the main
circuit PCB (PCB2) (220V) or LED401 (red) on the inverter PCB (INV) (460V, 380V) OFF (approximately five
minutes) and turn it ON again.

<460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz> <220V/60Hz>
NF161 NF151
1-124 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm
Activation of Fan Controller Protection
Code

7-segment of outdoor unit PCB. Check the fan controller stoppage code (FTC) when this alarm code
is displayed.
H Fan Controller (220V/60Hz) or inverter PCB (460V/60Hz or 380V/60Hz) has abnormality-detecting

function.
This alarm code is displayed when the abnormality is detected 10 times within 30 minutes. If this
occurs less than 10 times in 30 minutes, the operation is automatically retried.
(1) The conditions creating abnormal current flow such as a short-circuit current, a ground-fault
current or the overcurrent occurring at the transistor module.
(2) The control voltage decreases.
<460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz>
Turn OFF power and disconnect fan

motor connector from inverter PCB (INV). No
Turn ON #1 of DSW101 on inverter PCB Check fan motor.
to cancel 0A detection and restart
the operation. Does it trip?
Yes, it trips.
Yes
No
Replace fan controller.
<220V/60Hz>
Are the electric wires for inverter PCB No

(INV) and the fan controller connected Connect them correctly.
correctly?
Yes
Turn OFF power and disconnect

U, V, W from fan controller terminals. No
Turn ON #1 of DSW101 on inverter PCB Check fan motor.
(INV) to cancel 0A detection and restart
the operation. Does it trip?
Yes, it trips.
Yes
No
Replace fan controller.

1 Drive IC Error Signal Detection
12 Grand Fault Detecting
SM-17010 1-125
TROUBLESHOOTING
NOTE:
When an excessive surge current is applied to the unit due to lightning or other causes, this alarm code “57” or the
inverter stoppage code (iTC) “11” will be indicated and the unit cannot be operated. In this case, check to ensure
the surge absorber/surge arrester (SA) on the noise filter (NF1, NF2). The surge absorber may be damaged if the
inner surface of the surge absorber is black. In that case, replace the surge absorber.
If the inside of the surge absorber is normal, turn OFF the power once and wait for LED501 (red) on the main
power PCB (PCB2) (220V/60Hz) or LED401 (red) on the inverter PCB (INV) (400V/50Hz, 380-415V/50Hz or
380V/60Hz) OFF (approximately five minutes) and turn it ON again.
<460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz> <220V/60Hz>

NF161 NF151
NOTE:
For the maintenance and replacing of the fan controller, perform the high voltage discharge work according to the
item 3.2.1 and 3.2.2.
1-126 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm
Abnormality of Fan Controller Fin Temperature
Code

7-segment of outdoor unit PCB. Check the fan controller stoppage code (FTC) when this alarm code
is displayed.
H If the temperature of thermistor inside the transistor module exceeds 100oC 10 times in 30 minutes,
the operation stops and this alarm code is displayed. If this occurs less than 10 times in 30 minutes,
the operation is automatically retried.
<460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz>
Restart operation.
Does the outdoor unit Yes

stop the operation before Repalce inverter PCB
the fan motor start? (INV1, 2). *1)
No
Yes
Is heat exchanger of Remove clogging.
outdoor unit clogged?
No
Failure of inverter PCB
(INV1,2). Replace it. *1)
<220V/60Hz>
Restart operation.
Does the outdoor unit Yes

stop the operation before Replace fan controller. *2)
the fan motor start?
No
Yes
Is heat exchanger of Remove clogging.
outdoor unit clogged?
No
Failure of fan controller.
Replace it. *2)
Fan Controller Stoppage Code

ftc Cause of Inverter Stoppage
3 Fin Temperature Increase
*1): For the maintenance and replacement of the inverter PCB (PV161), perform the high voltage discharge work
according to item 3.2.1 and 3.2.2.
*2): For the maintenance and replacement of the fan controller, perform the high voltage discharge work according to
item 3.2.1 and 3.2.2.
SM-17010 1-127
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm
Activation of Fan Controller Overcurrent Protection Device (1)
Code

l The indoor unit number (refrigerant cycle number - address number), the alarm code, the model code,
the model name and the number of connected indoor units are displayed on the LCD. The alarm
code and the outdoor unit number of abnormal fan controller, and abnormal fan controller number are
displayed on the 7-segment display of the outdoor unit PCB. *) Check the fan controller stoppage code
(FTC) when this alarm code is displayed.
*): In case of <460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz>, the outdoor unit number of abnormal inverter PCB and
abnormal inverter PCB number are displayed.
Check the fan controller stoppage code when this alarm code is displayed.
H This alarm code is displayed when the fan controller electronic thermal protection is activated 10 times
within 30 minutes. If this occurs less than 10 times in 30 minutes, the operation automatically restarts.
(1) Electric current with 105% of the rated current runs for 30 seconds continuously.
(2) Electric current runs intermittently and the accumulated time reaches up to three minutes, in
10 minutes.
<460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz>
Which is cause of
stoppage " " of "2"
troubleshooting by Refer to next page.
7-segments display,
"4"
Cause of inverter PCB (fan) overload
Is inverter PCB (INV) Yes (inverter PCB (fan) is normal.)

current larger than
Does fan stop due to
No foreign matter?
Smaller than
activation current. Does fan rotate reversely
due to contrary wind?

heat exchanger.
Check fan motor.
Abnormal
Replace
inverter PCB(INV). *1)
*1): For the maintenance and replacement of an inverter PCB, perform the high voltage discharge work according to
item 3.2.1.
*2): Regarding the setting value of activation current, refer to Section 3.2.1.
1-128 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
From Previous Page

Turn OFF power and
disconnect fan motor
Restart operation. Yes connector from inverter
No No Faulty
Does the outdoor PCB (INV).
Turn ON #1 of DSW101 on Check inverter Replace inverter
unit stop before PCB (INV). *1) PCB (INV). *1)
the fan motor inverter PCB (INV) to
start? cancel 0A detection and Normal
restart the operation.
No It stops Does it trip? Is there any cause No
immediately. Yes It trips. of instantaneous Check fan motor.
voltage drop?
Yes Check capacity
It stops after and wiring of
the fan motor start. power source.
Replace inverter
PCB (INV). *1)
It trips
intermittently.
Is fan motor Yes

running current Check fan motor.
same as rated
current? *2)
No
Replace inverter
PCB (INV). *1)
No
Is the supply voltage 460V+10%
or 380V+10%?
Yes
No Check capacity
Is the supply voltage 323V or more during and wiring of
operation? *1) power source.
Yes
No
Is the supply boltage 323V or more during
operation when other devices are operating? *1)
Yes
Replace inverter
PCB (INV). *1)
*1): For the maintenance and replacement of an inverter PCB, perform the high voltage discharge work according to
item 3.2.1.
SM-17010 1-129
TROUBLESHOOTING
<220V/60HZ>
Which is cause of
stoppage " " of "2"
troubleshooting by Refer to next page.
7-segments display,
"4"
Cause of fan controller overload
Is fan controller (FANM) Yes (Fan controller is normal.)

current larger than
Does fan stop due to
No foreign matter?
Smaller than
activation current. Does fan rotate reversely
due to contrary wind?

heat exchanger.
Check fan motor.
Abnormal
Replace
fan controller(FANM). *1)
*1): For the maintenance and replacement of a fan controller, perform the high voltage discharge work according to
item 3.2.2.
1-130 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
From Previous Page
Turn OFF power and

disconnect U, V, W from
No Restart operation. Yes fan controller (FANM) No Faulty
Does the outdoor terminals. Turn ON #1 of Check fan controller Replace fan controller
unit stop before DSW101 on inverter PCB (FANM). *1) (FANM). *1)
the fan motor (INV) to cancel 0A
start? Normal
detection and restart the
operation. Does it trip? No
No It stops Is there any cause
immediately. Yes It trips. of instantaneous Check fan motor. *3)
voltage drop?
Yes Check capacity
It stops after and wiring of
the fan motor start. power source.
Replace fan controller

(FANM). *1)
It trips
intermittently.
Is fan motor Yes

running current Check fan motor. *3)
same as rated
current? *2)
No
(FANM). *1)
No
Is the supply voltage 220V+10% ?
Yes
No Check capacity
Is the supply voltage 187V or more during and wiring of
operation? *1) power source.
Yes
No
Is the supply voltage 187V or more during operation when other
devices are operating? *1)
Yes
(FANM). *1)
*1): For the maintenance and replacement of a fan controller, perform the high voltage discharge work according to
item 3.2.2.
*3): For checking fan motor, refer to the fan motor specification of Section 3.4.
SM-17010 1-131
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm
Abnormality of Fan Controller Sensor
Code

l The indoor unit number (refrigerant cycle number - address number), the alarm code, the model code,
the model name and the number of connected indoor units are displayed on the LCD. The alarm
code and the outdoor unit number of abnormal fan controller, and abnormal fan controller number are
displayed on the 7-segment display of the outdoor unit PCB. *) Check the fan controller stoppage code
(FTC) when this alarm code is displayed.

*): In case of <460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz>, the outdoor unit number of abnormal inverter PCB and
abnormal inverter PCB number are displayed.
Check the fan controller stoppage code when this alarm code is displayed.
H This alarm code is displayed when the fan controller electronic thermal protection is activated 10 times
within 30 minutes. If this occurs less than 10 times in 30 minutes, the operation automatically restarts.
(1) Electric current with 105% of the rated current runs for 30 seconds continuously.
(2) Before the fan motor operation is started (at completing the phase positioning), the wave
height value of the running current for the phase positioning is less than criterion value.
<460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz>
Restart operation.
Faulty inverter PCB

Fan motor stops (INV).
immediately. Replace it. *1)
How is fan motor
operation when
restarted?
Fan motor does not operate.
Abnormal
Is fan motor coil Check fan motor. *2)
normal?
Normal
Faulty inverter PCB
(INV).
Replace it. *1)
*1): For the maintenance and replacement of the inverter PCB, perform the high voltage discharge work according to
Section 3.2.1.
*2): For checking fan motor, refer to the fan motor specification of Section 3.4.
1-132 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
<220V/60Hz>
Is wiring between inverter PCB (INV) / No

main power PCB (PCB2) and fan controller Connect correcly.
(FANM) connected correctly?
Yes
Restart operation.
Faulty fan controller

Fan motor stops (FANM).
immediately. Replace it. *1)
How is fan motor
operation when
restarted?
Fan motor does not operate.
Abnormal
Is fan motor coil
Check fan motor.
normal?
Normal
Faulty fan controller
(FANM).
Replace it. *1)
*1): For the maintenance and replacement of the fan controller, perform the high voltage discharge work according to
Section 3.2.2.
SM-17010 1-133
TROUBLESHOOTING
Alarm
Compressor Protection
Code
H This alarm code is displayed when any of the following alarms causing serious compressor damages
occurs 3 times in 6 hours. While this alarm is displayed, alarm reset is unavailable.
Alarm Code: Content of Abnormality

02 Activation of Protection Device (High Pressure Cut)
07 Decrease in Discharge Gas Superheat
43 Activation of Low Compression Ratio Protection Device
44 Activation of Low Pressure Increase Protection Device
45 Activation of High Pressure Increase Protection Device
47 Activation of Low Pressure Decrease Protection Device
(Vacuum Operation Protection)
These alarms can be checked by the CHECK Mode 1. Follow the action indicated in each alarm chart.
These alarms are cleared only by turning OFF the main power switch to the system. However, great
care must be taken before starting, since there is a possibility of causing serious damages to
the compressors.
Alarm
External Abnormality Detection
Code

l The indoor unit number (refrigerant cycle number - address number), the alarm code,
the model code *1), the model name *1) and the number of connected indoor units are displayed on
the LCD. The outdoor unit number and the alarm code are displayed on the 7-segment display of the
outdoor unit PCB.
This alarm code is displayed when the external input is set the control function No.14 is detected an
abnormality (input terminals are short-circuited).
Alarm
Incorrect Setting of Indoor Unit Number
Code

l The indoor unit number (Ref. system number - I.U. number), the alarm code *1), the model code,
the model name and the number of connected indoor units are displayed on the LCD. The alarm code is
flashed on the 7-segment display of the outdoor unit PCB.
*1): The alarm code displayed on the wired controller is “35”.
Condition Action
The number of the connected indoor units not supporting The number of the connected indoor
H-LINK II is 17 or greater. units shall be 16 or less.
1-134 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
1.3 Test Run
Turn OFF all the power source switches.

Use a tester and make sure that all the switches are turned OFF.
Before test run, check that the unit is appropriately installed according to Installation & Maintenance Manual.
After that, inspect the following items.
Check Item Contents

1 Damage Are the unit appearance and inside of the unit damaged?
2 Fan Motor Is the propeller fan mounted in the center of the fan cover?
Is the propeller fan mounted away from the fan cover?
(The propeller fan should NOT be touched with the fan cover.)
3 Screw Part Are the screws loosened due to the vibration during transportation?
Check that the fasteners are secured firmly during installation, especially for the
electrical wiring.
4 Refrigerant Leakage Check that there is NO refrigerant leakage.
The tightening part of pipe (flare part) may be loosened due to the vibration during
transportation.
5 DSW Setting Check that the DSW setting. (Refer to the item 1.1.2 and 1.1.3.)
6 Insulation Resistance *1) Measure resistance between electrical component terminal and ground with a tester.
It is normal if the resistance is 1MW and over.
If 1MW or less, do not perform the operation due to insulation failure of electrical part.
Do NOT apply electricity to the terminal board of operating line. (Control PCB may
be damaged.)
7 Stop Valve Prior to test run, check that the stop valve of the outdoor unit is completely open.
Fully Opening
8 Power Source Phase The operation is NOT available with the lacking phase.
• Alarm “03” or “05” will be indicated on the LCD of Wired Controller.
• Alarm “03” or “05” will be indicated on the 7-segment of outdoor unit.
Check the power source phase according to the caution label attached close to the
outdoor unit terminal block or inside of the service cover.
9 Turn ON Crankcase After completion of the item checks 1 to 8, turn ON the power supply of the outdoor
Heater *2) unit. The electricity is supplied for the crankcase heater to preheat the compressor.
The compressor may be damaged without preheating. Apply power to the
outdoor unit(s) at least 12 hours prior to operation of system for preheating of the
compressor(s).
10 Indoor and Outdoor <For Use in both Cooling and Heating Operation>
Temperature Is indoor temperature DB27oC or less during heating operation?
(Heating operation may not be operated due to the activation of the overload
operation prevention under the ambient temperature of 19oC or over.)
To perform the test run, set the test run mode by the Wired Controller.
*1): Insulation Resistance

l In case that the unit has been turned OFF for long periods, insulation resistance may decrease to 1MW
or less because the refrigerant is retained in the compressor. Check the following points.
(a) Disconnect the cables of the compressor and measure the insulation resistance of the compressor itself. If the
resistance is 1MW or less, insulation failure of another electrical charge part has occurred.
(b) If the resistance is 1MW or less, reconnect the compressor and turn ON the main power supply. The compressor
will warm up automatically. Check the insulation resistance again after applying current for at least 3 hours.
(Preheating time depends on the air condition, piping length or refrigerant condition.)
l Before the leakage breaker is activated, check the rated capacity.
*2): Stoppage of Compressor Operation

The compressor may NOT be operated for a maximum of 4 hours if the power supply is NOT turned ON in advance.
At this time, the stoppage Code (d1-22) is displayed on the LCD of wired controller and the forced Thermo-OFF
function starts.
If operating compressor is necessary, turn ON the power supply of outdoor unit, wait for 30 seconds and press PSW5
on the outdoor unit PCB for at least 3 seconds. The forced Thermo-OFF function (d1-22) will be canceled and the
compressor operation will be available.
SM-17010 1-135
TROUBLESHOOTING
1.3.1 Test Run by Wired Controller MENU

Switch
In Case of Wired Controller (JCWB10NEWS)
OK ?
RUN/STOP
Switch RETURN
Switch
(1) Turn ON the power source of the indoor and outdoor units.
(2) Set the TEST RUN mode by the remote control switch.
Depress the "MENU" and the "RETURN" switches Test Run Setting: 2 units
simultaneously for more than 3 seconds. MODE : COOL
Select “Test Run” by pressing “ ” and press “OK”.
The test run screen will be displayed. SPEED : MED
NOTE:
For other remote control switches such as PC-LH3A, PC-ARH,
refer to “Installation Manual” of each remote control switch.
Normal
If "TEST RUN" and the total number of the units connected
to the remote control switch (for example "2 units") are indicated SEL. ADJ RUN RTN.
on the remote control switch, the connection of remote control
cable is correct.
* The total number of indoor units connected is indicated
on the LCD (Liquid crystal display). NOTE:
* If the indicated number is not equal to the actual number of connected indoor units, When “00 unit” is indicated,
the auto-address function is not performed correctly due to incorrect wiring, the auto-address function
the electric noise, etc.Turn OFF the power supply, and correct the wiring after may be performing.
checking the following points (Do not repeat turning ON and OFF within 10 seconds.) Cancel “Test Run” mode
(a) The power supply for the indoor unit is NOT turned ON or the incorrect wiring. and set it again.
(b) Loose Connection between Indoor Units or Remote Control Switch
(c) Incorrect Setting of Indoor Unit Address (The indoor unit address is overlapped.)
Abnormal
If no indication or "00" appears or the number of the units indicated is less than the actual
number of the units, there is an abnormality.
(3) Checking Procedure for Abnormalities

Remote Control Switch
Fault Inspection Points after the Power Source OFF
Indication
No Indication * The power source is not turned ON. 1. Connection between Connector and Wires
* The connection of the remote control 2. Connecting Points of Remote Control Cable
cable is incorrect. 3. Contact of Connectors of Remote Control Cable
* The connecting wires of power supply 4. Connection Order of each Terminal Block
line are incorrect or loosened. 5. Screw Fastening of each Terminal Block
Counting number of * The electrical wiring between indoor unit
connected units and outdoor unit is disconnected, or the
is incorrect. power source is not turned ON.
* The setting of unit number is incorrect. 6. RSW Setting on Indoor Unit Printed Circuit Board
7. Wire Connecting Order of Bridge Cable
* The connection of control cables 8. Connecting Points of Bridge Cable
between each indoor unit are incorrect. 9. Contact of Connectors of Bridge Cable
(When one remote control switch controls
multiple units.)
Back to (1) after checking
Move to the item (4).
1-136 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
(4) Depress “RUN/STOP” switch.

Normal
The test run operation will be started. The operation mode, the air flow volume, the air flow direction
and the test run time can be set on the test run screen.
Select the item by pressing “ ”.
The test run will be finished by pressing “RETURN” switch during the stoppage or “RUN/STOP” switch
during the operation.
Abnormal
If the units do not start or the operation lamp on the remote control switch flashes,
there is an abnormality.
(5) Checking Procedure for Abnormalities

Remote Control Inspection Points after the
Unit Condition Fault
Switch Indication Power Source OFF
The operation lamp The unit does not The power source is not turned ON.
flashes. (1 time/1 sec.) start.
And the Unit No. and The connecting wires of operating 1. Connecting Order of each Terminal Block.
Alarm Code "03" flash. line are incorrect or loosened. The fuse on the PCB may be blown out
due to miswiring. (Can be recovered only
once by the DSW on the PCB)
Procedures for Recovery When Transmitting
Circuit Fuse is Blown Out
1. Correct the wiring for the terminal block.
2. Setting positions of the model code are
shown below.
Indoor Unit PCB Outdoor Unit PCB
DSW7 DSW10
ON ON
OFF OFF
1 2 1 2
2. Screw Fastening of each Terminal Block.

3. Connecting Order of Power Line Between
Indoor Units and Outdoor Unit.
The operation lamp The unit does not The connection of remote control This is the same as above items 1 through 3.
flashes. (1 time/2 sec.) start. cable is incorrect.
Other alarm codes or The unit does not The connection of the thermistors Check the unit by the alarm code table in
indications than those start, or starts once or other connectors are incorrect. the service manual.
above (Refer to and then stops. Tripping of protector exists, or else. (by authorized service persons only)
the alarm code table.)
The operation lamp The unit does not The connecting wires of operating Check the unit by the alarm code table in
flashes. (1 time/1 sec.) start. line are incorrect or loosened. the service manual.
And the Unit No. 00. (by authorized service persons only)
Alarm Code dd and
Unit Code E.00 flash.
Back to (1) after checking
SM-17010 1-137
TROUBLESHOOTING
1.3.2 Test Run from Outdoor Unit Side

The procedure of test run from the outdoor unit side is indicated below. Setting of this dip switch is available
with the power source ON.
Setting of Dip Switch (Before Shipment)
DSW4
Switch for Setting of Service Operation and Function
1. Test Run
2. COOL/HEAT Setting
ON
(ON: Heating Operation)
OFF (OFF: Cooling Operation)
3. OFF (Fixed)
1 2 3 4 5 6
4. Manual Compressor OFF
5. Function Selection
6. External Input Signal Selection
l Do not touch any other electrical part when operating switches on the PCB.
l Do not attach or detach service cover when the power source for the outdoor unit is supplied and
the outdoor unit is operated.
l Turn all the dip switches of DSW4 OFF when the test run operation is completed.
Dip Switch Setting Operation Remarks

1. Setting of Operation Mode 1. The indoor unit automatically * Note that the indoor units operate in
starts operating when the test run conjunction with the test run operation
Cooling: Set DSW4-2 OFF. of the outdoor unit is set. of the outdoor unit.
2. The ON/OFF operation can * If the test run is started from the outdoor
ON be performed from the wired unit and stopped from the Wired
OFF controller or DSW4-1 of the Controller, the test run function of the
1 2 3 4 5 6 outdoor unit. wired controller is cancelled. However,
3. The operation continues for the test run function of the outdoor unit
Heating: Set DSW4-2 ON. 2 hours without Thermo-OFF. is not cancelled. Check to ensure that
the DSW4-1 of the outdoor unit PCB is
ON turned OFF.
OFF
* If multiple indoor units are connected
1 2 3 4 5 6 with one Wired Controller, perform
the test run operation individually for
each refrigerant system one by one.
Then, make sure to turn the power
Test Run 2. Starting Test Run
source OFF for the indoor units in other
Set DSW4-1 ON and the operation is
refrigerant systems not to operate test
started after a few to 20 seconds.
run.
if heating operation, leave
DSW4-2 at ON. Outdoor Unit
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6
Indoor
Unit
Test Run Power OFF.
* The setting of DSW4 is not required for

the test run from the Wired Controller.
1-138 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
Dip Switch Setting Operation Remarks

1. Setting 1. When DSW4-4 is ON during * Do not repeat compressor ON/OFF
*Compressor Manual OFF: compressor operation, frequently.
Set DSW4-4 ON. the compressor stops operating
immediately and the indoor unit
ON is under the condition of Thermo-
OFF OFF. Continuous indoor unit fan
operations is available by setting
1 2 3 4 5 6
Manual the function selection “FE=1”.
OFF of 2. When DSW4-4 is OFF,
2. Canceling the compressor starts operating
Comp.
*Compressor ON: after the cancellation of 3-minutes
Set DSW4-4 OFF. guard.
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6
1. Manual Defrost Operation 1. Defrosting operation is available * Do not repeat defrosting operation
Press PSW5 for more than 3 seconds regardless of frost condition and frequently.
during heating operation, and total time of heating operation. * When manual defrosting operation is
the defrosting operation starts after 2. Defrosting operation is not accepted by PSW5, the time left before
2 minutes. performed when the temperature starting defrosting operation is indicated
Manual This function is not available within of outdoor heat exchanger is on the 7-segment indicator on the PCB.
Defrost 5 minutes after starting heating higher than 10oC, high pressure
operation. is higher than 3.2MPa or the unit
2. Manual Defrost Operation Completion is Thermo-OFF.
Defrosting operation automatically
Time Left (Every 4 Seconds)
ends and the heating operation
restarts.
When the test run operation is completed, turn all switches of DSW4 OFF.
(1) If the wired controller is set to a different mode, the test run function will not start. In this case, perform
the following actions before the test run.
Wired Controller: STOP
Central Station: STOP and wired controller is available mode.
COOL/HEAT Changeover Switch: Connector (CN17) of outdoor unit PCB is opened.
During the test run mode, do not control the Wired Controller, the central station and cool/heat
changeover switch. Otherwise, the operation mode will be changed or the test run will be ended. If
necessary, control them after the test run is completed.
(2) If an alarm code is indicated during the test run, reset the system by turning the main power supply off
then back on. The system should then operate.
SM-17010 1-139
TROUBLESHOOTING
1.3.3 Checking at Test Run
(1) Indoor and Outdoor Fan

Check that the indoor fan and outdoor fan rotate correctly and the air flow is smooth.
(2) Power Supply Voltage < Voltage Change >
Check the power supply.
If the power supply is abnormal, contact with electric Initial Voltage
(V1)
power company. Operating Voltage
Usually, voltage drop will occur when starting the (V3)
operation as shown in the figure (V2).
In order to protect the device, comply with the following Starting Voltage
normal range of the power supply voltage. (V2)
<Normal Range of Power Supply Voltage>

• Supply Voltage: Rated Voltage < +10% Operating Voltage (V3): Rated Voltage < +10%
• Starting Voltage (V2): Rated Voltage > -15% Voltage Imbalance between Phase: < 3%
(3) Normal Operating Pressure
Normal operating suction pressure is 0.2 to 1.1MPa and normal operating discharge pressure is 1.0 to
3.5MPa when the refrigerant charge quantity is correct. Check the operation pressure in the test run
mode.
(4) High Pressure Switch
Check the operation pressure of the high pressure switch in the table below.
Refrigerant Operation Pressure
R410A 4.15MPa
(5) High Pressure Increase Retry (Protection Control)

(a) The high pressure will increase when the following procedure is performed.
Cover the air inlet of outdoor unit Cover the air inlet of indoor unit
during cooling operation. during heating operation.
(b) When the high pressure retry control is activated, alarm code “ ” will be indicated on the
7-segment of outdoor unit PCB. If the high pressure retry control occurs 3 times or more within 30
minutes, alarm code “ ” will be indicated on the LCD of wired controller or the 7-segment of outdoor
unit PCB.
< For JCWB10NEWS>
01-01
Alarm Code: 45
MODEL : ALM RST
I.U. :
ADDR
O.U. :
SEL. OP MODE OK ENT.
NOTE:
The high pressure may not increase until the high pressure switch is activated due to the temperature
condition.
1-140 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
1.3.4 Checking List for Refrigerant Cycle

The system data can be checked on the 7-segment display of the outdoor unit PCB during the test run
and the troubleshooting. However, it may take time for checking because the operation cycle changes
depending on the operating condition.
To check the quality of the refrigerant system, the following checklist shall be used at the test run,
troubleshooting, and emergency check.
(1) Refrigerant System Check
The most important thing for the refrigerant system is to check that each expansion valve opening and
the operating frequency is within the specified range. Each item varies in the value depending on the
operating frequency, indoor temperature and ambient temperature.
(2) The service system tester, which automatically calculates Td and SH, facilitates the refrigerant system
check. If possible, record the operating cycle data using the service checker.
NOTES:
1. When there are two or more outdoor unit modules in a system, outdoor unit may display “Mainly Heating
(Lo)” age for the cycle condition during the compressor stoppage at cooling operation. This is NOT
abnormal. “Mainly Heating (Lo)” is displayed for the control reason of the outdoor unit stopped during
cooling operation.
2. Service checker can be connected to TB2-No.1 and TB2-No.2 on PCB1 or CN101 connector (H-LINK
circuit) on PCB1. When connecting to CN101 connector (XA connector), use “2P Connector Cable”
which is a service part (Service Parts No. : P31619).
Outdoor Unit PCB (PCB1)
CN101 TB2
SM-17010 1-141
TROUBLESHOOTING
CHECK LIST ON TEST OPERATION

CLIENT: INSTALLER: DATE:

O.U. MODEL: O.U. SERIAL NO.: CHECKER:

I.U.
Model
I.U.
Serial No.
I.U.: Indoor Unit, O.U.: Outdoor Unit
Piping Length: m Additional Refrigerant Charge: kg

(1) General
No. Check Item Result
<Combination of Base Units>
1
Is DSW6 setting for outdoor unit No. correct?
Are the power source wiring and the transmitting wiring apart from
2
refrigerant pipings?
3 Is an earth wiring connected?
4 Is there any short circuit?
Is there any voltage abnormality among each phase?
5
(L1-L2, L2-L3, L3-L1)
(2) Refrigerant Cycle

a. Operation (Cooling/Heating)
1 Operate all the units (“TEST RUN” mode).
2 Operate all the indoor units at “HIGH” speed.
In case that the constant compressor is turned ON and OFF
3
repeatedly, switch off an indoor unit (with a small capacity).
b. Sampling Data (Cooling/Heating, Indoor Temperature 21~30oC)

1 Check the operating data after 20-minute operation.
2 Check Pd and Td. Is Td-SH 15 to 45oC ?
3 Is Ps 0.15 to 1.3 MPa?
Is Pd 1.0 to 3.6 MPa?
4
(If the outdoor temperature is high, Pd becomes high.)
NOTE:
The symbol with an underline indicates checking item.
1-142 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
(3) Check Item after Sampling Data

a. Cooling Operation (It is applicable when outdoor temperature is higher than 15°C.)
No. Check Item Standard Causes Result
1 Is fan actually running when • Fan Motor Failure
Fo (Air Flow Rate of O.U. Fan) is not “0”? - • O.U. PCB Failure
• Condenser Failure
2 Is TL (Liquid Pipe Temp. of I.U. Heat Exchanger) It is normal when • TL Thermistor Failure
lower than Ti (Intake Air Temp. of I.U.)? TL-Ti < -5oC. • I.U. Ex. Valve; Fully Closed
• Short-Circuit
3 Is TG (Gas Pipe Temp. of I.U. Heat Exchanger) It is normal when • TG Thermistor Failure
lower than Ti (Intake Air Temp. of I.U.)? TG-Ti < -5oC. • I.U. Ex. Valve;
(It is applicable when Intake Air Temp. is 3oC. Fully Closed or
higher than Setting Temp.) Slightly Open
• Short-Circuit
4 Is there any excessive difference in SH (TG-TL) of It is normal if the • TL/TG Thermistor Failure
I.U. heat exchanger among I.U.s? difference among • I.U. Ex. Valve;
(It is applicable when Intake Air Temp. is 3oC. units is within 7oC. Fully Open, Slightly Open
higher than Setting Temp.) or Fully Closed
5 Is there any I.U. with the I.U. heat exchanger It is normal if SH • I.U. Ex. Valve;
SH (TG-TL) excessively lower than the other of the unit is up to Locked and Fully Open
units’ value and is iE (I.U. Ex. Valves Opening) -3oC lower than the • Mismatched Wiring and
lower than “5”? other units. Piping
6 Is there any I.U. with the I.U. heat exchanger It is normal if SH • I.U. Ex. Valve;
SH (TG-TL) excessively lower than the other of the unit is up to Locked and Slightly Open
units’ value and is iE (I.U. Ex. Valves Opening) 3oC higher than the or Closed
lower than “100”? other units. • Mismatched between
Wiring and Piping
7 Is the temperature difference between I.U.s* more
than 7oC?
* The temperature difference between I.U.s
means the following; 7oC and over -
b3 (Discharge Air Temp.) - b2 (Intake Air
Temp.) indicated on the wired controller by
check mode.
b. Heating Operation (It is applicable when outdoor temperature is higher than 0°C.)
No. Check Item Standard Causes Result
1 Is TdSH “15 - 45oC”? • Low Excessive
TdSH = Td - Saturated vapor refrigerant temperature Refrigerant
• High Insufficient
o
15 - 45 C Refrigerant
• O.U. Ex. Valve;
Locked and Slightly Open
or Closed.
2 Is Pd “1.5” to “3.3”? 1.5 -3.3 • Low Solenoid
(Pd is high when the Valve SVA Leakage
indoor temperature • High Excessive
is high.) Gas Pipe Pressure Loss
3 Is Ps “0.15” to “1.3”? • Low O.U. Short-circuit
Low/High O.U. Fan
• Motor Failure,
0.15 - 1.3
Fan Module Failure or
Outdoor Ambient
Thermistor Failure
4 Is the temperature difference between I.U.s* more • Failure in PCB, Wiring,
than 10 oC when iE (I.U. Ex. Valve) is “100”? I.U. Ex. Valve and Coil
* The temperature difference between I.U. means • Excessive Pipe
the following; Pressure Loss
b3 (Discharge Air Temp.) - b2 (Intake Air 10oC and over • Thermistor Failure
Temp.) indicated on the wired controller by for Discharge Air
check mode. However, this is applicable only
when b2 (Intake Air Temp.) - b1 (Setting Temp.)
is higher than 3 oC.
NOTE:
The symbol with an underline indicates checking item and the mark “ ” indicates checking data.
SM-17010 1-143
TROUBLESHOOTING
1.3.5 Reset for Accumulated Operation Time of Compressor 1-2 (cU1 - cU2 )
( : Outdoor Unit No.)
There are accumulated operation times of the compressor after maintenance and after starting operation.
The following procedures show how to reset the accumulated operation time of the compressor after
maintenance. Perform it for each outdoor unit.
<Procedure>
Press PSW1 and PSW3 for five seconds while the accumulated operation time of compressor data is
displayed. The accumulated operation time of the compressor is reset.
<Example of Outdoor Unit No. 1 / Compressor 1>
Press PSW4 to display the accumulated operation time of the compressor 1.

(Press PSW2 to return to the indication “cU11”.)
PSW4 PSW2
Press PSW1 and PSW3 for five seconds while the accumulated operation time
is displayed.
The indication will be changed to “0”.

(The accumulated operation time of the compressor 1 is
reset.)
NOTE:
In the case of 26HP to 96HP, it is required to reset the accumulated operation time for each outdoor
units.
1-144 SM-17010
TROUBLESHOOTING
1.3.6 Setting of Forced Open Valve Mode

This mode is utilized to simplify the refrigerant recovery work, refrigerant evacuation work and air tight test
during servicing by fully opening the expansion valves of outdoor unit (EVO, EVB) and the expansion valve
of indoor unit (EVI), and opening the solenoid valve of outdoor unit (SVA).
Example. Refrigerant Recovery Work during Servicing

The following Figure 1 indicates the outdoor unit cycle condition when the power source of outdoor unit is
cut off with fully closed EVO.
Recovering refrigerant from the access port of gas stop valve and liquid stop valve under the condition
above is incapable because the path of the heat exchanger ( ) is blocked.
The following valves are forcibly opened during the “Forced Open Valve Mode” is activated.
● Expansion Valve for Outdoor Unit (EVO)
● Expansion Valve for Outdoor Unit Subcooling Heat Exchanger Bypass (EVB)
● Solenoid Valve for Outdoor Unit High-Low Pressure Bypass (SVA)
● Expansion Valve for Indoor Unit (EVI)
Outdoor Unit
RVR2
OFF
P
Stop Valve (Gas) S
Stop Valve (Gas)
for Indoor Unit
S
Manifold
S
Gauge
Check Valve
Refrigerant Oil SVA

Cylinder Separator CLOSE
S
HP S
Heat Exchanger
S
Refrigerant EVO
Recovery P CLOSE
Apparatus
Inverter
Compressor
EVB
Accumulator CLOSE
Stop Valve (Liquid)
S
for Indoor Unit
Stop Valve (Liquid) Heat Exchanger
(Double Tube Type)
Figure 1 Outdoor Unit Cycle Condition
NOTE:
There might be the possibility that the refrigerant recovery work for outdoor unit (when exchange the cycle
parts of outdoor unit, etc.) is not successfully completed if not activate the “Forced Open Valve Mode”. Make
sure to activate this mode when conduct refrigerant recovery work for outdoor unit.
(1) Applicable Unit

Outdoor Unit (Main Outdoor Unit: Unit A)
The mode is adopted to the sub outdoor units automatically if the mode is set to the main outdoor unit.
(2) Setting Procedure

Turn ON the DIP4 - #4 of the main outdoor unit (unit A) and press PSW4 (▼) for 3 seconds.
When this mode is activated, “oPEn” is indicated on the 7-segment display of the outdoor unit.
Figure 2 Indication "oPEn" on 7-Segment Display
SM-17010 1-145
TROUBLESHOOTING
(3) Cancellation
Turn OFF the DIP4 - #4 of the main outdoor unit (unit A).
Make sure the indication “oPEn” on the 7-segment display is turned off after cancellation.
NOTES:
1. Make sure to cancel this mode after refrigerant recovery work, refrigerant evacuation work and air tight
test is completed.
2. The cooling operation (include dry operation), heating operation and fan operation for indoor unit, and
fan operation for outdoor unit are not available during this mode is activated or for 50 seconds after
cancellation (Stoppage Cause Code: d1-10).
(Fan operation is available if the function setting FE = 1 is set. Refer to Section 4.2.2 for the detail.)
3. Make sure to turn ON the power supply of indoor unit and outdoor unit when activate this mode.
Expansion valve and solenoid valve are not activated if the units are not supplied with power.
4. The “Forced Open Valve Mode” will not be functioning properly when expansion valve or solenoid valve
is failed.
5. DO NOT activate this mode for the objective other than refrigerant recovery work, refrigerant evacuation
work and air tight test.
Otherwise, it may cause unit failure because the operation is stooped by different from normal control.
1-146 SM-17010
SERVICING
2. Servicing
Use the specified non-flammable refrigerant (R410A) to the outdoor unit in the refrigerant cycle.
Do not charge materials other than R410A into the unit such as hydrocarbon refrigerants (propane
or etc.), oxygen, flammable gases (acetylene or etc.) or poisonous gases when installing,
maintaining and moving the unit. These flammables are extremely dangerous and may cause an
explosion, fire, and injury.
TURN OFF all power source switches.
2.1 Removing Front Service Cover

(1) Removing Service Cover
(a) Remove six (6) screws fixing the service cover.
(b) Put your hands on the groove at the bottom of the service cover. Then, lift the cover up slightly and
draw it frontward. Remove the cover from the hooks on the right and left sides. (Refer to Fig. 1)
(2) Removing Front Cover
A. Removing Front Cover with Piping Cover
(a) Remove screws fixing the front cover.
JTOH080VPE(U,F,R)BS1 - JTOH120VPE(U,F,R)BS1: 6 screws
(b) Hold the upper side of the front cover and lift it obliquely upward. Remove the cover from the hooks
on the right and left sides. Then, draw the cover frontward. (Refer to Fig. 2)
B. Removing Front Cover Only
(a) Remove the screws fixing the front cover (Refer to the number of the screws shown above). Then,
remove the two (2) screws fixing the piping cover . Do not remove the screws circled in the figure.
(b) Hold the upper side of the front cover and lift it obliquely upward. Remove the front cover from
the plug-in part (the insertion part into the piping cover) on the left. Then, draw the front cover
frontward. (Refer to Fig. 3)
(3) Removing Front Right Cover (only for JTOH200VPE(U,F,R)BS1 to JTOH240VPE(U,F,R)BS1)
(a) Remove six (6) screws fixing the front cover.
(b) Hold the bottom side of the front right cover. Then, lift the cover up slightly and draw it frontward.
Remove the cover from the hooks on the right and left sides.
NOTE:
When attaching / removing the front service cover, take special care not to be injured with the plate edges.
SM-17010 2-1
SERVICING
Tool Phillips Screwdriver
Service Cover
Side Cover Screw
Square Hole
Hook
Front Piping Cover
<Fig. 2>
Front Piping Cover
Front Right Cover

Front Cover
not for 8 - 12HP
Hook Front Cover

Square Hole
Screw Service Cover
Hook
Front Cover ࣮
Front Piping Cover <Fig. 1>
DO NOT remove this screw.

<Fig. 3>
2-2 SM-17010
SERVICING
2.2 Attaching Front Service Cover

(1) Attaching Front Right Cover (only for JTOH200VPE(U,F,R)BS1 to JTOH240VPE(U,F,R)BS1)
(a) Insert the hooks of the front right cover into the square holes of the side cover.
(b) DO NOT insert the lower end of the front right cover into the inside of the bottom base. (Refer to Fig. 4)
(2) Attaching Front Cover
(a) Insert the hooks of the front cover into the square holes of the side cover.
DO NOT insert the lower end of the front cover into the inside of the bottom base. (Refer to Fig. 4)
(b) Fix the front cover with the screws.
Square Hole Front Right Cover

Screw
Service Cover
Hook
Front Cover
<Fig. 5> Screw

ࡡ
ࡡࡌ
(for fixing the side of the right front cover)
Square Hole
Front Cover
Hook
Front Cover
Bottom Base
DO NOT insert the front cover 㒊

lower end into the bottom base.
<Fig. 4>
(3) Attaching Service Cover

(a) Service cover shall be attached after attaching the front cover. Insert the hooks of the service cover
into the square holes of the side cover. (Refer to Fig. 5)
(b) Fix the front cover with the screws.
NOTE:
When attaching the front cover, insert the hooks into the square holes of the side cover as shown in the
figure. DO NOT insert the lower end of the front cover into the inside of the bottom base.
SM-17010 2-3
SERVICING
2.3 Removing Upper Cover

(1) Remove the screws fixing the upper cover.
(2) Lift the upper cover up. When removing the upper cover, make sure that it does not contact the
propeller fan.
● 8 - 12HP ● 14 - 24HP
Upper Cover
Upper Cover
Rear Side Rear Side
Upper Cover
Screw
Upper Cover Screw
Upper Side Upper Side
Upper Cover
Upper Cover
Front Side Front Side
2-4 SM-17010
SERVICING
2.4 Removing Electrical Box Cover

(1) Remove the front service cover according to the item 2.1 “Removing Front Service Cover”.
(2) Remove two (2) screws fixing the electrical box cover and loosen the other two (2) fall-prevention
screws.
(3) Push the electrical box cover up and draw it frontward from the fall-prevention screws.
NOTES:
1. Before removing the screws fixing the electrical box cover, check that the fall-prevention screws are
attached to the cover in order to prevent the electrical box cover from dropping off.
2. Take special care not to be injured with the front cover edges when removing the electrical box cover.
l All Models
: Screw for Electrical Box
: Fall-Prevention Screw
Electrical Box Cover
Fall-Prevention Screw
Screw for Electrical Box
Electrical Box
Electrical Box Cover
SM-17010 2-5
SERVICING
2.5 Removing Electrical Box

(2) Remove the electrical box cover according to the item 2.4 “Removing Electrical Box Cover”.
(3) Unfix the wiring from the code clamps at the bottom of the electrical box.
(4) Remove the screws fixing the power source wiring, compressor wiring, transmission wiring and earth
wiring.
(5) Disconnect the connectors for the fan motor, solenoid valve and crankcase heater.
(6) Disconnect the connectors for each thermistor, the electronic expansion valve and pressure sensor on
the outdoor unit PCB (PCB1).
(7) Disconnect the connector for high pressure switch on the main power PCB (PCB2).
(8) Remove six (6) screws fixing the upper side of the electrical box and remove two (2) fall prevention
screws.
NOTE:
When removing the electrical box from the outdoor unit, hold the bottom side of the hook on the electrical
box. DO NOT hold the center of the electrical box. It may cause deformation of the electrical box.
<460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz>
● JTOH080VPE(U,F)BS1 - JTOH120VPE(U,F)BS1 ● JTOH140VPE(U,F)BS1 - JTOH240VPE(U,F)BS1
A A B B
Code Clamp Code Clamp

(eight portions) (11 portions)
A-A B-B
<220V/60Hz>
● JTOH080VPERBS1 - JTOH120VPERBS1 ● JTOH140VPERBS1 - JTOH240VPERBS1
Code Clamp
Code Clamp
(seven portions)
(nine portions)
2-6 SM-17010
SERVICING
l JTOH080VPE(U,F,R)BS1 - JTOH120VPE(U,F,R)BS1
Hook
PCB for Outdoor Unit
PCB2-1
Electrical Box
‫ۑ‬㸸Screw
‫ڹ‬㸸Fall-Prevention Screw
ᘬHook
PCB 2-2 ͤ
PCB 2-1
Electrical Box
‫ۑ‬: Screw (6 points)

‫ڹ‬: Fall-Prevention Screw (2 points)
ͤ: Not for JTOH140VPE(U,F,R)BS1.
SM-17010 2-7
SERVICING
Hook
Electrical Box
PCB 2-1 PCB

୺ 2-2
‫ۑ‬: Screw (6 points)

‫ڹ‬: Fall-Prevention Screw (2 points)
2-8 SM-17010
SERVICING

(9) Remove the electrical box from the outdoor unit.
NOTE:
Be sure to wear the protection and take special care
not to be injured with the plate edges. Tool Phillips Screwdriver
Work in Pairs
Front Stay
Electrical Box
Front Stay
Lift the electrical box up

and remove. Electrical Box
When removing the electrical box from the outdoor unit, hold the bottom side of the hook on
the electrical box as shown in the figure below.
DO NOT hold the center of the electrical box. It may cause deformation of the electrical box.
Hook
Electrical Box
SM-17010 2-9
SERVICING
2.6 Removing Air Grille

Remove screws fixing the air grille.
JTOH080VPE(U,F,R)BS1 - JTOH120VPE(U,F,R)BS1: 4screws
JTOH140VPE(U,F,R)BS1 - JTOH240VPE(U,F,R)BS1: 8screws
Remove the air grille.
NOTE:
DO NOT apply an excessive force to the shroud (plastic part). Otherwise, deformation and breakage may
occur.
● JTOH080VPE(U,F,R)BS1 - JTOH120VPE(U,F,R)BS1 ● JTOH140VPE(U,F,R)BS1 - JTOH240VPE(U,F,R)BS1
Air Outlet Grille Screw Air Outlet Grille

Screw
Shroud
࢝Shroud
2-10 SM-17010
SERVICING
2.7 Removing Outdoor Fan

(1) Remove the air grille according to the item 2.6 “Removing Air Grille”.
Adjustable Wrench, Spanner, Puller,

Tool
Phillips Screwdriver, Nippers, Box Wrench
● JTOH080VPE(U,F,R)BS1 - JTOH120VPE(U,F,R)BS1
Fan Motor
ࢱ
Fan Motor
SM-17010 2-11
SERVICING
(2) Remove the closing nut and the flat washer fixing the propeller fan onto the motor shaft with an box
wrench.
(3) Remove the propeller fan from the motor shaft (Lift the propeller fan up). When attaching the propeller
fan to the motor shaft, make the D-Cut at the boss portion connected to the D-Cut of the fan motor
shaft.
NOTE:
DO NOT apply an excessive force to the shroud (plastic part) . Otherwise, deformation and breakage
may occur.

Tool
Closing Nut
Flat Washer
Propeller Fan
Shroud
Closing Nut
Flat Washer
Propeller Fan
Shroud
2-12 SM-17010
SERVICING
(4) Removing Fan Motor Wiring

(a) Remove the service cover and the electrical box cover according to the item 2.1 “Removing Front
Service Cover” and the item 2.4 “Removing Electrical Box Cover”.
(b) Disconnect the wiring connector for the fan motor in the electrical box.
(c) Unfix the wiring connecting the electrical box and the fan motor. Then cut the plastic tie fixing the
piping insulation.
(d) Remove four M6 bolts fixing the fan motor, and remove the fan motor.

Tool
<460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz> <200V/60Hz>
Connector
Electrical
Box Electrical
Box
Cable Clamp
Cable Clamp Fan Motor
Lead Wire
Fan Motor
Lead Wire
● JTOH080VPE(U,F,R)BS1 - JTPH120VPE(U,F,R)BS1
Fan Motor
Electrical
Box
Cross-section Drawing from

Fan Motor
Code Clamp for Fixing

Fan Lead Wire
Take off
the code clamp.
Cut the plastic tie.

ษ
Electrical
Box
Electrical Code Clamp for Fixing

Box Fan Lead Wire
Plastic Tie
(Pipng insulation and fixing)
SM-17010 2-13
SERVICING
(5) When reassembling the outdoor unit fan, perform the procedures for removal in reverse.
NOTES:
1. Put the edge of the protection tube inside the electrical box when mounting the fan motor.
(Make a wire trap.)
2. Fix the motor wiring to the motor clamp with a plastic tie to avoid contact with the propeller fan.
Fix the piping insulation with plastic tie.
3. When mounting the propeller fan on the motor shaft, make the D-Cut at the boss portion ( mark
part ) connected to the D-Cut of the fan motor shaft.
Firmly fix the propeller fan with 30N.m torque after the head of the fan shaft comes up.
Torque for Tightening Propeller Fan
30N.m
4. Connect the wiring connector for the fan motor with the wiring connector in the electrical box.
(6) After mounting the fan motor, check from above that gap between the propeller fan and the upper
cover is even. Also check that there is no noise caused by contact between the propeller fan and the
upper cover during the propeller fan operation.

Tool
Screw
Fan Motor
Shroud
Electrical
Box
Motor Clamp
Screw
Fan Motor
2-14 SM-17010
SERVICING
2.8 Removing Compressor

In the case that the outdoor unit is installed close to the wall, remove the refrigerant piping and move
the outdoor unit away from the wall.
(2) Close the gas stop valve and the liquid stop valve.
(3) Collect the refrigerant in the outdoor unit from the low pressure check joint and the high pressure
check joint. Check that the pressure does not increase at this time.
If the pressure increase, collect all the refrigerant in the refrigerant cycle. Refer to the item 1.3.6 “Setting
of Forced Open Valve Mode” for details.
(4) Remove the compressor cover (C-cover) by following the numbers in the figure below.
NOTES:
1. Pay attention not to deform the piping around the compressor when removing the C-cover. It may
cause the damage on brazing parts.
2. Be careful not to get injured by the sheet metal edge or heat exchanger fin when removing the
compressor cover.
Adjustable Wrench or Spanner, Phillips

Tool Screwdriver, Pilers, Burner (Welder),
Pipe Cutter, Nippers
● JTOH080VPE(U,F,R)BS1 - JTOH140VPE(U,F,R)BS1,
JTOH200VPE(U,F,R)BS1 - JTOH240VPE(U,F,R)BS1
A Compressor Cover 2
(2 Screws, Top with Hook)
B
Compressor Cover 3
(2 Screws, Upper Back Side with Hook)
Compressor Cover 4
(2 Screws / Left Side + Rear Side
with Insulation)
Compressor Cover 5
(3 Screws / Right Side)
Compressor Cover 1
(3 Screws / Front Side with Insulation)
SM-17010 2-15
SERVICING
● JTOH160VPE(U,F,R)BS1, JTOH180VPE(U,F,R)BS1
Compressor Cover 2 A
(2 Screws, Top with Hook)
Compressor Cover 3
Compressor Cover 4 (3 Screws, Upper Rear Side with Hook)
(3 Screws / Left Side +
Rear Side with Insulation)
Compressor Cover 6
Compressor Cover 1 (3 Screws / Right Side)
(4 Screws / Front Side with Insulation)
Compressor Cover 5
(4 Screws / Rear Side with Insulation)
Details of A Details of B
Hook of C-Cover Stay is hooked to the square hole Hook of C-Cover Stay is inserted into the square hole
of C-Cover U. of C-Cover L Assy and C-Cover R Assy.
Lift up then remove C-Cover U. Lift up then remove C-Cover Stay.
C-Cover L Assy
and C-Cover R Assy C-Cover Stay
C-Cover U Hook
C-Cover Stay
Hook
C-Cover L Assy
and C-Cover R Assy
C-Cover F Assy
2-16 SM-17010
SERVICING
(5) Remove the Td thermistor on the top of the compressor.

(6) Release the spring for the crankcase heater to remove it.
NOTE:
The thermistor holder, thermistor fixing plate and waterproof rubber cap will be used again when
reassembling. Keep them in a container so that the parts are stored correctly.

Waterproof Rubber Cap

for Td Thermistor
Td Thermistor
Thermistor Holder
Thermistor Fixing Plate
Crankcase Heater
Spring
SM-17010 2-17
SERVICING
(7) Remove the terminal block box cover for the compressor and disconnect the wiring to the compressor
terminals. Match the terminal numbers with the mark band numbers when reassembling. If wiring is
connected incorrectly, the compressor may be damaged due to reverse rotation.
NOTES:
1. When replacing the compressor, check for the ring terminal condition. If the ring terminal is
damaged, replace it with a new one.
2. Fix the wiring firmly with plastic ties.
3. Re-tighten the compressor screws after the replacement.
Inverter Compressor
Outdoor Unit 460V/60Hz
AA50PHD-D2Y2 DB65PHD-D2Y2 DC80PHD-D2Y2
(HP) 380V/60Hz
220V/60Hz AA50PHD-A2Y2 DB65PHD-A2Y2 DC80PHD-A2Y2
8 1
10 1
12 1
14 1
16 2
18 2
20 2
22 2
24 2

Details of Terminal Block Box
2-18 SM-17010
SERVICING
(8) Disconnect the discharge and suction pipes and the oil discharge pipe from the compressor.
Check that the air pressure in the piping is equal to the atmospheric pressure. Then, cut the pipes at
the closer position to the compressor from each brazing part. After cutting the pipes, remove the pipes
from the brazing parts of the compressor.
NOTES:
1. All the pipes are connected by brazing. When applying the burner to the pipe connections, the oil
adhered inside the pipes may burn. Clear the flammable materials from around the compressor
before starting the burner work.
2. Burner work under applying gas pressure is very dangerous. Make sure to cut the pipes first before
starting the burner work.
(9) Disconnect the oil discharge pipe from the compressor. Before disconnecting it, pinch and cut the
pipe at the closer position to the compressor from the brazing part so that the refrigerant oil remaining
inside the compressor does not spill from the oil discharge pipe.
NOTES:
1. If the oil discharge pipe is disconnected without performing the above procedure (for example,
applying burner directly to the brazing part), the refrigerant oil may spill from the oil discharge pipe
and catch fire. Make sure to follow the procedure for safety.
2. When disconnecting the oil discharge pipe, use an oil pan in case the remaining refrigerant oil
spills.
3. DO NOT throw out the oil collected in the oil pan. The oil quantity is measured afterward.

Suction Pipe
Discharge Pipe
Pipe Cutting Position
Oil Discharge Pipe
Nut Fixing Position

(3 Places)
<Detaile of Pipe Cutting Position ( )>
2
Cut the pipes
Unit Side at the closer
1 position to
Pinch the pipe the compressor.
(only for Oil Discharge Pipe)
Remove here by using

burner after cutting.
Compressor Side
Suction Pipe
Discharge Pipe
Oil Discharge Pipe
SM-17010 2-19
SERVICING
(10) Remove three (3) nuts fixing the compressor and remove the compressor.
NOTES:
1. When removing the compressor, take special care not to contact with the surrounding pipes. If
contacted, the pipes may be deformed.
2. Take special care not to be injured with the sheet metal edges while working.
3. When removing the compressor fixed with the oil discharge pipe, seal the pipe end with tapes so
that the refrigerant oil remaining inside the compressor will not spill out from the oil discharge pipe.
4. To prevent water and foreign particles entering into the refrigerant cycle, mount the new compressor
immediately after removing the old one.
5. When removing the compressor, remove the electrical box located above the compressor to make
the work easier. The box wrench (10 mm) is required to remove the nuts fixing the compressor.
(11) Take the remaining refrigerant oil in the compressor from the discharger pipe and measure the oil
quantity.
NOTES:
1. Additional refrigerant oil charge is required if remaining refrigerant oil quantity in the old compressor
is more than the pre-charged refrigerant oil in the new compressor.
2. No additional oil charge is required if remaining refrigerant oil quantity in the old compressor is less
than the pre-charged refrigerant oil in the new compressor.
3. The recharged quantity of the refrigerant oil to the cycle is calculated as follows:
(Remaining quantity in the old compressor + Collected quantity in the item 2.8 (7) + 200 cc *1))
- (Initial charged quantity in the compressor for each model)
Compressor Initial Charged Refrigerant Oil

AA50PHD-A2Y2, D2Y2 1100cc
DB65PHD-A2Y2, D2Y2 1100cc
DC80PHD-A2Y2, D2Y2 1100cc
*1): This value (200cc) is considered not to be removed from the
chamber.
4. If the refrigerant oil is contaminated, exchange all with new refrigerant oil. (Refer to the item 2.9 for
the detail of refrigerant oil replacing procedure)
Tool Oil Pan, Measure Cup
Discharging Piping
Refrigerant Oil
Oil Pan
Measuring Cup
(12) Mount the new compressor. When attaching the nut at the front side, take care not to deform the oil
discharge pipe.
NOTES:
When mounting the new compressor on the base, take special care not to contact with piping.
If contacted, piping may be deformed.
2-20 SM-17010
SERVICING
(13) File away brazing material remaining on the end of the refrigerant pipes (refer to the figure 1).
1. Be careful that filed brazing material does not enter the pipes.
2. Insert the pipes fully in to prevent brazing material from entering them (refer to figure 2).
3. Refer to the table 1 for the recommended amount of brazing material. If using more brazing material
than the recommended amount, brazing material may drop into the pipes. When brazing the pipes,
prevent oxidized scale formation by nitrogen substitution.
4. Perform brazing work according to the following order.
(a) Oil Discharge Pipe
(b) Discharge Pipe
(d) Suction Pipe
NOTES:
1. For piping connection, perform securely non-oxidation brazing with nitrogen substitution. If brazing
the pipes without the nitrogen substitution, a large amount of oxidized scale will be generated in the
pipes. This oxidized scale may cause clogging in the expansion valve, solenoid valve, accumulator
and compressor, which can prevent the unit from operating properly.
Do not use field-supplied antioxidant, etc., which may corrode pipes and deteriorate the refrigerant
oil.
2. Connect the charging hose with the check joint at the low pressure side to release pressure.
3. When brazing the suction pipe, make sure that the connecting part is firmly inserted into the
compressor and piping root is cooled, in order to prevent the brazing material entering the
compressor.
Tool Burner, Wet Cloth, Pliers
Brazing Part
Suction Pipe
10
Suction and Discharge Pipe

Removed from Compressor
Suction Pipe
Discharge Pipe High Pressure Switch (PSH)
8
Brazing Part
Wet Cloth for Cooling
File away the brazing material
remaining on the end of the Discharge Pipe
suction and discharge pipes.
Oil Discharge Pipe
Fig.1 Brazing Material Treatment Fig.2 Dimension of Piping Connection
Brazing Part
Fig.3 Brazing Portions
Recommended Amount of Brazing Material

Thickness of Piping Diameter (Refrigerant Cycle Side)
Brazing Material f6.4 f9.5 f12.7 f15.9 f19.1 f22.2 f28.2
f1.6mm 25mm 30mm 35mm 75mm 100mm 110mm 225mm
SM-17010 2-21
SERVICING
(14) Wind the crankcase heater around the compressor. Each crankcase heater shall be apart
approximately 20mm.
(15) Reassemble the compressor cover (C-cover) using reverse procedure of the item 2.8 “Removing
Compressor”, (2).
(16) Reconnect all wiring according to the procedure on the following pages.
NOTE:
If power line or the crankcase heater lead line comes in contact with a high temperature part such as
oil discharge pipe of compressor chamber, the wiring may be cut or fired.
Check that the all wiring do not contact with the compressor, pipe and the edge of the sheet metal.
If contact, wiring may be cut or fired.
Approx. 20mm
Do not pinch Crankcase

the wiring. Heater Compresser
Brazing Part of the Compressor Hook the spring from

the back side of washer.
Hook
Hook
Spring
Crankcase Heater Wiring
Cap Nut
Bolt
(Torque for Tightneing: 3 to 4N・m)
Compressor
Boss Hole for

Terminal Block Box Cover
Terminal Block Box Cover
Stopper
NOTES:
1. Attach the crankcase heater firmly to the compressor and fix it with springs as shown in the figure.
2. If there is clearance between the crankcase heater and the compressor due to wiring overlapping, excessive
heat will be generated there. Then crankcase heater may break down due to overheating. When mounting
the reassembled crankcase heater, this point should be taken into account.
3. If the crankcase heater wiring catches on the springs, the wiring may be cut due to vibration. When
reassembling the crankcase heater, attention should be paid to the wiring.
2-22 SM-17010
SERVICING
Adjustable Wrench or Spanner,

Tool
Burner (Welder), Pipe Cutter
<Details of A> All Models

Td Thermistor (Td) Secure Td thermistor wire to Suction Pipe Secure Td thermistor wire (Td1) to
the insulation attached to Discharge Pipe the insulation attached to discharge
suction pipe with cable band. Insulation pipe and pipe with cable band.
Pipe
Td Thermistor Wire
Check that the all wiring
do not contact with (Td1)
thermistor holder and the Td Thermistor
High Pressure Switch Wire
compressor when attaching. (Td1)
(PSH)
Crankcase Heater
(CH1) High Pressure Switch
(PSH)
<Details of B> All Models
Compressor Wire C-Cover R Assy
(MC1) [After Attaching C-Cover R Assy]
Terminal Block Cover Secure high pressure switch wire (PSH)
with cable clamp on C-Cover R Assy.
Screw Tightning Torque

2.5 N・m (3 points)
Compressor Wiring
Td Thermistor Wire (Td1) and Secure crankcase heater wire (CH1) and
High Pressure Switch Wire (PSH) high pressure switch wire (PSH) with cable band.
Make a wire trap for high pressure switch wire (PSH).
Crankcase Heater Wire (CH1)
High Pressure Switch
(PSH)
Insulation
Secure Td thermistor wire (Td1)
and high pressure switch wire
Compressor Wire
(PSH) with cable clamp.
Make sure wiring outlet of (MC1)
rubber bush faces downward.
A
Td Thermistor
(Td1)
B Crankcase Heater
(CH1)
Secure compressor wire (MC1)

with cable clamp.
Make sure wiring outlet of
rubber bush faces downward. Secure compressor wire (MC1) and
Secure crankcase heater wire (CH1) crankcase heater wire (CH1) with cable clamp.
with cable clamp. Make a wire trap for crankcase heater wire.
rubber bush faces downward. Secure compressor wire (MC1) and
crankcase heater wire (CH1) with cable clamp.
Bundle any excess crankcase heater wire.
SM-17010 2-23
SERVICING
l JTOH140VPE(U,F,R)BS1, JTOH200VPE(U,F,R)BS1 - JTOH240VPE(U,F,R)BS1

Tool

to the insulation attached to
discharge pipe and pipe with cable band.
Discharge Pipe
Td Thermistor Wire Pipe

(Td1)
Td Thermistor
High Pressure Switch Wire (Td1)
(PSH)
Crankcase Heater Wire
(CH1)
(PSH)
Compressor Wire
C-Cover Stay
(MC1)
[After Attaching C-Cover R Assy]
Secure high pressure switch wire (PSH)
with cable clamp on C-Cover R Assy.
Td Thermistor Wire (Td1) and

High Pressure Switch Wire (PSH)
Crankcase Heater Wire (CH1)

and high pressure switch wire
(PSH) with cable clamp. Compressor Wire Secure crankcase heater wire (CH1) and
Make sure wiring outlet of (MC1) high pressure switch wire (PSH) with cable band.
rubber bush faces downward. Make a wire trap for high pressure switch wire (PSH).
Insulation

A (PSH)
Td Thermistor
(Td1)
Secure compressor wire (MC1) Crankcase Heater

with cable clamp. B
(CH1)
Secure crankcase heater wire (CH1)

with cable clamp.
Secure compressor wire (MC1) and

Make a wire trap for crankcase heater wire.

2-24 SM-17010
SERVICING
l JTOH160VPE(U,F,R)BS1, JTOH180VPE(U,F,R)BS1
Tool

to the insulation attached to
Secure Td thermistor wire Discharge Pipe
discharge pipe and pipe with cable band.
(Td1, 2) with cable band. Insulation Pipe
Td Thermistor
Td Thermistor (Td2)
(Td1)
Td Thermistor Wire
(Td1, 2) C-Cover R Assy
High Pressure Switch Wire
(PSH1, 2)
Crankcase Heater Wire
(CH1, 2)
(PSH2)
Compressor Wire
(MC1, 2) [After Attaching C-Cover R Assy]
[After Attaching C-Cover R Assy] Secure high pressure switch wire (PSH)
Secure high pressure switch wire with cable clamp on C-Cover R Assy.
(PSH1, 2), compressor wire (MC2)
and crankcase heater wire (CH2) High Pressure Switch
with cable clamp on C-Cover R Assy. (PSH1)
Secure Td thermistor wire (Td1, 2)

and high pressure switch wire (PSH)
with cable clamp.
Td Thermistor Wire (Td1, 2) and

High Pressure Switch Wire (PSH)
Crankcase Heater Wire (CH1, 2)
Secure crankcase heater wires (CH1, 2) and

Compressor Wire high pressure switch wires (PSH) with cable band.
(MC1, 2) Make a wire trap for high pressure switch wires (PSH1, 2).
Td Thermistor High Pressure Switch

(Td1) (PSH1)
Td Thermistor
(Td2)

A A (PSH2)
Secure compressor wire (MC2)

and crankcase heater wire (CH2)
with cable band.
Secure compressor wire (MC1, 2) Crankcase Heater Crankcase Heater

B B
with cable clamp. (CH1) (CH2)
Secure crankcase heater wire (CH1, 2)

with cable clamp.
Make a wire trap for crankcase heater wire.

SM-17010 2-25
SERVICING
2.9 Replacing Refrigerant Oil

2.9.1 Replacing Refrigerant Oil (No Clogging in Return Oil Circuit)
(2) Close (A) gas stop valve and (B) liquid stop valve.
(3) Collect the refrigerant in the outdoor unit from (D) low pressure check joint and (E) high pressure
NOTE:
If the pressure increases, collect all the refrigerant in the refrigerant cycle. Refer to the item 1.3.6 “Setting
of Forced Open Valve Mode”.
(4) Connect the charge hose (for R410A) to (C) check joint for collecting refrigerant oil.
(5) Charge nitrogen (0.15MPa) from (D) low pressure check joint and collect the refrigerant oil in the
accumulator by applying pressure (approx. 20 minutes). The residual refrigerant oil indicated in the
figure cannot be collected because of the accumulator structure.
NOTE:
Ensure that the pressure on (E) high pressure check joint is NOT abnormal when nitrogen is charged.
(6) Stop charging nitrogen after the refrigerant oil has been completely collected.
Perform vacuuming from (D) low pressure check joint and add the same quantity of oil as the collected
refrigerant oil.
NOTE:
When the collected refrigerant oil is 3L or less, clogging may exist in the return oil circuit.
In that case, replace the return oil circuit according to the item 2.9.2 “Replacing Refrigerant Oil (Clogging
in Return Oil Circuit) and Replacing Return Oil Circuit”.
(7) When the procedures have been completed, perform vacuuming again from (D) low pressure check
joint and recharge the refrigerant. After recharging, open the stop valves.
NOTES:
1. Use a clean charging hose.
2. Charge the refrigerant oil in a short time (within approx. 20 minutes).
Use a container with a small opening so that the refrigerant oil does not absorb the moisture in the
atmosphere.
Tool Adjustable Wrench or Spanner
(E) High Pressure Check Joint
(A) High/Low Pressure Gas Stop Valve

<Accumulator (Cross Section)>
(C)&
Check
Ἔᅇ཰⏝Joint for
Collecting Refrigerant Oil
ࢳ࢙ࢵࢡࢪࣙ࢖ࣥࢺ
Accumulator (Example of Cutting)
Low Pressure
Check Joint
Refrigerant Oil
(Approximately 700cc )
(B) Liquid Stop Valve (D) Low Pressure Check Joint
2-26 SM-17010
SERVICING
2.9.2 Replacing Refrigerant Oil (Clogging in Return Oil Circuit) and Replacing Return Oil Circuit
In the case of replacing the return oil circuit only, the procedures (8) and (9) are not required.
(2) Remove the electrical box, wirings stay according to the item 2.5 “Removing Electrical Box”.
(3) Close (A) gas stop valve and (B) liquid stop valve.
(4) Collect the refrigerant in the outdoor unit from (D) low pressure check joint and (E) high pressure
NOTE:
If the pressure increases, collect all the refrigerant in the refrigerant cycle.
Refer to the item 1.3.6 “Setting of Forced Open Valve Mode”.
(D) Low Pressure Check Joint
(E) High Pressure Check Joint
(A) High/Low Pressure Gas Stop Valve
(B) Liquid Stop Valve
(C) Check Joint for

Collecting Refrigerant Oil
SM-17010 2-27
SERVICING

(5) Cut of (F) return oil circuit with (H) accumulator pipe at the cutting position indicated in the figure.
(6) Cut off (F) return oil circuit with (G) oil separator at the point indicated in the figure. Remove (F) return
oil circuit from the unit. Then, remove (I) brazing part of accumulator pipe and (K) brazing part of the
oil separator outlet port.
NOTES:
1. When cutting (J) (L) return oil circuit pipes off, cut the closer part to (J) (L) return oil circuit to
prevent the refrigerant oil remaining in (F) return oil circuit from spilling out.
2. When cutting return oil circuit off, do not use a tool spewing swarf such as a saw.
3. After cutting return oil circuit off, remove the cut-off piping from (L) brazing part of the oil separator
outlet port.
4. When removing (I) brazing part of accumulator pipe and (K) brazing part of the oil separator outlet
port, refrigerant oil may come out. Prepare the oil pan and such before the work to receive the
refrigerant oil.
(F) Return Oil Circuit (I) Brazing for

Accumulator Pipe
(H) Accumulator
Pipe
(K) Brazing for Oil Separator Outlet (G) Oil Separator
(7) Connect a charging hose to (K) brazing part of oil separator outlet port. Then, charge nitrogen
(0.15MPa) from (I) brazing part of accumulator pipe and collect refrigerant oil in (G) oil separator by
applying pressure.
NOTE:
In the case that the unit has two (2) return oil circuits and two (2) oil separators (JTOH160VPE(U,F,R)
BS1 - JTOH240VPE(U,F,R)BS1), collect the refrigerant oil from one oil separator and then from the
other.
(8) Stop charging nitrogen after the refrigerant oil has completely been collected. Perform vacuuming
from (D) low pressure check joint and add the same quantity of oil as the collected refrigerant oil from (C)
check joint for collecting refrigerant oil.
NOTE:
In the case of replacing the return oil circuit only, the procedures (8) and (9) are not required.
(9) Connect the return oil pipe for replacement. After connecting the pipe, perform the nitrogen
pressurization from (D) low pressure check joint. During the work, check that the oil does not spill out
from brazing part.
(10) When the procedures have been completed, perform vacuuming again from (D) low pressure check
joint and recharge the refrigerant. After recharging, open the stop valves.
NOTES:
1. Use a clean charging hose.
2. Charge the refrigerant oil in a short time (within approx. 20 minutes).
Use a container with a small opening so that the refrigerant oil will not absorb the moisture in the
atmosphere.
2-28 SM-17010
SERVICING
l JTOH140VPE(U,F,R)BS1

Accumulator Pipe
(H) Accumulator
Pipe
(K) Brazing for

(G) Oil Separator Oil Separator Outlet
Accumulator Pipe
(H) Accumulator
Pipe
(K) Brazing for

Accumulator Pipe Outlet
(G) Oil Separator
(F) Return Oil

Circuit
(I) Brazing for
Accumulator Pipe
(H) Accumulator Pipe
(K) Brazing for

Oil Separator Outlet
(G) Oil Separator
ӐDetail of Cutting Position 1: All Models ӑ ӐDetail of Cutting Position2 : All Modelsӑ
Cut Cut
(K) Return Oil Circuit (M) Return Oil Circuit

(Remove after cutting.) (Remove after cutting.)
(I) Accumulator Pipe (H) Oil Separator
SM-17010 2-29
SERVICING
2.10 Removing Coils

The following figures indicate the position of coils.
<Coil Position>
SVA : Solenoid Valve Coil

SVA RVR2 : Reversing Valve Coil
MV1 : Expansion Valve Coil
MVB : Expansion Valve Coil
RVR2
MVB
MV1
SVA

RVR2 : Reversing Valve Coil
MV1
MVB
RVR2
2-30 SM-17010
SERVICING
SVA RVR2 : Reversing Valve Coil
MVB MV1
RVR2
RVR2 : Reversing Valve Coil
SVA MV1 : Expansion Valve Coil
MV2
RVR2
MVB
MV1
SM-17010 2-31
SERVICING
2.10.1 Removing Expansion Valve Coil (MV1, MV2, MVB)

(2) Turn the expansion valve coil in a counterclockwise direction as shown in the figure below.
Remove the expansion valve coil bracket from the expansion valve slot. Then, pull the coil upward.
• Pay attention to the thermistor wiring when removing the expansion valve coils.
NOTE:
Make sure to remove the coil bracket from the coil slot before pulling the coil out. If not, your hand
may hit against the piping. Follow the above procedure carefully to avoid any injuries.
Tool Pliers
<MV1・MV2> Expansion Valve Coil

Turn the coil and remove the coil bracket
from the projection.
Expansion Valve Body
Coil Bracket
<MVB> Expansion Valve Coil

Coil Bracket
Expansion Valve Body
2-32 SM-17010
SERVICING

(3) For replacing the expansion valve coils, press the coil into the expansion valve slot by turning the
coil. If an excessive force is applied to the coil, the coil bracket may be deformed. As a result, the coil
cannot be fixed at the correct position shown in the figure.
• Any slots on the expansion valve inner surface are acceptable to fix.
NOTE:
Do not apply an excessive force to the coil when pressing it into the slot. Otherwise, it may cause
damage to the piping.
Tool Pliers
‫ۑ‬
Expansion Valve Coil

Press force is
Press force is
Correct Position not enough. excessive.
for Coil Bracket
Correctly grooved
in the slot. Expansion Valve Body
Correct
Incorrect
SM-17010 2-33
SERVICING
2.10.2 Removing Expansion Valve (MV1, MV2, MVB)

NOTE:
(4) Remove the expansion valve coils according to the item 2.10.1 “Removing Expansion Valve Coil”.
(5) Remove the brazing at the position shown in the figure below.
(6) The positions of expansion valves (MV1, MV2, MVB) are shown in the item 2.10 “Removing Coils”.
NOTES:
1. During brazing work, cover the solenoid valves with wet cloth for cooling.
2. Take special care not to burn the connecting wiring and the piping insulation during brazing work.
(7) Reassemble the expansion valves in the reverse procedure.
Phillips Screwdriver, Charging Hose,

Tool
Burner, Wet Cloth, Pliers
Expansion Valve Body (MV1, MV2) Expansion Valve Body (MVB)
Brazing Part
Brazing Part
Strainer
2-34 SM-17010
SERVICING
2.10.3 Removing Solenoid Valve Coil (SVA)

(2) Remove one (1) screw fixing the solenoid valve coil with a phillips screwdriver. If the screw is difficult
to remove, use a spanner or an adjustable wrench.
(3) Remove the solenoid valve coil.
Screw
Solenoid Valve Coil
Solenoid Valve
SM-17010 2-35
SERVICING
2.10.4 Removing Solenoid Valve (SVA)

NOTE:
(4) Remove the solenoid valve coils according to the item 2.10.3 “Removing Solenoid Valve Coil”.
(5) Remove the brazing at the position shown in the figure below.
NOTES:
1. During brazing work, cover the solenoid valves with wet cloth for cooling.
2. Take special care not to burn the connecting wiring and the piping insulation during brazing work.
(6) Reassemble the solenoid valves in the reverse procedure.
Phillips Screwdriver, Charging Hose,

Tool
Burner, Wet Cloth, Pliers
l JTOH080VPE(U,F,R)BS1 - JTOH120VPE(U,F,R)BS1 l JTOH140VPE(U,F,R)BS1
<Removing SVA> <Removing SVA>
SVA
Brazing Part Brazing Part
SVA
Brazing Part
Brazing Part
l JTOH160VPE(U,F,R)BS1, JTOH180VPE(U,F,R) l JTOH200VPE(U,F,R)BS1 - JTOH240VPE(U,F,R)BS1
<Removing SVA> <Removing SVA>
SVA SVA
Brazing Part Brazing Part
Brazing Part
Brazing Part
2-36 SM-17010
SERVICING
2.10.5 Removing Reversing Valve Coil (RVR2)

(1) Remove one (1) screw fixing the reversing valve coil with a phillips screwdriver.
If the screw is difficult to remove, use a spanner or an adjustable wrench.
(2) Remove the reversing valve coils.
Reversing Valve Coil
Screw
View from the Front
2.10.6 Removing Reversing Valve

(2) Remove the electrical box, wirings and E-box stay according to the item 2.5 “Removing Electrical Box”.
If the pressure increase, correct all the refrigerant in the refrigerant cycle.
Refer to the item 1.3.6 “Setting of Forced Open Valve Mode” for details.
(5) The reversing valves are fixed at the positions shown in the figure.
(6) Remove the reversing valve coils according to the item 2.10.4 “Removing Reversing Valve Coil”.
(7) Remove the brazing portion shown in the figures below by covering the reversing valves and the stop
valves with wet cloth for cooling.
NOTES:
1. Make sure to remove the brazing portion at the indicated positions in the figures. If not, leakage
may occur when reassembling the valves.
2. Connect the charging hose to the check joint for the low pressure gas stop valve before removing
the brazing.
(8) Remove the reversing valve assembly.
Remove the brazing as shown in the figures by covering the reversing valves with wet cloth for cooling.
Remove the brazing in the following order:
(a) Brazing at the right and left branch pipes of the three pipes coming from the reversing valve.
(b) Brazing at the center branch pipe of the three pipes coming from the reversing valve.
(9) Reassemble the reversing valves in the reverse procedure.
NOTE:
During brazing work, cover the reversing valves and the stop valves with wet cloth for cooling.
SM-17010 2-37
SERVICING

Tool Phillips Screwdriver, Burner, Pipe Cutter,
Pliers, Pincher, Charging Hose
<Reversing Valve Position>
Brazing Part
RVR2
Reversing Valve
Brazing Part
Brazing Part
Brazing Part
RVR2
Reversing Valve
Brazing Part
Brazing Part
Brazing Part
2-38 SM-17010
SERVICING

Tool Phillips Screwdriver, Burner, Pipe Cutter,
Pliers, Pincher, Charging Hose

Brazing Part
RVR2
Reversing Valve
Brazing Part
Brazing Part
Brazing Part
Brazing Part
RVR2
Reversing Valve
Brazing Part
Brazing Part
Brazing Part
SM-17010 2-39
SERVICING
2.11 Removing Stop Valve

(4) When removing (A) gas stop valve, cover the stop valves with wet cloth for cooling and then remove
the brazing.
When removing (B) liquid stop valve, remove the brazing of the pipe for the stop valve as shown in the
figure.
NOTE:
When removing the brazing for stop valve, be sure to protect heat exchanger by using sheet metal,
etc..
(5) After removing the brazing for the stop valves, remove the screws fixing the plates as shown in the
figure and pull out the stop valves and the plates.
(6) Reassemble the stop valves in the reverse procedure.
NOTE:
When brazing the stop valves or removing the brazing, cover the stop valves with wet cloth for cooling.
Be sure not to burn the connecting wiring and piping insulations.
Wet Cloth, Burner, Pliers,

Tool
Phillips Screwdriver
<Stop Valve Position>
(A) Gas Stop Valve

Brazing Part (B) Liquid Stop Valve
(A) Gas Stop Valve
(B) Liquid Stop Valve
Screw
2-40 SM-17010
SERVICING
2.12 Removing High Pressure Switch, High Pressure Sensor, Low Pressure Sensor and
Thermistor
(1) Remove the front service cover according to Item 2.1 “Removing Front Service Cover”.
(2) High Pressure Switch (PSH1 and PSH2), High Pressure Sensor, Low Pressure Sensor and Thermistor
(TG, TCHG, TSC, TE1, TE2) are fixed as shown in the figure below.
<High Pressure Switch, High/Low Pressure Sensor Position>

PSH1 (High Pressure Switch)

Pd (High Pressure Sensor)
Ps (Low Pressure Sensor)
TE1 Thermistor
TG Thermistor
TSC Thermistor
TCHG Thermistor
<Details of the Center of Heat Exchanger>
TG Thermistor PSH1
(High Pressure Switch)
TCHG Thermistor
TE1 Thermistor
TE2 Thermistor
TSC Thermistor

SM-17010 2-41
SERVICING
PSH1
PSH2
TG Thermistor

TCHG Thermistor
TE1 Thermistor
TE2 Thermistor
TSC Thermistor
PSH1
TG Thermistor
PSH2
TCHG Thermistor TE1 Thermistor

TE2 Thermistor
TSC Thermistor
2-42 SM-17010
SERVICING
2.12.1 Removing High Pressure Switch (PSH1 and PSH2)

(3) Disconnect the faston terminals.
(4) Remove the high pressure switch from the brazing part of the discharge pipe with a burner.
NOTES:
1. To prevent water and foreign particles from entering the refrigerant cycle, mount the new high
pressure switch immediately after removing the old one. If it is not possible, seal the hole with tape.
2. Check that wiring for the high pressure switch does not contact with the piping and sheet metal.
3. Make sure to fix the insulating sleeve of the faston terminals as shown in the figure.
Burner, Adjustable Wrench or Spanner,

Tool
Phillips Screwdriver, Pliers
Faston Terminal

(PSH1, PSH2)
Discharge
Pipe
Brazing Part
Compressor
2.12.2 Removing High Pressure Sensor (Pd) and Low Pressure Sensor (Ps)
(1) Remove the connector for the pressure sensor wiring from outdoor unit PCB.
NOTE:
First, remove the connector. If not, the wiring may be damaged.
(2) Remove the refrigerant piping for the high pressure sensor or low pressure sensor using two spanners.

Tool
Phillips Screwdriver, Pliers
Twisting wire should NOTE:

be within 3 times. Tightning Position ( ) Tightening torque differs depending on the
Spanner Size: 14mm model of the pressure sensor to be used.
Make sure to check the order No. and the
Use two spanners. recommended tightening torque for the model
Tightning Position ( ) when connecting the refrigerant piping.
Spanner Size: 12mm
Torque for Tightening
15N-m
SM-17010 2-43
SERVICING
2.13 Removing Thermistor for Liquid Pipe

(3) Remove the butyl sheet. Then, remove the thermistor for the liquid pipe by pulling out the thermo clip
from the pipe.
NOTE:
When removing the thermistor for the liquid pipe, take special care not to cause damage to your hands
or the thermistor with the valve support fixing the stop valve.
(4) Reassemble the thermistor for liquid pipe in the reverse procedure.
NOTE:
When reassembling the thermistor, fix the thermistor with the vinyl pipe end downward to prevent
water from entering the pipe.
Wet Cloth, Burner, Pliers,

Tool
Phillips Screwdriver, Nippers
Seal Whole Circumference

with Butyl Sheet.
Pipe
Thermistor
Vinyl Tube
Thermo Clip
2-44 SM-17010
SERVICING
2.14 Removing Thermistor for Ambient Temperature

(3) Remove the upper cover according to the item 2.3 “Removing Upper Cover”.
(4) Remove the screws fixing the container for the thermistor to the outdoor unit side cover. Hold the
container and lift it upward. Remove the container from the hook on the outdoor unit side cover.
(5) Remove the feeler bulb of the thermistor from the container for the thermistor.
(6) Thermistor wiring is fixed at the heat changer, pipings and such. Remove the fixing clamps for the
wiring.
(7) Reassemble the thermistor for ambient temperature in the reverse procedure.
Tool Phillips Screwdriver, Nippers
<Thermistor Position for Ambient Temperature (Example: JTOH120VPE(U,F,R)BS1)>
Ambient Temperature Top Cover

Thermistor Wiring
Electrical Box
Side Cover
Side Cover
Hook Container
Thermistor Wiring
Screw
Feeler Bulb
SM-17010 2-45
SERVICING
2.15 Removing Other Electrical Components

NOTES:
1. When replacing the components of the radiation fin such as Inverter PCB (INV) and Main Power PCB
(PCB2), apply conductive silicon grease (Service Parts No.: P22760) slightly over the contact surface of
the fin.
2. When reassembling the electrical components, match the terminal numbers with the mark band numbers.
If incorrectly connected, malfunction may occur or the electrical components may be damaged.
3. When fixing PCBs or sheet metals for outdoor unit PCB, protect the electric wiring from caught on the
sheet metals or the electrical components.
4. Make sure to use screws, bushes and collars when fixing inverter PCBs.
If not, it may cause equipment malfunction.
5. When replacing the outdoor unit PCB and inverter PCB, set the dip switches the same as before replacing
the PCBs. An incorrect setting will cause malfunction. Refer to the instruction manual attached to servicing
outdoor unit PCB.
6. Do not apply an excessive force to the electrical components on PCBs or PCBs themselves. It may lead
to PCBs failure.
2-46 SM-17010
SERVICING
2.15.1 Removing Outdoor Unit PCB and Electrical Components for Electrical Box
< Removing Outdoor Unit PCB >

(1) Remove all the connectors for wiring connected to the outdoor unit PCB.
(2) Hold the convex part of the holder fixing the outdoor unit PCB (10 portions) with a long-nose pliers and
pull it out to remove.
< Removing Electrical Components >
(1) Remove all the wiring connected with the electrical components.
(2) Remove the screws fixing the electrical components.
NOTE:
Do not touch the electrical components on the outdoor unit PCBs while LED (red) of the PCB is ON to avoid
electrical shock.
Do not bend or apply an excessive force to the outdoor unit PCB. Otherwise, it may cause outdoor unit
PCB failure.
NOTES:
1. When reassembling the electrical components, match the terminal numbers with the mark band
numbers. If incorrectly connected, malfunction may occur or the electrical components may be damaged.
2. When closing the outdoor unit PCB fixing plate for reassembly, protect the cables from catching on the
plate edges or electrical components.
3. The capacitor is charged with electricity even when the power source is turned off.
DO NOT touch the terminals, to avoid an electrical shock.
SM-17010 2-47
SERVICING
Phillips Screwdriver,
Tool
Long-Nose Pliers, Pliers
<460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz>
l JTOH080VPE(U,F)BS1 - JTOH120VPE(U,F)BS1
Holder
Middle Part
of Holder
Outdoor Unit PCB
3. Transformer (TF)
1. Noise Filter (NF) 2. Reactor (DCL) (460V/60Hz model only)
4. Terminal Block (TB1)

5. Inverter PCB (INV)
2-48 SM-17010
SERVICING
Tool
<460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz>
Remove the wiring connected to each electrical component.
: Securing Screw for Wire (M5)

: Insert Portion
1. Noise Filter (NF)

Securing Screw for Wire (six portions)
3. Transformer (TF)
Insert Portion (two portions)
Securing Screw (M6) for Wire (six portions)
Securing Screw (M8) for Wire (three portions)
Securing Screw for Wire (eight portions)
Refer to page 4-55.
Remove the screws fixing the electrical components to the electrical box.
: Board Holder
: Securing Screw for Part

Board Holder (six portions)
2. Reactor (DCL)
Securing Screw for Part (M4) (four portions)
3. Transformer (TF)
Securing Screw for Part (M5) (two portions)
Securing Screw for Part (M4) (six portions)
Refer to page 4-55.
SM-17010 2-49
SERVICING
Tool
<460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz>
Holder
Middle Part
of Holder
Outdoor Unit PCB
2. Reactor (DCL1) 3. Transformer (TF)

1. Noise Filter (NF1) 1. Noise Filter (NF2) (460V/60Hz model only)
2. Reactor (DCL2)
5. Inverter PCB (INV1) 5. Inverter PCB (INV2)

: Not for JTOH140VPE(U,F)BS1
2-50 SM-17010
SERVICING
Tool
<460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz>

: Insert Portion
1. Noise Filter (NF1, 2)

Securing Screw for Wire (12 portions)
3. Transformer (TF)
Securing Screw (M6) for Wire (six portions)
Securing Screw (M8) for Wire (three portions)
5. Inverter PCB (INV1, 2)
Securing Screw for Wire (16 portions)
Refer to page 4-57.
: Board Holder
: Securing Screw for Part

Board Holder (12 portions)
2. Reactor (DCL1, 2)
Securing Screw for Part (M4) (eight portions)
3. Transformer (TF)
Securing Screw for Part (M5) (two portions)
Securing Screw for Part (M4) (12 Portions)
Refer to page 4-57.
SM-17010 2-51
SERVICING
Tool
<220V/60Hz>
l JTOH080VPERBS1 - JTOH120VPERBS1
Holder
Middle Part
of Holder
Outdoor Unit PCB
1. Noise Filter (NF) 3. Reactor (DCL)

5. Fan Controller (FANM) 6. Main Power PCB (PCB2)
2-52 SM-17010
SERVICING
Tool
<220V/60Hz>
: Fixing Screw for Wire (M5)

: Insert Portion

Fixing Screw for Wire (six portions)
Fixing Screw for Wire (10 portions)
3. Reactor (DCL)
Fixing Screw (M6) for Wire (six portions)
Fixing Screw (M8) for Wire (three portions)
6. Main Power PCB (PCB2)
Fixing Screw for Wire (six portions)
: Fixing Holder
: Fixing Screw for Part
: Supporting Holder
(No need to remove.)

Fixing Holder (six portions)
Fixing Screw for Part (M3) (two portions)
3. Reactor (DCL)
5. Fan Controller (FANM)
Fixing Screw for Parts (M4) (four portions)
6. Main Power PCB (PCB2)
Fixing Holder (six portions)
SM-17010 2-53
SERVICING
Tool
<220V/60Hz>
Holder
Middle Part
of Holder
Outdoor Unit PCB
3. Reactor (DCL1)
3. Reactor (DCL2)
1. Noise Filter (NF1) 1. Noise Filter (NF2)
2. Inverter PCB (INV1) 2. Inverter PCB (INV2)
5. Fan Controller (FANM2) 6. Main Power PCB (PCB2-2)

5. Fan Controller (FANM1) 6. Main Power PCB (PCB2-1)
: Not for JTOH140VPERBS1
2-54 SM-17010
SERVICING
Tool
<220V/60Hz>

: Insert Portion

3. Reactor (DCL1,2)
Insert Portion (four portions)
Fixing Screw (M6) for Wire (six portions)
Fixing Screw (M8) for Wire (three portions)
6. Main Power PCB (PCB2-1, PCB2-2)
: Fixing Holder
: Fixing Screw for Part
: Supporting Holder
(No need to remove.)

Fixing Holder (12 portions)
Fixing Screw for Part (M3) (four portions)
3. Reactor (DCL1, 2)
5. Fan Controller (FANM1, 2)
Fixing Screw for Parts (M4) (eight portions)
6. Main Power PCB (PCB2-1, PCB2-2)
Fixing Holder (12 Portions)
SM-17010 2-55
SERVICING
Turn OFF all power source switches.

Do not touch any electrical components while LED201 (Red) on Inverter PCB is ON.
Otherwise, an electric shock will occur.
2.15.2 Removing Inverter PCB

(1) Disconnect all the wiring on the Inverter PCB.
<460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz>
U1, V1, W1, CN206, CN207, CN801, CN901 and PCN331
<220V/60Hz>
CN206, CN207, CN303, CN301A, CN302A, CN301B and CN302B
NOTE:
CN206, CN207, CN301A, CN302A, CN301B and CN302B may not be connected to same models.
(2) Disconnect all the terminal blocks on the Inverter PCB.
<460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz>
DCL1, DCL2, R, S and T
<220V/60Hz>
R, S, T, U, V, W, N, P, N1 and P1
(3) After removing screws ( portions), remove the inverter PCB.
<460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz>
eight screws
<220V/60Hz>
four screws
NOTE:
Do not touch any electrical components while LED201 (red) of inverter PCB is ON. Otherwise, it may
lead to an electrical shock.
NOTES:
● When reassembling the electrical components, match the terminal numbers with the mark numbers.
● When closing the outdoor unit PCB fixing plate for reassembly, protect the cables from catching on the
plate edges or electrical components.
<460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz> <220V/60Hz>
PCN331 CN901 CN801
N1
DCL1
P1
CN303
DCL2
W
R CN302B
V
S
CN301B
U
T
N
CN206 CN207
CN206
CN207 P
CN302A R S T
U0 V0 W0 CN301A
: No need to remove
2-56 SM-17010
SERVICING

2.15.3 Removing Inverter PCB from Radiation Fin

When removing or mounting the inverter PCB from / to radiation fin, refer to the item 3.2.1 and 3.2.2
“Arrangement of Inverter Power Unit.”
NOTES:
1. Do not touch any electrical components while LED201 (red) of inverter PCB is ON. Otherwise, it may
lead to an electrical shock.
2. Turn OFF all power source switches before start checking the electrical components. Make sure to
perform the electric discharge work after turning OFF all the power source. Otherwise, electrical shock
may occur cause by residual voltage.
3. Refer to the 1.1.3 “Checking of Rotary Switch and Dip Switch Setting” when replacing service parts set
the dip switch the same as before replacing.
NOTES:
1. Make sure to perform the electrical discharge work when checking and replacing the inverter
components. Refer to 3.2.1 and 3.2.2 “High Voltage Discharge Work for Replacing Parts“ for the detail.
2. When reassembling the electrical components, match the terminal Nos. with the mark band Nos. If they
are incorrectly connected, malfunction may occur or the electrical components may be damaged.
3. When mounting the diode module and transistor module, apply silicon grease evenly over the whole
back side of the diode module and the transistor module. Use Silicon grease provided as accessory
(Service Parts No.: P22760).
<220V/60Hz>
Radiation Fin
: only for: JTOH160VPERBS1 - JTOH240VPERBS1
SM-17010 2-57
SERVICING

2.15.4 Removing Fan Controller <220V/60Hz>

Before this work, remove the service cover according to the item 2.1 “Removing Front Service Cover”.
Disconnect all the wiring connected to the fan controller as shown below.
(1) Disconnect the wiring for fan controller (CN301, CN302, P4, N4, U, V, W).
(2) Remove four (4) screws fixing the fan controller so that the fan controller can be removed.
(3) Cut the plastic band and remove the noise filter.
NOTES:
1. Do not apply great force when removing the fan controller, or the soldering will be fallen apart and a
malfunction of the fan controller may occur.
2. Identify the terminal numbers with the mark band numbers when reassembling. If incorrectly connected,
malfunction or damage will occur.
3. Do not touch any electrical components while LED of the PCB is ON. Do not bend or apply an excessive
force to the outdoor unit PCB. Otherwise, it may cause the PCB failure.
4. Be sure to install the noise filter to the fan controller. Otherwise, it may lead to breakage of noise filter
caused by vibration during unit operation.
5. Make sure to perform the electrical discharge work when checking and replacing the inverter
components. Refer to 3.2.2 “High Voltage Discharge Work for Replacing Parts“ for the detail.
Tool Phillips Screwdriver, Long-Nose Pliers
<220V/60Hz>
Noise Filter
Screws
Plastic Band
Fan Controller
Square Hole for Plastic Band
2-58 SM-17010
SERVICING
2.15.5 Removing Electrical Box

< Removing Electrical Box >
Remove the electrical box according to the item 2.5 “Removing Electrical Box”.
NOTES:
1. Proper handling of removing work must be performed by at least two people to avoid serious injuries.
2. Check that all wiring do not contact the sheet metal or pipes during wiring work. It may cause fire if the
film of wiring are deteriorated due to the vibration of the operation.
<460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz>
<Wiring Work>
The figure below shows the side view of electrical box. Wiring for high and low voltage is separately bundled.
Wiring for Low Voltage

(Thermistor Assy, MV1, MV8, Pd, Ps sensor)
Electrical Box
Service Cover Heat

Exchanger
Wires for High Voltage
(MC1, MC2, MFC1, MFC2, CH1, CH2, PSH1, PSH2, RVR2, SVA)
Thermistor Assy, MV1, MVB,

Pd.Ps Sensor (Low Voltage)
CH1, PSH1, RVR2, SVA (High Voltage)
MC1 MOF1
Ta Thermistor
MC1, CH1, PSH1
MOF1 and MOF1 RVR2, SVA Thermistor Assy, MV1, MVB, Pd and Ps Sensor (Low Voltage)
Earth Wiring
(High Voltage)
CH1, PSH1, RVR2, SVA (High Voltage)
MOF1
(High Voltage)
Tg, Tsc, Tchg, Te1, Td1 Thermistor, MV1, MVB

Pd and Ps Sensor (High Voltage)
MC1, CH1, PSH1,
Tg, Tsc, Tchg, Te1, RVR2, SVA (High Voltage)
Td1 Thermistor, MVB (Low Voltage)
Ps Sensor
(CN8 (Connector: Red, Main Body: Green))
Pd Sensor
(CN7 (Connector: White, Main Body: Black))
Tchg, Td1 Thermistor,
MVB, Pd and Ps Sensor (Low Voltage)
Thermistor Assy, MV1, MV2, MVB,

Pd and Ps Sensor (Low Voltage)
CH1, PSH1, RVR2,
SVA (High Voltage)
D
CN61 (RVR2, SVA)

MC・P・E・Q
SVA
Tchg, Td1 Thermistor, MC1, CH1, Ta Thermistor
Pd.Ps Sensor (High Voltage) MVB
PSH1, RVR2, Thermistor Assy, MV1, MV2, MVB,
SVA (High Voltage) MC2
Pd and Ps Sensor (Low Voltage)
MC1, CH1, CH1.2, PSH1, PSH2, RVR2, SVA (High Voltage)
MOF1.2, PSH1,
CH2, PSH2
RVR2 (High Voltage)
MC1.2, CH1,
MC1, CH1, MOF1.2, PSH1, RVR2, Tg, Tchg, Te1, Te2, Td1, Td2 Thermistor,
Tg, Tsc, Tchg, Te1.2, PSH1, RVR2 (High Voltage) SVA (High Voltage) MV1, MV2, MVB, Pd and Ps Sensor (High Voltage)
Td1.2 Thermistor, MVB (High Voltage)
Tg, Tsc, Te1, Te2, Td2 Thermistor, MV1, MV2
Pd Sensor Ps Sensor
(CN7 (Connector: White, Main Body: Black)) (CN8 (Connector: Red, Main Body: Green))
SM-17010 2-59
SERVICING
<220V/60Hz>
<Wiring Work>
The figure below shows the side view of electrical box. Wiring for high and low voltage is separately bundled.
Wiring for Low Voltage

(Thermistor Assy, MV1, MV8, Pd, Ps sensor)
Electrical Box
Service Cover Heat

Exchanger
Wires for High Voltage
(MC1, MC2, MFC1, MFC2, CH1, CH2, PSH1, PSH2, RVR2, SVA)
Thermistor Assy, MV1, MVB, Pd and Ps Sensor (Low Voltage)
Electrical Box
Fan Motor Wiring Ta Thermistor
Earth Wiring
(Only for Coastal Area Uses) Crank Case Heater Wiring, Pressure Switch, Coils
(High Voltage) (CH1, PSH1, RVR2, SVA)
Thermistor Assy, Expansion Valve, High Pressure Sensor
(Tg, Tsc, Tchg, Te1, Td, MVB, MV1, Pd and Ps Sensor) Compressor Wiring, Pressure Switch, Coils (MC1, MC2, PSH1, RVR2, SVA)
Compressor Wiring, Heater Wiring, Pressure Switch, Coils Compressor Wiring, Heater Wiring, Pressure Switch, Coils
(MC1, MC2, CH1, CH2, PSH1, RVR2, SVA) (High Voltage) (CH1, CH2, PSH1, RVR2, SVA)
Ta Thermistor
Electrical Box
Thermistor Assy, Expansion Valve, High Pressure Sensor (Low Voltage)
(Thermistor Assy, MV1, MVB, Pd and Ps Sensor)
Earth Wiring Thermistor Assy, Expansion Valve, High Pressure Sensor

(Only for Coastal Area Uses.) (Tg, Tsc, Tchg, Te1, Te2, Td1, Td2, MVB, Pd and Ps Sensor)
2-60 SM-17010
SERVICING

< Reassembling Electrical Box >
Reassemble the electrical box in the reverse procedure.
NOTES:
1. Check to ensure that the tube end of waterproof vinyl pipe and the connectors are in the electrical box.
Fix them firmly with a cord clamp when wiring as shown in the figure below.
2. Fix the wiring connecting each electrical part and the electrical box with a plastic band to avoid direct
contact with the compressor, piping and plate edges.
3. Fix the wiring neatly with a cord clump and make sure that the wiring will not be held down by the
electrical box cover. Otherwise, the wiring may be damaged when the cover is closed.
4. Fix the fan motor wiring with a cord clamp as shown in the figure.
5. Make sure rubber bush and sheet metal are fixed correctly. If not, electric components may be
damaged by water.
<Details of Cable Installation (Rubber Bush)>
Rubber Bushing (Wiring Outlet) ͤSince there is no slits on rubber bushing

for transition power souce wiring outlet,
make slits with a utility knife
as shown in the figure.
Make sure power source wiring
goes through the center of rubber bushing.
Electrical Box Rubber Bushing

Sheet Metal Make sure rubber bushing and
sheet metal are fixed correctly.
Powder snow or water
may be entered.
Snow or water may enter from
slits of rubber bushing being lifted up.
<Details of Fixing the Vinyl Pipe Edge>
More than 30mm of waterproof vinyl pipe

should be in the electrical box.
Tube End of Waterproof Vinyl Pipe
Vinyl Pipe
More than
30mm
Rubber Bush
Code Clamp Electrical Box
NOTES:
1. When reassembling the electrical component, match the terminal numbers with the mark band numbers.
2. Settings of dip switches differ according to the model. When replacing the outdoor unit PCB, refer to “Field
Work Installations.”
SM-17010 2-61
MAIN PARTS
3. Main Parts
3.1 Outdoor Unit PCB (PCB1: PO151)
● Arrangement of Connectors and Check Points.
PCN9 PCN8 PCN6 PCN7 JP8

R2 S2
L4 JP2 JP4 EFS1

PCN10
JP3
YCH2
YCH1
T2
Y212
Y211
JP7
R176 Z5 JP1
PCN22
R175
PCN1
JP5
R177
JP6
EFS1
EFR1
C21
Y20A
R179
PCN27
PC7
R178
C22
IC6
R204
IC7 IC4
EFR1
D54
C84
E
PC2
C85
R206
R205
102
Y20B
PCN28
R207
PC1
C101
102
151
220 C125
Y20C D55
+
C100
R210
PCN23
C103
Y20F LED5
Z4
PC3 L1
Z3
ZD15
Q53
C93
DM1
Y20CHG
+
C102
PCN42
D56
C108 C126
Y20X1 R209
C112 LED5
R199 TH1 C86 C90
PCN43
Y20X2
Y1
3901
3901
3901
+ TR1
152
152
152
152
SEG2 SEG1
Q54 R227
R226 Q4 C115 C131
272 272
R25 R216 L2 C130
103 103
R20 R219 C119
R218 R217
C116 C121
CN14
C114
VCC13 LED2 L3
CN21
CN20
000
D58
R221 C117
R174 102
R173 102
C118
R172
7-Segment
R73
R72
R67
R109
R140
R129
C111
R112
R116
4303
C113
Q50
R87
DSW4
DSW7
R222 ON ON
IC11
R171
8202
PSW2
4702
R220
R166
Display
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4
103
103
103
103
103
103
IC9
PSW1
Q24
Q25
Q26
Q28
Q37
Q38
LED1 PSW3
DSW2
DSW3
ON ON
CN10
CN15
103 103 103 103

103
R127
R139
R114
R111
272 272 272 272 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4
PSW5
821
102
222
222
222
IC15
DSW5
R126
R132
R110
R113
R223
R143
R142
R141
CN100 DSW8
DSW6
ON ON
Q46 +
PSW4 ON 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4
IC10
IC16
C38 IC5 DSW1

CN13
CN11
Q42 1 2 3
PSW1
+
C11
C40 ON
901
RSW1
GND1
23
78
R49 + 1 2 3 4 5 6
456
Q47 C45 C36 C26 LED4 CN46
C127
103
OSC
IC17
C41
C37 C35
R14
R17
R29
Q10
IC1 D5
Q8
R44
C79
C12
Q49 LED3
000
IC8 R54 102

103
102
DSW10
103
+
CN12
R102 C95
C92
Q48
222
IC3
101
IC2
C9
IC18
ON
IC12
103
C77 333 102

C51
D23
D24
D21
D20
Q43
152
C78
EF1
1 2
C52
CN8 CN9
333
C82 C81
R3
LED1
Z1
Z2
THM12 THM13 THM14 THM17 THM23 R101 CN18

152 152
C66 D4 D1 R151
R100
TB2
D51
D50
THM7 THM8 THM9 THM10 THM11 CN7 CN17 CN16 CN101
● Checking Procedures for Outdoor Unit PCB
Turn ON the outdoor unit

power source. O.U. PCB: Outdoor Unit PCB1
Press and hold the PSW1 There are possibilities of the following
of O.U. PCB to change No Yes
Fuse (EFR1 or EFS1) failures:
the Check Mode. • Power Circuit of O.U. PCB Failure
is blown?
The indication “OCP” will be • Failure of 220V load
displayed on the 7-segment. equipment such as solenoid valve
No
• Incorrect connection of 220V
Yes output connectors
LED5 (red) for DC280V No

DC280V line and applied voltage indicator
DC5V line are normal. flashes.
Yes • Replace fuse (EFRI or EFS1).
• Replace each 220V load
equipment if faulty.
• Correctly connect the connectors.
The voltage 13V is applied No
between the test port
“VCC12” and “GND1”.
Yes LED1 (red) for DC5V No Power Circuit of Replace

applied voltage indicator O.U. PCB Failure O.U. PCB
flashes.
Yes
Microcomputer Replace
DC12V line is normal. Failure O.U. PCB
SM-17010 3-1
MAIN PARTS
3.2 Inverter (INV1, INV2: PV161)

3.2.1 Inverter <460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz>
● Arrangement of Inverter Power Unit
Inverter PCB (INV)
● Specification of Inverter
JTOH080VPE(U,F)BS1 JTOH120VPE(U,F)BS1
JTOH100VPE(U,F)BS1
JTOH140VPE(U,F)BS1
Applicable Model JTOH160VPE(U,F)BS1
JTOH220VPE(U,F)BS1
JTOH180VPE(U,F)BS1
JTOH240VPE(U,F)BS1
JTOH200VPE(U,F)BS1
Applicable Power Source 3 PH (460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz)
Output Voltage (Maximum) 415V (Depends on Power Source Voltage)
Output Current Inverter PCB 19.5A 26A
(Maximum) Fan Controller 3.5A
Control Method Vector PWM Control
Range Output Inverter PCB 11Hz to 130Hz 9Hz to 105Hz
Frequency Fan Controller 0 to 21.7rps
Accuracy of Frequency 0.01Hz
Output / Characteristics
415V
Output Voltage
0 Max.
Output Frequency
Speed Rate 0.125rps/s, 0.25rps/s, 0.5rps/s, 1rps/s, 3rps/s (5 Steps)
3-2 SM-17010
MAIN PARTS
JTOH080VPE(U,F)BS1
JTOH120VPE(U,F)BS1
JTOH100VPE(U,F)BS1
JTOH140VPE(U,F)BS1
Applicable Model JTOH160VPE(U,F)BS1
JTOH220VPE(U,F)BS1
JTOH180VPE(U,F)BS1
JTOH240VPE(U,F)BS1
JTOH200VPE(U,F)BS1
Power Source 3 PH (460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz)
• Stoppage Code for Inverter (iTC) = 5
Excessive High or
Excessive Low Voltage at DC Voltage is Lower than 396V
Low Voltage for
Inverter
Excessive high Voltage at a DC Voltage is Higher than 844V
Abnormality of The wave height value of running current for the phase positioning is less than
Current Sensor the determination value before the compressor is started (at completion of the
phase positioning).
Current (1)
(2)
(3)
Rated Current of
Transistor Module (IPM)
(4)
Rated Current 105%
10ms 50ms 30s Time

Protection Function
Overcurrent
Protection for
Inverter
Protection (1) Short-Circuit Trip of Arm
Function (2) Instantaneous Overcurrent Trip
(3) Instantaneous Overcurrent Trip
When detecting current is more than rated current of Transistor Module,
overcurrent is detected.
(4) Electronic Thermal Trip
When the current detected by current sensor exceeds 105% of the rated
current continuously for 30 seconds or for 3 minutes in total during a
10-minute period, overcurrent is detected.
Power Module (CIB, IPM) has three protection function for self-protection.
Protection of
(1) Some of the output terminals between “U” and “V”, “V” and “W”, “W” and “U”
Power Module
have a short-circuit.
(CIB, IPM)
(2) Running current reaches the maximum rated current.
(3) Control voltage decreases abnormally.
The overload control is controlled as follows.
• Condition of Activation:
Overload Control When the running current is more than 105% of the rated current.
• Condition of Cancellation:
When the running current is less than 88% of the rated current.
Fin Temperature • Stoppage Code for Inverter (iTC) = 3
Increase The unit is stopped when the CIB and IPM temperature is higher than 110oC.
Earth Detection The unit is stopped when the compressor is grounded.
SM-17010 3-3
MAIN PARTS
■ Checking Method for Inverter Parts <400V/500Hz, 380-415V/50Hz, 380V/60Hz>
● High Voltage Discharge Work for Replacing Parts
Perform this high voltage discharge work to avoid an electric shock.

Take special care to avoid a short circuit between terminal P and N.
< Procedures >

(a) Turn OFF the main switches and wait for three minutes. Check to ensure that no high voltage exists.
If LED401 on the inverter PCB (INV) is ON after start-up and LED401 on INV is OFF after turning
OFF power source, the voltage will decrease to DC50V or less.
(b) Connect connecting wires to an electrical solder bit.
(c) Connect the wires to terminals, N1 and DCL2 on the inverter PCB (INV). => Discharging is started,
resulting in hot solder bit.
(d) Wait for two or three minutes and measure the voltage again. Check to ensure that no voltage is
charged.
IPM
U2 V2 W2 U1 V1 W1
P2
DCL1
DCL2
DCL2
N2
S
CIB
T P1
N1N1 U0 V0 W0
Plug
Connecting Wires
Solder Bit
● Checking Method of Inverter PCB (INV: PV161)

(1) Outer Appearance and Rectifier Circuit of CIB
P1
CIB
R
RR S
SS T
N1
TT
P1 N1
U0 V0 W0
3-4 SM-17010
MAIN PARTS
If procedures (a) to (d) are performed and the results are satisfactory, the CIB on the inverter PCB is normal.
NOTICE
Recommended using an analogue tester.
RR
S
(a) By touching the + side of the tester to the P1

terminal of the inverter PCB and the - side
of tester to R, S, and T of the inverter PCB, TT P1
measure the resistance. P1 N1

N1
RR
S
(b) By touching the - side of the tester to the P1

terminal of the inverter PCB and the + side
TT
of tester to R, S, and T of the inverter PCB,
P1
P1 N1
N1
measure the resistance.
RR
S
(c) By touching the - side of the tester to the N1

terminal of the inverter PCB and the + side
of tester to R, S, and T of the inverter PCB, TT P1
P1 N1
measure the resistance. N1
RR
S
(d) By touching the + side of the tester to the N1

terminal of the inverter PCB and the - side
of tester to R, S, and T of the inverter PCB,
TT
measure the resistance
P1
P1 N1
N1
Measurement Point Criterion

Tester
Item Analogue Tester Digital Tester
(+) (-)
1kΩ or more
(a) P1 R/S/T Over Load
(Measured Range: 1kΩ)
30kΩ or more
(b) R/S/T P1 1.0V or less
1kΩ or more
(c) R/S/T N1 Over Load
30kΩ or more
(d) N1 R/S/T 1.0V or less
SM-17010 3-5
MAIN PARTS
(2) Internal Circuit of CIB Outlet Part
U2 V2 W2 U1 V1 W1
P2
DCL1
DCL2
N2
DCL2
DCL2
N2
U0
R
V0
S W0
CIB
N2
T P1
N1 U0 V0 W0
U0 V0 W0
3-6 SM-17010
MAIN PARTS
If procedures (a) to (d) are performed and the results are satisfactory, the CIB on the inverter PCB is normal.
NOTICE
U2 V2 W2 U1 V1 W1
(a) By touching the + side of the tester to the DCL2 P2
DCL1
terminal of the inverter PCB and the - side of N2
tester to U0, V0, and W0 of the inverter PCB, DCL2
DCL2
N2
measure the resistance. S

R
U0 V0 W0
T P1
U2 V2 W2 U1 V1 W1
(b) By touching the - side of the tester to the DCL2 P2
DCL1
terminal of the inverter PCB and the + side of N2
tester toU0, V0, and W0 of the inverter PCB, DCL2
DCL2
N2

R
U0 V0 W0
T P1
U2 V2 W2 U1 V1 W1
(c) By touching the - side of the tester to the N2 P2
DCL1
terminal of the inverter PCB and the + side of
N2
DCL2
N2

R
U0 V0 W0
T P1
U2 V2 W2 U1 V1 W1
(d) By touching the + side of the tester to the N2 P2
terminal of the inverter PCB and the - side of

DCL1
N2
DCL2
N2

R
U0 V0 W0
T P1

Tester
(+) (-)
1kΩ or more
(a) DCL2 U0/V0/W0 Over Load
20kΩ or more
(b) U0/V0/W0 DCL2 1.0V or less
1kΩ or more
(c) U0/V0/W0 N2 Over Load
20kΩ or more
(d) N2 U0/V0/W0 1.0V or less
SM-17010 3-7
MAIN PARTS
(3) Testing the Fuse for Inverter Power

By touching the + and - side of the tester on each side of the fuse (F651, F652), measure the
resistance. If the resistance is 0Ω, it is normal.
NOTICE:
U2 V2 W2
Set analog, or digital tester at 1kΩ.
F651 F652
(4) Testing the Resistor

Measure the resistance using the tester between the DCL1 and P2 terminal.
If the resistance is 1kΩ+5%, it is normal. (0Ω or ∞Ω: abnormal)
Tester
U1 V1 W1
Resistor P2
P2
DCL1
DCL1
DCL2
N2
(5) Testing the Capacitor

(a) Check that the capacitor does not show signs of burns or isn’t swollen.
(b) Measure the capacitance using the capacitance meter between the DCL2 and N2 terminal.
If the capacitance is 2000mF+10%, it is normal.
Capacitance
Meter
U1 V1 W1
P2
DCL1
N2
DCL2
N2
DCL2
Capacitor (Qty: 10)
3-8 SM-17010
MAIN PARTS
(6) Testing the IPM for Fan Motor
NOTICE
Recommend using an analogue tester.
(a) Turn OFF the main source before this work.

Ensure that LED401 on the inverter (INV) is turned OFF.
If LED401 on INV is turned ON, an electrical shock may occur from residual voltage over DC 50V to
the inverter PCB (INV).
(b) Disconnect all the wirings connected to the inverter PCB (INV).
U2 V2 W2 U1 V1 W1
U2 V2 W2 U1 V1 W1
P2
DCL1
N2
DCL2
DCL2
N2
IPM
SM-17010 3-9
MAIN PARTS
U2 V2 W2 U1 V1 W1
(c) By touching the + side of the tester to the U2 V2 W2 U1 V1 W1
DCL2 terminal of fan controller and the

- side of tester to U1, V1, and W1 of the P2
DCL1
fan controller, measure the resistance.
N2
DCL2
DCL2
N2
U2 V2 W2 U1 V1 W1
(d) By touching the - side of the tester to the U2 V2 W2 U1 V1 W1
DCL2 terminal of fan controller and the

+ side of tester to U1, V1, and W1 of the
P2
DCL1
fan controller, measure the resistance.
N2
DCL2
DCL2
N2
U2 V2 W2 U1 V1 W1
(e) By touching the - side of the tester to U2 V2 W2 U1 V1 W1
the N2 terminal of fan controller and the P2
+ side of tester to U1, V1, and W1 of the
DCL1
fan controller, measure the resistance. N2
DCL2
DCL2
N2
U2 V2 W2 U1 V1 W1
(f) By touching the + side of the tester to U2 V2 W2 U1 V1 W1
the N2 terminal of fan controller and the P2
- side of tester to U1, V1, and W1 of the
DCL1
fan controller, measure the resistance. N2
DCL2
DCL2
N2
NOTICE:
In case of the outdoor unit is RAS-14FSNS / RAS-8FSNP - RAS-14FSNP, additional test will be required
by replacing “U1/V1/W1” with “U2/V2/W2”.
Tester
(+) (-)
U1/V1/W1 1kΩ or more
(c) DCL2 Over Load
(U2/V2/W2) (Measured Range: 1kΩ)
(d) DCL2 1.0V or less
(e) N2 Over Load
(f) N2 1.0V or less
3-10 SM-17010
MAIN PARTS
3.2.2 Inverter <220V/60Hz>

● Arrangement of Inverter Power Unit
Inverter PCB (INV)
DIP
Radiation Fin
ROM No.
N1
PV151-
1 P1
W
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
V
CN1A CN1B
CN1C
U
IC501
N
R
P
S T
Fan Controller (FANM)
Main Power PCB (PCB2)
Only for
JTOH120VPERBS1, JTOH140VPERBS1
● Specification of Inverter
JTOH080VPERBS1, JTOH100VPERBS1,
JTOH120VPERBS1, JTOH140VPERBS1,
Applicable Model JTOH160VPERBS1, JTOH180VPERBS1
JTOH200VPERBS1
Applicable Power Source 3PH 220V/60Hz
Output Voltage (Maximum) 220V
Output Current Inverter PCB 38A 48A
(Maximum) Fan Controller 7A
Control Method Vector PWM Control
Range Output Inverter PCB 1Hz to 130Hz 9Hz to 105Hz
Frequency Fan Controller 0 - 21.7rps
Accuracy of Frequency 0.01 Hz
Output / Characteristics
220V
Output Voltage
0 Max.
Output Frequency
Speed Rate 0.125Hz/s, 0.25Hz/s, 0.5Hz/s, 1Hz/s, 3Hz/s (5 Steps)
SM-17010 3-11
MAIN PARTS
JTOH200VPERBS1
Power Source 3PH 220V/60Hz
Excessive High
Excessive Low Voltage at DC Voltage is Lower than 194V.
or Low Voltage
for Inverter
Excessive high Voltage at a DC Voltage is Higher than 400V.
Abnormality of The wave height value of running current for the phase positioning is less than the
Current Sensor determination value before the compressor is started (at completion of the phase
positioning).
Current (1)
(2)
(3)
Rated Current of
Transistor Module (IPM)
(4)
Rated Current 105%
10ms 50ms 30s Time
Overcurrent • Stoppage Code for Inverter (iTC) = 1

Protection for (1) Short-Circuit Trip of Arm
Inverter (2) Instantaneous Overcurrent Trip
Protection (3) Instantaneous Overcurrent Trip
Function When detecting current is more than rated current of Transistor Module,
(4) Electronic Thermal Trip
When the current detected by current sensor exceeds 105% of the rated current
continuously for 30 seconds or for 3 minutes in total during a 10-minute period,
Power Module (CIB, IPM) has three protection function for self-protection.
Protection of
(1) Some of the output terminals between “U” and “V”, “V” and “W”, “W” and “U” have
Power Module
a short-circuit.
(CIB, IPM)
(2) Running current reaches the maximum rated current.
(3) Control voltage decreases abnormally.
The overload control is controlled as follows.
• Condition of Activation:
Overload
When the running current is more than 105% of the rated current.
Control
• Condition of Cancellation:
When the running current is less than 88% of the rated current.
• Stoppage Code for Inverter (iTC) = 3 • Stoppage Code for Inverter (iTC) = 3
Fin Temperature The unit stopped when the CIB and The unit is stopped when the CIB
Increase IPM temperature is higher than 106oC. and IPM temperature is higher than
111oC.
Earth Detection
The unit is stopped when the compressor is grounded.
3-12 SM-17010
MAIN PARTS
■ Checking Method for Inverter Parts <220V/60Hz>
● High Voltage Discharge Work for Replacing Parts

Take special care to avoid a short circuit between terminal P and N.
< Procedures >

(a) Turn OFF the main switches and wait for three minutes. Check to ensure that no high voltage exists.
If LED501 on the main power PCB (PCB2) is ON after start-up and LED501 on PCB2 is OFF after
turning OFF power source, the voltage will decrease to DC50V or less.
(b) Attach connecting wires to a plug of electrical solder bit.
(c) Attach the wires to terminals, P and N on the inverter PCB (INV). => Discharge is started, resulting
in hot solder bit. Take special care to avoid short circuit between terminal P and N.
(d) Wait for two or three minutes and measure the voltage again. Check to ensure that no voltage is
charged.
CIB N1
P1
W
V
U
N
R P
S T
Plug
Connecting Wires
Solder Bit
● Checking Method of Inverter PCB (INV: PV151)

(1) Outer Appearance and Rectifier Circuit of CIB
CIB
P
R
N
S
P T
R
S T
N
Outer Appearance of CIB Rectifier Circuit Diagram of CIB
SM-17010 3-13
MAIN PARTS
If procedures (a) to (d) are performed and the results are satisfactory, the CIB on the inverter PCB (INV) is
normal.
NOTICE
(a) By touching the + side of the tester to the P N

terminal of the inverter PCB (INV) and the - side R
P
of tester to R, S, and T of the inverter PCB (INV),
measure the resistance. S T
N
(b) By touching the - side of the tester to the P R
P
terminal of the inverter PCB (INV) and the + side
of tester to R, S, and T of the inverter PCB (INV), S T
(c) By touching the - side of the tester to the N N

terminal of the inverter PCB (INV) and the + side R
P
of tester to R, S, and T of the inverter PCB (INV),
S T
(d) By touching the + side of the tester to the N

terminal of the inverter PCB (INV) and the - side R
N
of tester to R, S, and T of the inverter PCB (INV), P
measure the resistance S T

Tester
(+) (-)
1kΩ or more
(a) P R/S/T Over Load
100kΩ or more
(b) R/S/T P 1.0V or less
1kΩ or more
(c) R/S/T N Over Load
100kΩ or more
(d) N R/S/T 1.0V or less
3-14 SM-17010
MAIN PARTS
(2) Internal Circuit of CIB Outlet Part
CIB N1
P1
P1 U
V
W W
V
U
N1
Internal Circuit Diagram of CIB Outlet Part
SM-17010 3-15
MAIN PARTS
If procedures (a) to (d) are performed and the results are satisfactory, the CIB on the inverter PCB (INV) is
normal.
NOTICE
(a) By touching the + side of the tester to the P1 N1
terminal of the inverter PCB (INV) and the - side

of tester to U, V, and W of the inverter PCB (INV), P1
W
measure the resistance. V
U
(b) By touching the - side of the tester to the P1 N1

of tester to U, V, and W of the inverter PCB (INV), P1
W
U
(c) By touching the - side of the tester to the N1 N1

P1
of tester to U, V, and W of the inverter PCB (INV), W
U
N1
(d) By touching the + side of the tester to the N1
terminal of the inverter PCB (INV) and the - side P1
of tester to U, V, and W of the inverter PCB (INV), W
U

Tester
(+) (-)
1kΩ or more
(a) P1 U/V/W Over Load
100kΩ or more
(b) U/V/W P1 1.0V or less
1kΩ or more
(c) U/V/W N1 Over Load
100kΩ or more
(d) N1 U/V/W 1.0V or less
3-16 SM-17010
MAIN PARTS
(3) Testing the Fuse for Inverter Power

By touching the + and - side of the tester on each side of the fuse (F601), measure the resistance.
If the resistance is 0Ω, it is normal.
NOTICE:
Set analog, or digital tester at 1kΩ.
F601
● Testing the Main Power PCB (PCB2: PV153)

There are the capacitor and resistor on PCB2.
(1) Testing the Resistor
Measure the resistance using the tester between the P1 and DCL1 terminal of PCB2.
If the resistance is 500Ω+5%, it is normal. (0Ω or ∞Ω: abnormal)
(2) Testing the Capacitor

(a) Check that the capacitor does not show signs of burns or isn’t swollen.
(b) Measure the capacitance using the capacitance meter between the P1 and N1 terminal of PCB2.
If the capacitance is 3250mF+10% or 3900mF+10%, it is normal.
Main Power PCB DCL1

(PCB2) Tester
Resistor (RS)
DCL2
P
Capacitance
N Meter
N1
P1
Capacitor (CB)
SM-17010 3-17
MAIN PARTS
● Checking Method of Fan Controller failure
NOTICE
(a) Turn OFF the main source before this work.

Ensure that LED501 on the main power PCB (PCB2) is turned OFF.
If LED501 on PCB2 is turned ON, an electrical shock may occur from residual voltage over DC 50V
to the fan controller (FANM).
(b) Disconnect all the wirings connected to the fan controller.
U V W
P4
N4
3-18 SM-17010
MAIN PARTS
U V W
(c) By touching the + side of the tester to the P4
terminal of fan controller and the - side of tester
to U, V, and W of the fan controller, measure the P4
resistance. N4
U V W
(d) By touching the - side of the tester to the P4

terminal of fan controller and the + side of tester
P4
to U, V, and W of the fan controller, measure the
resistance. N4
U V W
(e) By touching the + side of the tester to the N4

terminal of fan controller and the - side of tester P4
resistance. N4
U V W
(f) By touching the - side of the tester to the N4

terminal of fan controller and the + side of tester P4
resistance. N4

Tester
(+) (-)
1kΩ or more
(c) P4 U/V/W Over Load
900kΩ or more
(d) U/V/W P4 1.0V or less
1kΩ or more
(e) U/V/W N4 Over Load
900kΩ or more
(f) N4 U/V/W 1.0V or less
SM-17010 3-19
MAIN PARTS
3.2.3 Protective Function
(1) Excessive High or Low Voltage for Inverter

(a) Level of Detection
1 In case of 460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz
When the voltage of direct current is greater than 844V, abnormalities are detected.
When the voltage of direct current is smaller than 396V, abnormalities are detected.
2 In case of 220V/60Hz.
When the voltage of direct current is greater than 424V, abnormalities are detected.
When the voltage of direct current is smaller than 196V, abnormalities are detected.
(b) Function
When abnormalities are detected, the inverter compressor is stopped and transmit the signal code
of stoppage cause to outdoor unit PCB.
(c) Cancellation of Protection Function
Communication signal the cause of the stoppage cause is canceled when wired controller is off or
main power source is cut off..
(2) Abnormality of Current Sensor
The wave height value of running current for the phase positioning is less than the determination
value before the compressor is started (at completion of the phase positioning).
(b) Function
When abnormalities are detected, the inverter compressor is stopped, and transmit the signal code
for the cause of the stoppage to outdoor unit PCB.
main power source is cut off.
(3) Overcurrent Protection for Inverter
1 When the compressor current detected by current sensor excesses the rated current of power
module (CIB, IPM), overcurrent is detected. (Instantaneous Overcurrent)
2 When the current detected by current sensor exceeds 105% of the rated current continuously for 30
seconds or for 3 minutes in total during a 10-minute period, overcurrent is detected. (Electric
Thermal Relay)
(b) Function
When abnormalities are detected, the inverter compressor is stopped and transmit the signal code
for the cause of the stoppage to outdoor unit PCB.
(4) Protection of Power Module (CIB, IPM)
1 When some of the output terminals between “U” and “V”, “V” and “W”, “W” and “U” of power module
(CIB, IPM) are short-circuited, an abnormality is detected.
2 When the running current of power module (IPM) reaches the maximum rated current, an
abnormality is detected.
3 When the control voltage of power module (IPM) abnormally decreases, an abnormality is detected.
(b) Function
When abnormalities are detected, the inverter compressor is stopped and the signal code for the
cause of the stoppage is transmitted to outdoor unit PCB.
3-20 SM-17010
MAIN PARTS
(5) Fin Temperature Increase

1 In case of 460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz
When the temperature of internal thermistor exceeds 110oC, an abnormality is detected.
2 In case of 220V/60Hz
When the temperature of internal thermistor exceeds 106oC or 111oC, an abnormality is detected.
(b) Function
(6) Earth Detection
1 When the terminal U, V, W and earth of the compressor are short-circuited before compressor
activation, abnormalities are detected.
2 When the output terminals (U, V, W) of power module (CIB, IPM) are short-circuited, abnormalities
are detected.
(b) Function
3.2.4 Overload Protection Control

When the output current exceeds 105% of the maximum output current, an abnormality is detected.
(b) Function
An overload signal is transmitted to the outdoor unit PCB when output current exceeds 105% of the
maximum output current, and the frequency decreases.
For 10 seconds after the output current decreases lower than 88% of the rated current, the
compressor maximum frequency is limited to the specified value.
However, if the frequency order is smaller than the maximum value, the operation is performed
according to the order.
After the operation described in the above item (b) is performed for 10 seconds, this control is
canceled.
SM-17010 3-21
MAIN PARTS
3.3 Scroll Compressor

● Reliable Mechanism for Low Vibration and Low Sound
(1) The rotating direction is definite.
(2) The pressure inside of the chamber is high pressure, and the surface temperature of the chamber is
60oC to 110oC.
● Principle of Compression
(1) Gas enter the compressor from top at the suction inlet.
(2) Hot gas leaves the compressor from the side mounted discharge gas
outlet.
(3) Compressor starts at the beginning of the scroll at a lower pressure,

and continues to the outer edge of the scroll where the pressure
is greatest and discharged through the side discharge gas port at
the center of the compressor.
(4) The above procedures (Suction Compression Discharge) are

repeated continuously.
Gas
Rotating Scroll
Compression
Space
Suction Process
Fixed Scroll
Discharge Process
Compression Process
3-22 SM-17010
MAIN PARTS
● Structure
The compressor has the structure for oil supply from the outer oil separator.
The inside of the oil separator is at high pressure, and the surface temperature of the oil separator is as
high (60oC to 110oC) as the compressor.
Suction Pipe
Motor
Discharge Pipe
Oil Pipe
● Compressor Type
Inverter Inverter Total
Model Voltage
Compressor 1 Compressor 2 Quantity
JTOH080VPERBS1
DC50PHD-A2Y2 - 1
JTOH100VPERBS1
JTOH120VPERBS1
DC80PHD-A2Y2 - 1
JTOH140VPERBS1
JTOH160VPERBS1 220V/60Hz
JTOH180VPERBS1 AA50PHD-A2Y2 AA50PHD-A2Y2 2
JTOH200VPERBS1
JTOH220VPERBS1
DC80PHD-A2Y2 DC80PHD-A2Y2 2
JTOH240VPERBS1
JTOH080VPE(U,F)BS1
DC50PHD-D2Y2 - 1
JTOH100VPE(U,F)BS1
JTOH120VPE(U,F)BS1
DC80PHD-D2Y2 - 1
JTOH140VPE(U,F)BS1
460V/60Hz,
JTOH160VPE(U,F)BS1 380V/60Hz
JTOH180VPE(U,F)BS1 AA50PHD-D2Y2 AA50PHD-D2Y2 2
JTOH200VPE(U,F)BS1
JTOH220VPE(U,F)BS1
DC80PHD-D2Y2 DC80PHD-D2Y2 2
JTOH240VPE(U,F)BS1
● Checking of Compressor Motor
Inverter Compressor Resistance

AA50PHD-A2Y2 0.125Ω at 75oC (167oF)
DC80PHD-A2Y2 0.089Ω at 75oC (167oF)
AA50PHD-D2Y2 0.495Ω at 75oC (167oF)
DC80PHD-D2Y2 0.346Ω at 75oC (167oF)
SM-17010 3-23
MAIN PARTS
● Checking of Compressor
CHECK LIST ON COMPRESSOR
CLIENT: MODEL: DATE:

Serial No.: Production Date: Checker:

No. Check Item Check Method Result Remarks
1 Are THM8 and THM9 correctly (1) Are wires of each thermistor correctly
connected? connected by viewing?
(2) Check to ensure that 7-segment indication of
THM8 and THM9: Td1 is higher than Td2 when No.1 comp. is
Discharge Gas Thermistor operating.
Td1: Temperature of THM8
Td2: Temperature of THM9
2 Are thermistor, THM8 and THM9 (1) Check to ensure that thermistor on the top of
disconnected? comp. is correctly installed.
(2) Check to ensure that actually measured
temp. are greatly different from the indication
(Td1, Td2) during check mode.
3 Is current sensing part on inverter PCB (1) Check to ensure that 7-segment indication
(INV) faulty? A1 and A2 are 0 during compressor
stopping.
(2) Check to ensure that indication A1 and
A2 are not 0 during compressor running.
(However, A2 is 0 during stopping of No.2
comp.)
4 Are expansion valves (MV1, MV2 and Check to ensure that MV1 to CN10, MV2
MVB) correctly connected? to CN11 and MVB to CN12 are correctly
connected.
5 Are expansion valve coils (MV1, MV2 Check to ensure that each coil is correctly
and MVB) correctly installed? installed on the valve.
6 Are the refrigeration system and Check to ensure that refrigerant is flowing into
electrical wiring system incorrectly indoor units by operating one system only from
connected? the outdoor unit.
7 Is opening of expansion valve Check the following using the check mode of
completely closed (locked)? outdoor units.
(1) Liquid Pipe Temp. (TL) < Air Intake Temp. (Ti)
during Cooling Operation
(2) Liquid Pipe Temp. (TL) > Air Intake Temp. (Ti)
during Heating Operation
8 Is opening of expansion valve fully Check to ensure that liquid pipe temp. is lower
opened (locked)? than air intake temp. of stopped indoor unit
when the other indoor units are operating under
cooling operation.
9 Are the relay on the main power PCB Check the main power PCB (PCB2).
(PCB2) faulty?
10 Is there any voltage abnormality among Check to ensure that voltage imbalance is
L1-L2, L2-L3 and L3-L1? smaller than 3%.
Please note that power source voltage must be
within 220V or 400V/380 - 415V/ 380V+10%.
11 Is the comp. oil acidified during Check to ensure that the oil color is not black.
compressor motor burning?
*See additional information on the next page.
3-24 SM-17010
MAIN PARTS
Additional Information for “CHECK LIST ON COMPRESSOR”
Check
Additional Information (Mechanism of Compressor Failure)
Item
1, 2 The liquid refrigerant return volume to the compressor is controlled by the discharge gas
temperature Td1 when only No.1 compressor is operating. If Td1 and Td2 are reversely
connected, the liquid refrigerant return volume will become smaller by detecting the temperatures
even if the actual discharge gas temperature is high. Therefore, this abnormal overheating
operation will result in insulation failure of the motor winding.
3 Overcurrent control (operating frequency control) is performed by detecting current by the current
sensor. In this case, winding insulation failure will occur, since control is not available in spite of
actually high current.
4, 5 During a cooling operation, Pd is controlled by fan revolution of outdoor unit, and Td and SH are
controlled by MV of each indoor unit.
During a heating operation, Td and SH are controlled by MV1 and MV2.
If expansion valves are incorrectly connected, correct control is not available, resulting in
compressor failure depending on liquid refrigerant returning conditions or motor winding insulation
failure depending on overheating conditions.
6 If the refrigeration system and electrical system are incorrectly connected, abnormally low suction
pressure operation is maintained or abnormally high discharge pressure operation is maintained,
resulting in giving stress to the compressor, since their correct control is not available.
7 For additional information, refer to page 3-26 in this document.
8 The compressor may be locked due to the liquid return operation during the cooling operation.
9 If the contacting resistance increases, voltage imbalance among each phase will cause abnormal
overcurrent.
10 In this case, overcurrent will occur, efficiency will decrease or the motor winding will be
excessively heated.
11 In this case, it will result in motor burning or a failed compressor.
SM-17010 3-25
MAIN PARTS
3.4 Fan Motor
mm (inch)
Outdoor Unit (HP) A
44 A 268.5
(1-3/4) 8 - 12, 20 - 24
(10-9/16)
102.5
(4-1/16) 224.8
14 - 18
77
(8-7/8)
(3-1/16)
10
)
-1 6
16
(3/8)
(7 19
1/
13 φ7
(1/2) (4-φ1/4)
P1.5
(M10)
(7-1/16)
5-1/2
140
180
(9/16)
(13/16)
15
20
40
(1-9/16)
51.6
(2-1/16)
245
(9-5/8)
275
(10-13/16)
Rated Rated
Applicable Model Power Source Voltage Electrical Wiring Diagram Resistance
Voltage Output
U: Red 2.62+0.26Ω
220V/60Hz DC280V at
JTOH080VPE(U,F,R)BS1 - 20oC (68oF)
750W
JTOH240VPE(U,F,R)BS1 9.42+0.94Ω
460V/60Hz
DC650V V: White W: Black
at
380V/60Hz
20oC (68oF)
3-26 SM-17010
MAIN PARTS
3.5 Thermistor
(1) Position of Thermistor
<Example: JTOH080VPEUBS1>
Butyl Sheet
Plastic Band
Thermistor
(Te,Tg,Tchg,Tsc)
Thermistor Thermo
Tsc Holder Clip
Tg
A
Tchg
Thermistor Holder
Thermistor
Fixing Plate
Te
A
B
Td Thermistor (Td)
for Discharge Gas
Temperature
Ta Thermistor
SM-17010 3-27
MAIN PARTS
(2) Thermistor for Upper Part Temperature of Compressor

250.0
a. A thermistor for the upper part temperature of the R25 = 200kΩ

B = 3920k
compressor is installed to prevent discharge gas from 200.0 200.0
Thermistor Resistance (kΩ)

overheating. If discharge gas temperature increases
excessively, lubricating oil deterioration occurs and 150.0
lubricating properties deteriorate, resulting in short

compressor life. 100.0
b. If discharge gas temperature increases excessively, 27.3
compressor temperature increases. At the worst, 50.0

29.8
compressor motor winding is burnt out. 13.4
7.5
c. When the upper part temperature of compressor 0.0

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
increases during heating operation, the unit is controlled

o
Ambient Temperature ( C)
Resistance Characteristics of Thermistor
according to the following method. for Discharge Gas Overheating Protection
• An electronic expansion valve of outdoor units is (are) opened to return the liquid refrigerant to
the compressor through the accumulator, decreasing compressor temperature.
• If the compressor upper part temperature increases exceeding 132oC even if an electronic
expansion valve opens, the compressor is stopped, in order to protect the compressor.
In cooling operation, the above function is also available.
d. If compressor upper part temperature increases excessively, the protection control is activated and
the compressor is stopped according to the following method.
Upper Part Temperature

Operation Defecting Period
of Compressor
Cooling Over 132oC 10 minutes (Continuously)
o
Over 140 C 5 seconds (Continuously)
Heating Over 132oC 10 minutes (Continuously)
Over 140oC 5 seconds (Continuously)
Defrosting Over 132oC 5 seconds (Continuously)
(3) Thermistor for Outdoor Ambient Temperature

The thermistor resistance characteristics are shown in the figure below.
(4) Thermistor for Evaporating Temperature of Outdoor Unit in Heating Operation (For Defrosting)
The characteristics for the thermistor are the same as those of outdoor ambient temperature thermistor
shown in the figure below.
(5) Thermistor for Super Cooling Bypass and Main Line Temperature of Outdoor Unit
The characteristics for the thermistor are the same as those of outdoor ambient temperature thermistor
shown in the figure below.
90
82
80
Thermistor Resistance (kW)
70
61
60
50 46
40 35
30 27
20.5
20 16
12.5
10
10 8 5.3 3.6 2.5
0
-15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

Thermistor Characteristics
3-28 SM-17010
MAIN PARTS
3.6 Electronic Expansion Valve (MV, MVB)
Micro-Computer
Pulse Motor
Pulse Signal
2-2 Phase Permanent Magnetic Pulse Motor
Opening of expansion valve is controlled
by the outdoor unit PCB1 order.
Refrigerant Flow Control

Precise Control
Needle
● Specifications for MV1 and MV2
Model PAM-BBOYGHS-1 (MV)

Working Temperature
-30oC to 70oC
Range
Refrigerant Used R410A
Insulation Resistance Min. 100MΩ (at 500VDC Megger)
Withstand Voltage 500VAC for 1 Minute or 600VAC for 1 Second
Rated Voltage DC12V+1.2V
100 - 200 PPS
Drive Condition
2-2 Phase Excitation
Coil Resistance 100Ω (at 20oC)
Insulation Class Class E
White (3)
Blue Orange Yellow White Unoccupied Red
φ1
Red (1)
(COM)
M
φ3
Orange (5)
6 5 4 3 2 1
φ2 φ4
Arrangement of
Connector No.
Yellow (4) Blue (6)
Wiring Diagram,
Phase 1 2 3 4
Drive Circuit and
Activation Mode f1 ON OFF OFF ON
f2 ON ON OFF OFF
f3 OFF ON ON OFF
f4 OFF OFF ON ON
OPEN: 4 3 2 1 4
CLOSE: 1 2 3 4 1
< Checking Method >

Measure the coil resistances between Red (common) and each phase.
The measured resistance value is normal if approximately 100W*1).
*1: Ambient Temperature 20oC
SM-17010 3-29
MAIN PARTS
● Specifications for MVB
Model UKV-U029E or UKV-A027

Working Temperature
-30oC to 70oC
Range
Refrigerant Used R410A
Insulation Resistance Min. 100MΩ (at 500VDC Megohmmeter)
Withstand Voltage 1800VAC for 1 Second
Rated Voltage DC12V+1.2V
83+5 PPS
Drive Condition
1-2 Phase Excitation
Coil Resistance 46+3Ω (at 20oC)
Insulation Class Class E
Phase (Connection No.)

Black (4)
A (3) ON
B
OFF
(COM) Gray (1) M B (4)
B
Red (6)
A (5)
A A
B (6)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
(3) (5) Valve Operation Open
Orange Yellow
6 5 4 3 2 1 Direction Close
Wiring Diagram,
Drive Circuit and
Activation Mode
Order of Excitation (1-2 Phase Excitation)

Connector No. Color of Lead Wire Phase
1 Gray Common (+)
2 - -
3 Orange A
4 Black B
5 Yellow A
6 Red B
< Checking Method >

Measure the coil resistances between connector No.1 (common) and each phase.
The measured resistance value is normal if approximately 46Ω*.
(* Ambient Temperature 20oC)
● Checking Method of Electronic Expansion Valve
Outdoor Unit Electronic Expansion Valve

Locked It is abnormal if the liquid pipe pressure does not increase during cooling operation.
(Fully Closed)
Locked It is abnormal if the liquid pipe pressure does not increase and the outlet
(Slightly Open) temperature of the expansion valve decreases after the cooling operation is
started.
Locked It is abnormal under the following conditions. After heating operation for more than
(Fully Open) 30 min., the discharge gas temperature of compressor is not 10oC higher than the
condensing temperature and there is no other fault such as excessive charge of
refrigerant.
3-30 SM-17010
MAIN PARTS
3.7 Pressure Sensor (Pd)

(1) High Pressure Control
The high pressure during heating operation is detected by a high pressure sensor, and compressor
frequencies are controlled by the proportional controlling method with operating capacity of indoor units
(or PID Control for Compressor Frequency) so that the high pressure is controlled in an appropriate
range. The output of the high pressure sensor during heating operation performs protective control;
gas by-pass control.
4.5
Output Voltage (DC V)

Heating Operation
Proportional Control of
Compressor Frequency
High
with Operating Capacity 2.5
of Indoor Units
Pressure
Control
Protection Control (Gas
Bypass Control)
0.5
0 2.5 5.0
Pressure MPa
Output Characteristics of High Pressure Sensor
(2) Low Pressure Control (Ps)

The suction pressure during cooling operation is detected by a low pressure sensor, and compressor
frequencies are controlled by the proportional controlling method with operating capacity of indoor units
(or PID Control for Compressor Frequency) so that the suction pressure is controlled in an appropriate
range.
If the suction pressure is excessively low, the cooling can be insufficient and parts composing the
refrigeration cycle can be damaged. For this reason, if the output of the low pressure sensor indicates
vacuum and the value is maintained for 12 minutes or longer, the compressor is stopped for the
purpose of protection.
4.5
V) V)
Cooling Operation
(DC
Voltage(DC
Proportional Control of
Voltage
Compressor Frequency
with Operating Capacity 2.5
Low of Indoor Units
Pressure
OutputV
Control
Output
Vacuum Prevention
Control 0.5
(0.3)
(-0.1) 0 1.0 2.0

Pressure MPa
Output Characteristics of Low Pressure Sensor
SM-17010 3-31
MAIN PARTS
3.8 High Pressure Protection Device (PSH)

If the discharge pressure is excessively high, the compressor and the component parts of the
refrigeration cycle can be damaged. Therefore, in case that the discharge pressure is higher than
4.15MPa (R410A), the protection control is activated and the compressor is stopped.
<Example: JTOH080VPEUBS1>
Faston Terminal
A
High Pressure
Switch (PSH)
B
Brazing Part
A
B
3-32 SM-17010
MAIN PARTS
3.9 Electrical Coil Parts
● Solenoid Valve (SVA)
Applicable Model Electrical Coil Model Resistance

JTOH080VPE(U,F,R)BS1 to Coil FQ-A0520D
2142+214Ω at 20oC
JTOH240VPE(U,F,R) BS1 Body FDF5A11
● Reversing Valve (RVR)
Applicable Model Electrical Coil Model Resistance

JTOH080VPE(U,F,R)BS1 to Coil STF-H01AQ2338A1
1567.5+156.8Ω at 20oC
JTOH180VPE(U,F,R) BS1 Body STF-H0712
JTOH200VPE(U,F,R)BS1 to Coil STF-01AQ2339A1
1190.35+119Ω at 20oC
JTOH240VPE(U,F,R) BS1 Body STF-1511G
SM-17010 3-33
MAIN PARTS
3.10 Noise Filter (NF1, NF2)

The noise filter decreases the leakage of noise made by the inverter to the power supply side. Terminals
indicated with “LOAD” are connected to the inverter side and terminals indicated with “LINE” to the power
supply side.
(1) Noise Filter <460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz>

Items Specifications
Model NF161
Rated Voltage AC460V AC380V
Rated Current 25A 28A
FUSE
(PF1)
R1 L L R2
S1 S2
FUSE
Circuit Diagram (PF2)
T1 T2
N1 N2
Z Z R Cx Cx
Cy
SA
Unit: mm
230
PF1
130
PF2
5 125
225
3-34 SM-17010
MAIN PARTS
(2) Noise Filter (NF1, NF2) <220V/60Hz>

Model NF151
Rated Voltage AC 220V
( )
40A JTOH080VPERBS1, JTOH100VPERBS1
Rated Current JTOH200VPERBS1
(
50A JTOH120VPERBS1, JTOH140VPERBS1
JTOH220VPERBS1, JTOH240VPERBS1 )
FUSE
(PF1) Z Cx Cx
R1 L L R2
S1 S2
Circuit Diagram FUSE
(PF2)
T1 T2
Z
Cy
SA
E1
Unit: mm
230
130
5 115
225
SM-17010 3-35
MAIN PARTS
3.11 Reactor (DCL1, DCL2)

This part is used for changing the alternative current to the direct current for the inverter.
(1) Reactor <460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz>

Character 1.0mH+15%, -10% (1KHz)
Rated Current 35A
Direct Current Resistance 27.0mΩ+20% (20oC)
Unit: mm
6.5
53
66
75.2 5.4
76.8 86
(2) Reactor <220V/60Hz>

JTOH200VPERBS1
Character 0.7mH+15%, -10% (1KHz)
Rated Current 55A 61A
Direct Current o
13.33mΩ+20% (20 C) 11.35mΩ+20% (20oC)
Resistance
A 86.4 90.6
B 70.5 77
C 86.5 84
Unit: mm
A C
33 16.5
7.75
88.5
104
B
3-36 SM-17010
OPTIONAL FUNCTION
(Operation from Outdoor Unit PCB1)
4. Optional Function
4.1 Setting Method
Setting DSW4 on the outdoor unit Printed Circuit Board (PCB1) is required for “External Input and Output
Setting” and “Function Setting”. As for a combination of outdoor units, this must be set from DSW4 in main
outdoor unit (setting from DSW4 in sub outdoor units is invalid.)
< Transition Method >
[ External Input/Output Setting ] [ Function Setting ]
Start of Setting Start of Setting
Turn ON DSW4-No.4 and Turn ON DSW4-No.4 and

turn ON DSW4-No.6. turn ON DSW4-No.5.
Exit Setting Mode Exit Setting Mode

Turn OFF DSW4-No.6 during indicated Turn OFF DSW4-No.5 during indicated
External Input/Output Setting Mode. Function Setting Mode.
Then, turn OFF DSW4-No.4. Then, turn OFF DSW4-No.4.
After setting, confirm DSW4 setting is the same as the factory setting.
SM-17010 4-1
OPTIONAL FUNCTION
4.2 External Input and Output Setting
On the outdoor unit Printed Circuit Board (PCB1), there are three input terminals (CN17, CN18 as shown
below) to receive external signals and two output terminals (CN16) to send signals out. Control functions
shown in these tables are available when setting input and output terminals.
<Input> <Output>
Control Function No. Setting Function for Input Control Function No. Setting Function for Output
1 Fixing Heating Operation Mode 1 Operation Signal

2 Fixing Cooling Opeation Mode 2 Alarm Signal
3 Demand Stoppage 3 Compressor ON Signal
4 Outdoor Fan Motor Start/Stop 4 Defrosting Signal
5 Forced Stoppage 0 No Setting
6 Demand Current Control 40%
11 Low Noise Setting 1
0 No Setting
The following functions have been already set before shipment.

<Input Terminal>
Input Terminal Name Connector (Pin No.) Setting Function Control Function No.
Input 1 CN17 (1-2) Fixed Heating Operation Mode 1

Input 2 CN17 (2-3) Fixed Cooling Operation Mode 2
Input 3 *1) CN18 (1-2) Demand Stoppage 3
<Output Terminal>
Output Terminal Name Connector (Pin No.) Setting Function Control Function No.
Output 1 CN16 (1-2) Operation Signal 1

Output 2 CN16 (1-3) Alarm Signal 2
*1): For Oceania model, CN18 is connected to the TB3 (DRED). Demand Stoppage setting has
already been set before shipment. Control functions other than Demand Stoppage are available
as well.
4-2 SM-17010
OPTIONAL FUNCTION
l Setting of External Input and Output

If an alternative setting is required at a site, perform the following procedures.
For a combination of outdoor units, perform the setting for main outdoor unit.
(1) By selecting “External Input and Output Setting”, the following appears on the 7-segment display.
(The setting should be performed during an outdoor unit stoppage. Also, set DSW4-No.4 of the
outdoor unit PCB1 to the “ON” side before performing the setting in order to prevent the compressor
activation.)
SEG2 SEG1
Input/Output Terminal Name Control Function No.
This display indicates that the control function No. 1 (Fixed Heating Operation Mode) is set at input 1.
(2) By pressing PSW2 or PSW4, input/output terminal name is changed.

The following shows the display changes when PSW2 or PSW4 are pushed.
Input Terminal Current setting function is indicated as

Name 1 Control Function No.
(The figure is for setting before shippment.)
Input Terminal
Name 2
PSW4 PSW2
ON ON
Input Terminal
Name 3
Output Terminal
Name 1
Output Terminal
Name 2
(3) After selecting Input/Output Terminal Name, press PSW3 or PSW5, and then choose Control Function
No.
By pressing PSW3, the number increases by 1.
By pressing PSW5, the number decreases by 1.
(Control Function No.14 Press PSW3 return to 0)
(4) After selecting the Control Function No., turn OFF DSW4-No.6. The display will be back to the
normal operation. Then turn OFF the DSW4-No.4. Confirm if the DSW4 is set to factory settings.
The selected data is stored in the outdoor unit PCB1 and the “External Input and Output Setting” is
completed. The stored data is maintained even when the power source is cut OFF. Refer to Table 4.1
at page 4-9 for the details for the electrical wiring connection and the required parts.
SM-17010 4-3
OPTIONAL FUNCTION
l External Input Function Setting

The following signals can be received by the outdoor unit PCB1. Refer to the table 4.1 for the required
main parts.
4.2.1 Input Fixing Heating Operation Mode (Control Function No.1),

Input Fixing Cooling Operation Mode (Control Function No.2)
When the input terminals for fixing operation mode on the outdoor unit PCB1 are short-circuited, the
operation mode can be fixed at the cooling or heating mode.
Short Circuit between Terminals 1 and 2 of CN17: Fixed Heating Operation Mode
Short Circuit between Terminals 2 and 3 of CN17: Fixed Cooling Operation Mode
During this fixed heating (or cooling) mode, no cooling (or heating) operation is available. The indoor units
under the cooling or dry operation (or heating operation) will be changed to the Thermo-OFF condition
during this mode, and stoppage code No. “20” is given.
• Setting Example
Fixing Heating Operation at Input 1 (between 1 and 2 pins of CN17)
Fixing Cooling Operation at Input 2 (between 3 and 2 pins of CN17)
X1: Auxiliary Relay
X2: Auxiliary Relay
Outdoor Unit SS3: Operation Mode Fixing Switch
3P Connector PCB1 SS2: Changeover Switch
CN17 SS3
1
1
2 2 SS2
3 Power
3
Source
(Heat) (Cool)
X2 X1 X2 X1
(Heat) (Cool)
Control Circuit
Wiring Diagram Example of Fixing Operation Mode
4-4 SM-17010
OPTIONAL FUNCTION
l Setting of External Input and Output
4.2.2 Input Demand Stoppage (Control Function No.3),

Input Forced Stoppage (Control Function No.5)
When the input terminals for Demand Stoppage or Forced Stoppage on the outdoor unit PCB1 are short-
circuited while running, the compressor(s) is stopped. The fan motor of indoor unit(s) is operated as shown
below.
Demand Stoppage (Control Function No.3) Cooling: Airflow Setting, Heating Lo Setting
Forced Stoppage Function Setting “FE”=0 Stop
(Control Function No.5) Function Setting “FE”=1 Cooling: Airflow Setting, Heating Lo Setting
The stoppage code No. “10” is given. In this case, if the input terminals are opened, operation is resumed.
NOTE:
When demand control (ON/OFF) is performed, it is recommended that the control (ON/OFF) time is set
appropriately according to the heat load. Also, set the demand control time approximately once in 15
minutes at the minimum in consideration for saving energy.
• Setting Example
Demand Stoppage at Input 3 (between 1 and 2 pins of CN18)
Forced Stoppage at Input 3 (between 1 and 2 pins of CN18)
Outdoor Unit X1: Auxiliary Relay

3P Connector PCB1 SS3: Demand Stoppage Switch
CN18 SS3
1
1
2 2 Power
3
Source
X1 X1
Control Circuit
Wiring Diagram Example of Demand Stoppage or Forced Stoppage
SM-17010 4-5
OPTIONAL FUNCTION
4.2.3 Input Outdoor Fan Motor Start/Stop (Control Function No.4)
This is an auxiliary function to protect the outdoor unit from snow. When the input terminals for Outdoor
Fan Motor Start/Stop on the outdoor unit PCB1 are short-circuited during the compressor stoppage, all the
outdoor fan motors start operating. If the compressor restarts operating, the outdoor fan motors will be
restored to normal operation. If the input terminals of Outdoor Fan Motor Start/Stop are opened during the
outdoor fan motor operation following the short circuit of these terminals, the outdoor fan motor will stop.
This function is possible only during the compressor stoppage (during Switch-OFF or Thermo-OFF of the
Switch-ON). Therefore, this function will not be possible even if the input signal is sent during the normal
cooling or heating operation.
An example of basic wiring when the Outdoor Fan Motor Start/Stop (Input 2) is set to 2 and 3 pins of CN18
by an external signal is shown below.
• Setting Example
Outdoor Fan Motor Start/Stop at Input 2 (between 2 and 3 pins of CN18)

3P Connector PCB1 SS3: Snow Sensor Switch
CN18 SS3
1 1
2
2 Power
3
Source
X1 X1
Control Circuit
Wiring Diagram Example of Outdoor Fan Motor Start/Stop
NOTES:
1. This is an auxiliary function to protect the unit from snow. In snowy regions, make sure to protect
the unit with a snow-prevention roof, fence (Field-Supplied) or snow-prevention hood (optional), etc..
Otherwise, abnormal vibrations due to imbalanced propeller fan will be caused.
2. If the fan motor or fan controller fail during the outdoor fan motor start/stop operation, stop all the outdoor
fan motor to suspend the operation. Check the alarm code and deal properly with the failure next time
the compressor is operated.
3. When setting the snow sensor switch for Outdoor Fan Motor Start/Stop, make sure that the continuous
operating time is 30 seconds or more. Also the outdoor fan motor start/stop intervals shall be at least 10
minutes. Otherwise, malfunction of the outdoor fan motors will be caused by frequent start/stop.
Because of this setting, the outdoor fan can operate even while the outdoor unit (compressor) stops.
Display a notice to that effect on a readily visible part of the unit body, in order to avoid injuries
caused by an unintended outdoor fan operation.
4-6 SM-17010
OPTIONAL FUNCTION
4.2.4 Input Demand Current Control 40, 60, 70, 80, 100% (Control Function No.6 to 10)
When the input terminals for Demand Current Control on the outdoor unit PCB1 are short-circuited, the
compressor frequency is controlled so that the maximum limit of the outdoor running current is set to 100%,
80%, 70%, 60% or 40% of the reference power consumption.
If the outdoor unit running current exceeds the maximum limit for twenty minutes, the indoor unit is put
under Thermo-OFF condition. In this case, the stoppage code No. “10” is given. When the input terminal is
opened during the demand current control, its control is released.
NOTE:
Thermo-ON: The outdoor unit and some indoor units are running.
Thermo-OFF: The outdoor unit and some indoor units stay on, but don’t run.
• Setting Example
Demand Current Control at Input 2 (between 2 and 3 pins of CN17), Control Function No. 6 to 10

3P Connector PCB1 SS3: Demand Current Switch
CN17 SS3
1
2 2 Power
3
3 Source
X1 X1
Control Circuit
Wiring Diagram Example of Demand Current Control
NOTES:
1. The Demand Current Control (%) is value criterion. The value used for this control is calculated from
the current, and therefore is different from the value indicated by a wattmeter. If it is required that the
maximum power consumption is managed precisely, a field-supplied demand controller should be used.
2. The actual value may temporarily be higher than the indicated value (by 40% to100%) depending on the
operating control conditions such as protection control.
SM-17010 4-7
OPTIONAL FUNCTION
4.2.5 Input Low Noise Setting 1, 2, 3 (Control Function No.11 to 13)
When the input terminals for low noise setting on the outdoor unit PCB1 are short-circuited, the compressor
frequency and outdoor fan rotation frequency are controlled and the operating sound of the outdoor unit will
be given as shown in the table below.
The operating sound can be set by selecting the control function No.
NOTES:
(a) The outdoor unit capacity will decrease because the compressor frequency and outdoor fan motor
frequency forcibly decrease. The operating range will also be restricted.
(b) The value on the table below indicate the operating sound (targeted value) of single unit. In some
cases, the operating sound may be temporarily higher than the value in the table below. The operating
sound of combination units will be higher than the value on the table below.
(c) If Low Noise Setting is always required without input signal, refer to item 4.3.8 “Low Noise Setting”.
< Control Function No. for Low Noise Setting and Operating Sound/Outdoor Unit Capacity >
Operating Sound Outdoor Unit Capacity
Control Function No.
(Targeted Sound Power Level) (Specification Ratio)
No Setting Catalog Value 100%
8 - 14HP 77.5dB(A)
11 (Low Noise Setting 1) 80%
16 - 24HP 82.5dB(A)
8 - 14HP 72.5dB(A)
16 - 24HP 77.5dB(A)
8 - 14HP 67.5dB(A)
16 - 24HP 72.5dB(A)
• Setting Example
Low Noise Setting at Input 2 (between 2 and 3 pins of CN17), Control Function No. 12

3P Connector PCB1 SS3: Low Noise Switch
CN17 SS3
1
2 2 Power
3
3 Source
X1 X1
Control Circuit
Wiring Diagram Example of Low Noise Setting
Input Terminal
Short-circuited
100%
Capacity
60%
82 (Catalog Value) [dB(A)] 82 (Catalog Value) [dB(A)]
Operating
Sound 72.5 [dB(A)]
Day Time 20:00 Night Time 8:00 Day Time
[Example] In the Case of RAS-10FSNS, “Low Noise Setting 2” during Night Only
4-8 SM-17010
OPTIONAL FUNCTION
Table 4.1 Specifications of Required Main Parts

Parts Specifications Remarks
Mini-Power Relay, (Model: MY1F or MY2F)
Auxiliary Relay (X1, X2) 220V/240V
made by OMRON
Change-Over Switch (SS2, SS3) Manual Switch 220V/240V
Model: PCC-1A Five Cords with
3 Pin Connector Cord
(Connected to JST Connector, XARP-3) Connectors as One Set
Electric Wiring Low Voltage 0.3mm2 lower than 24V
(Inside of Unit) 220/240V 0.5 to 0.75mm2
Electric Wiring Low Voltage 0.5 to 0.75mm2 lower than 24V
(Outside of Unit) 220/240V 2mm2
NOTES:
1. Make the wiring to the terminals as short as possible.
2. Do not run the wirings too closely to the high voltage cable. Keep at least 30cm between the wiring and
the high voltage cable. (Crossing cables is okay.)
If it is necessary to run the wirings closer than 30cm to the high voltage cable, insert the low voltage
cable(s) into a metal tube and ground it at one end. If sealed wirings are used at the low voltage wiring
side, ground it at one end of the shielded wirings.
3. The maximum length should be within 70m.
SM-17010 4-9
OPTIONAL FUNCTION
l External Output Function Setting
The following signals can be picked up from the outdoor unit PCB1.
Refer to the table 4.2 for the required main parts.
4.2.6 Output Operation Signal (Control Function No.1)

This function is utilized to receive the operation signal.
Auxiliary relay contacting (RYa) is closed during the operation. Operation signal will be sent to output
terminals when the indoor units are operating. (Even when one (1) indoor unit is operating, the signal will
be sent.) This function can be used for circulator or humidifier operation.
• Setting Example
Operation Signal at Output 1 (between 1 and 2 pins of CN16)
Auxiliary Relay
RYa RY
1 2
3P Connector Housing
1 2 3
CN16 Connector
Outdoor Unit CN16
PCB1
Wiring Diagram Example of Operation Signal
4.2.7 Output Alarm Signal (Control Function No.2)

This function is utilized to receive the alarm signal.
Auxiliary relay contacting (RYa) is closed when the alarm occurs. Alarm signal will be sent to output
terminals when the alarm occurs from the indoor units. (The signal will be sent even when the alarm occurs
from one (1) indoor unit.)
• Setting Example
Alarm Signal at Output 2 (between 1 and 3 pins of CN16)
Auxiliary Relay
RYa RY
1 3
1 2 3
CN16 Connector
Outdoor Unit CN16
PCB1
Wiring Diagram Example of Alarm Signal
4-10 SM-17010
OPTIONAL FUNCTION
4.2.8 Output Compressor ON Signal (Control Function No.3)
This function is utilized to receive the compressor operation signal.
Auxiliary relay contacting (RYa) is closed during the compressor operation.
• Setting Example
Compressor ON Signal at Output 2 (between 1 and 3 pins of CN16)
Auxiliary Relay
RYa RY
1 2
1 2 3
CN16 Connector
Outdoor Unit CN16
PCB1
Wiring Diagram Example of Compressor ON Signal
4.2.9 Output Defrosting Signal (Control Function No.4)

This function is utilized to receive the defrosting signal.
Auxiliary relay contacting (RYa) is closed during the defrosting.
• Setting Example
Defrosting Stoppage at Output 2 (between 1 and 3 pins of CN16)
Auxiliary Relay
RYa RY
1 3
1 2 3
CN16 Connector
Outdoor Unit CN16
PCB1
Wiring Diagram Example of Defrosting Signal
Table 4.2 Specifications of Required Main Parts
Parts Specifications
Auxiliary Relay * High-Power Relay, LY2F DC12V made by OMRON
* Do not use the relay with diode built-in.

* Refer to the table 4.1 at page 4-9 for the connector parts.
SM-17010 4-11
OPTIONAL FUNCTION
(Function Setting from Outdoor Unit PCB1)
4.3 Function Setting
● Refer to Section 4.1 “● Setting Method” for mode transition functions.
NOTE:
The setting should be performed during the outdoor unit stoppage.
For a combination of outdoor units, set it to the main outdoor unit. (The setting cannot be performed to sub
outdoor units.) The main outdoor unit is the unit to which the communication cable between the outdoor
unit and indoor unit is connected.
(1) By selecting “Function Setting”, the following appears on the 7-segment display.
(The setting should be performed during an outdoor unit stoppage. Also, set DSW4-No.4 and No.5
of the outdoor unit PCB1 to the “ON” side before performing the setting in order to prevent the
compressor activation.)
SEG2 SEG1
Function Setting Item Setting No.
(2) By pressing PSW2 or PSW4, the function setting item is changed.

After selecting the Function Setting Item, press PSW3 or PSW5, and then choose the Setting No.
The following shows the display changes when PSW is pushed.
PSW4 ( ) PSW2 ( )
Setting Item (for setting item No.1)

is indicated.
Select a setting condition while setting items
PSW4 ( ) PSW2 ( ) are indicated. Press PSW3 (on the right side)
to increase the setting condition number.
is indicated. *The setting condition for other functions can
also be selected in the same way.
PSW4 ( ) PSW2 ( )

is indicated.
PSW4 ( ) PSW2 ( )
Press PSW5 (on the left side) to decrease the
Setting Item (for setting item No.4) setting condition number.
is indicated.
PSW4 ( ) PSW2 ( )
PSW4 ( ) PSW2 ( )
Setting Item (for setting item No.N-1)

is indicated.
PSW4 ( ) PSW2 ( )
Setting Item (for setting item No.N)
is indicated (N: the last item).
(3) After selecting the Function Setting, turn OFF DSW4-No.5. The display will be back to the normal
operation. Then turn OFF DSW4-No.4. Confirm if DSW4 is set to factory settings.
The selected data is stored in the outdoor unit PCB1 and the “Function Setting” is completed.
The stored data is maintained even when the power source is cut OFF.
4-12 SM-17010
OPTIONAL FUNCTION
4.3.1 Function Setting
7-Segment
No. Setting Item Display Contents
SEG2 SEG1
No setting
Circulator Function Indoor unit fan forced ON and OFF (2 min. ON / 6 min. OFF)
1 at Heating Thermo-OFF Indoor unit fan forced ON and OFF (2 min. ON / 13 min. OFF)
(See 4.3.2 for details.) Indoor unit fan forced ON and OFF (2 min. ON / 28 min. OFF)
Indoor unit fan stop
No setting
Night-Shift
2 Setting of night-shift 1 (for Cooling / Heating)
(See 4.3.3 for details.)
Setting of night-shift 2 (for Cooling only)
No setting
Cancellation of Outdoor
For heating
3 Ambient Temperature Limit
For cooling
(See 4.3.4 for details.)
For cooling/heating
Defrost for Cold Area No setting
4 (Change of Defrost Condition) Condition 2 of defrost operation
(See 4.3.5 for details.) Not used
Indoor unit fan stop when heating operation is activated/during defrost operation
Indoor unit fan SLo operation during defrost operation
SLo (Fan Speed) Indoor unit fan SLo operation when heating operation is activated
5 Defrost Setting Fan operation when heating operation is activated/
(See 4.3.6 for details.) Indoor fan SLo operation during defrost operation
Indoor unit fan SLo operation when heating operation is activated
(including Start Up after Defrost)
Hot start control is available
Cancellation of hot start
6 Cancellation of Hot Start
Not used
Not used
No setting
Priority Capacity Mode Change of frequency maximum limit value
7
(See 4.3.7 for details.) Change of current limit value
Change of frequency maximum limit value, current limit value and fan speed limit
Initial Setting
Minimum 6°C
Minimum 7°C
Minimum 8°C
Minimum 9°C
Minimum Evaporating Minimum 10°C
Temperature Setting for Cooling Minimum 11°C
8
Minimum 12°C
* This item is not usually used. Minimum 13°C
Minimum 14°C
Minimum 2°C
Minimum 3°C
Minimum 4°C
Minimum 5°C
Initial setting (Pd targeted value 0.00(MPa))
Pd Targeted value -0.15(MPa)
Compressor Frequency Control Pd Targeted value -0.10(MPa)
Target Pd Correction Value for Pd Targeted value -0.05(MPa)
9 Heating
Pd Targeted value -0.03(MPa)
* This item is not usually used. Pd Targeted value +0.03(MPa)
Pd Targeted value +0.05(MPa)
Pd Targeted value +0.10(MPa)
Initial setting (SH targeted value +0°C)
Indoor Expansion Valve Control
Target SH Correction Value for SH Targeted value -2°C
10 Cooling SH Targeted value -1°C
SH Targeted value +1°C
* This item is not usually used.
SH Targeted value +2°C
NOTE:
Contact your distributor or dealer of YORK for details on the items “8”, “9” and “10”.
SM-17010 4-13
OPTIONAL FUNCTION
7-Segment
SEG2 SEG1
Initial setting (SC targeted value +0°C)
Indoor Expansion Valve Control
Target SC Correction Value for SC Targeted value -6°C
11 Heating SC Targeted value -3°C
SC Targeted value +3°C
SC Targeted value +6°C
Initial setting (stoppage unit expansion valve opening)
Indoor Expansion Valve 0.8~2.0HP: 100~300 pulse, 2.5HP or over: 200~400 pulse
Opening Change for Expansion valve opening: 150~325 pulse
Stoppage Indoor Unit Expansion valve opening 0.8~2.0HP: 175 pulse, 2.5HP or over: 300 pulse
12
in Heating Mode
Expansion valve opening 0.8~2.0HP: 100 pulse, 2.5HP or over: 150 pulse
* This item is not usually used. Expansion valve opening 0.8~2.0HP: 90 pulse, 2.5HP or over: 100 pulse
Indoor Expansion Valve Thermo-OFF unit expansion valve opening (150~325 pulse)
Opening Change for
13 Thermo-OFF Indoor Unit
in Heating Mode Expansion valve opening 0.8~2.0HP: 100 pulse, 2.5HP or over: 150 pulse
* This item is not usually used. Expansion valve opening 0.8~2.0HP: 40 pulse, 2.5HP or over: 40 pulse
Initial setting (600~1300 pulse)
Indoor Expansion Valve Expansion Valve Opening 600~1300 pulse
Initial Opening of Thermo-ON Expansion Valve Opening 600~650 Pulse
14 Indoor Unit in Heating Mode Expansion Valve Opening 0.8~2.0HP: 950 Pulse
2.5 and 3HP or greater: 1500 Pulse
Expansion Valve Opening 0.8~2.0HP: 1440 Pulse
2.5 and 3HP or greater: 2000 Pulse
Initial setting
Fine Adjustment of
Indoor Expansion Valve Cooling operation initial opening -5%
15 Initial Opening in Cooling Mode Cooling operation initial opening +3%
Cooling operation initial opening +5%
Cooling operation initial opening +10%
Initial setting
Fine Adjustment of
Indoor Expansion Valve Heating operation initial opening -5%
16 Initial Opening in Heating Mode Heating operation initial opening +3%
Heating operation initial opening +5%
Heating operation initial opening +10%
Initial setting
Fan rotation maximum limit 1
Fan rotation maximum limit 2
Low Noise Setting Fan rotation maximum limit 3
(In the case of low noise setting, Frequency limit 1
17 cooling/heating operation range Frequency limit 2
will be restricted, see 4.3.8 for Frequency limit 3
details.)
Operation sound value, 5 and 6HP: 74.5dB(A) / 8~14HP: 77.5dB(A) /
6~24HP: 82.5dB(A)
Operation sound value, 6~14HP: 72.5dB(A) / 16~24HP: 77.5dB(A)
Operation sound value, 6~14HP: 69.5dB(A) / 16~24HP: 72.5dB(A)
No demand control
Demand control 40%
Demand Function Setting
Demand control 60%
18 (To set the desired value of
Demand control 70%
Demand, see 4.3.9 for details.)
Demand control 80%
Demand control 100%
No wave function
Wave Function Setting Minimum limit 40%
19 (To set the lower limit of wave Minimum limit 60%
control, see 4.3.10 for details.) Minimum limit 70%
Minimum limit 80%
Cold Draft Protection Initial setting
(Protection in Decrease in Indoor Indoor unit outlet temperature > 10°C
20
Temperature for Cooling, Indoor unit outlet temperature > 12°C
see 4.3.11 for details.) Indoor unit outlet temperature > 14°C
NOTE:
Contact your distributor or dealer of YORK for details on the items “11”, “12”, “13”, “14”, “15”, and “16”.
4-14 SM-17010
OPTIONAL FUNCTION
7-Segment
SEG2 SEG1
Initial Setting
Outlet Air Temperature Control for
21 Performance suppression mode
DOAS *1)
Outlet air temperature control mode
Adjustment of Fan Rotation Initial Setting
22 (To avoid a whining sound for Change of fan rotation -15rpm
the multiple installation,
see 4.3.12 for details.) Change of fan rotation -30rpm
23 Not Prepared -
Thermo-OFF Setting for Outdoor No setting
24 Unit After Defrosting Operation
* This item is not usually used. Thermo-OFF stoppage setting for outdoor unit after defrosting operation
25 Not Prepared -
No setting
Optional Switch OFF for 20 Days
Crankcase Heater Control during Optional Switch OFF for 15 Days
Turning OFF Operation Switch Optional Switch OFF for 10 Days
26
* This item is not usually used. Optional Switch OFF for 3 Days
Optional Switch OFF for 0 Day
Initial Setting (Max. 12minutes)
Max. 3 minutes
Changing of OFF Time for Indoor
Unit Fan during Turning ON Max. 6 minutes
27 Heating Operation Switch Max. 9 minutes
Max. 15 minutes
Max. 30 minutes
Max. 60 minutes
No intermittent operation
Set outdoor temperature < 3°C
Intermittent Operation of Outdoor Set outdoor temperature < 0°C
28 Fan Motor Set outdoor temperature < 1°C
(See 4.3.13 for details.) Set outdoor temperature < 2°C
Initial setting (Heat Exchange target value +0°C)
Indoor Heat Exchanger SH Target
Value Control for Cooling Heat Exchange SH target value +1°C
29 (Only for RCI-FSN3 Series) Heat Exchange SH target value +2°C
Heat Exchange SH target value +3°C
Heat Exchange SH target value +4°C
Initial Setting (Stoppage Unit Expansion Valve Opening)
0.8HP~2.0HP: 90 Pulse, 2.5~3.0HP or greater: 90 Pulse
Expansion Valve Opening 150~325 Pulse
Indoor Expansion Valve Opening Expansion Valve Opening 0.8HP~2.0HP: 175 Pulse
Minimum Limitation Change for 2.5HP or greater: 300 Pulse
Stoppage Indoor Unit in Heating
30 Expansion Valve Opening 0.8HP~2.0HP: 100 Pulse
Mode
2.5HP or greater: 150 Pulse
* This item is not usually used. Expansion Valve Opening 0.8HP~2.0HP: 90 Pulse
Expansion Valve Opening 0.8HP~2.0HP: 40 Pulse
31 Not Prepared -
Forced Defrosting during Initial Setting (OFF)
32 Stoppage
* This item is not usually used. This function is ON.
Indoor Expansion Valve Control SC Control for Stoppage Unit
Change for Stoppage Indoor Unit
33 in Heating Mode 40 Pulse
* This item is not usually used. SC Control for Operation Unit
*1): Dedicated Outdoor Air System, All Fresh Air Unit
NOTE:
Contact your distributor or dealer of YORK for details on the items “24”, “26”, “27”, “29”, “30”, “32”, and “33”.
SM-17010 4-15
OPTIONAL FUNCTION
7-Segment
SEG2 SEG1
Compressor Maximum Frequency Initial Setting (Maximum Frequency: 130Hz)
34 Suppression
* This item is not usually used. Maximum Frequency: 110Hz
Initial Setting (Temp: oF, Pressure: psi)
35 Convert Unit in Checking Mode
Temp: oC, Pressure: MPa
Indoor Fan ON/OFF Setting Initial Setting (Indoor Unit Fan: OFF)
36
during Forced Stoppage Indoor Unit Fan: ON
37 Not Prepared -
38 Not Prepared -
39 Not Prepared -
40 Not Prepared -
41 Not Prepared -
42 Not Prepared -
43 Not Prepared -
44 Not Prepared -
Initial Setting
Compressor Maximum Frequency
Maximum Frequency Setting 1
45 Change during Defrosting Mode
46 Not Prepared -
47 Not Prepared -
NOTE:
Contact your distributor or dealer of YORK for details on the items “34” and “45”.
4-16 SM-17010
OPTIONAL FUNCTION
4.3.2 Circulator Function at Heating Thermo-OFF (Function Setting “FA”)
Press “PSW3” and select the setting conditions “0” to “4” in Circulator Function at Heating Thermo-OFF “ ”.
Normally, the fan speed is changed to “LOW” at heating Thermo-OFF. (It is possible for the room
temperature to be too high at the heating Thermo-OFF.) However, the indoor fan motor is operated at “LOW”
and stopped repeatedly by setting this function.
NOTE:
When the compressor is stopped, the indoor fan motor operates at “LOW” speed continuously.
The action when the indoor fan motor operates at the circulator function is indicated as follows.
Fan Motor Operation
Fan Motor Stop

X (min.) Y (min.) X (min.) Y (min.)
Contents of Function Setting Item "FA"

Contents of Function Setting Item “FA”
0 1 2 3 4
Indoor Fan Motor
(Continuous
“LOW” Operation Time 2 2 2 0
Operation)
X (min.)
Indoor Fan Motor
Stop Time 0 6 13 28 Stopped
Y (min.)
NOTE:
In case of using the function setting No.2 to 4, install the remote sensor (THM-R2A: Optional).
Because the time period of stopping the indoor fan becomes longer, the detected value of the
suction air thermistor for indoor unit becomes high, and it may take time to Thermo-ON.
*In this section, Thermo-ON/Thermo-OFF mean for the indoor unit.

Thermo-ON: The indoor unit is running.
Thermo-OFF: The indoor unit stays on, but doesn’t run.
SM-17010 4-17
OPTIONAL FUNCTION
4.3.3 Night-Shift (Low Noise) (Function Setting “ni”)
Press “PSW3” and select the setting condition “1” or “2” for the Night Shift (Low Noise) “ ”. Then, this
function can be set. “ni”=1 reduces the upper limit of the outdoor fan rotation and the compressor frequency
as shown below in any operation. “ni”=2 is adapted only for cooling operation. In heating operation, “ni”=2
is same as “ni”=0.
The Night Shift operation should be used if the capacity has the margin to be allowed for the capacity
decrease and the low sound operation is required especially in the nighttime.
< Night Shift >
Reduction Rate of Maximum
“ ni ” Setting Outdoor Fan Rotation Compressor Frequency
Operation
Condition Cooling Cooling
Heating Heating
(Including Dry Operation) (Including Dry Operation)
No Effect Not Changed Not Changed Not Changed Not Changed
0
(Default Setting) (=100%) (=100%) (=100%) (=100%)
1 Night Shift1 Shown as below Shown as below 60% 60%
Night Shift2
2 Shown as below Not Changed 60% Not Changed
(only for Cooling)
at Cooling Operation
90%
80%
Reduction Rate
of Upper Limit 75%
Outdoor Fan
Radiation
22 25 30 33
Outdoor Temperature [oC]
at Heating Operation
90%
Reduction Rate
of Upper Limit 80%
Outdoor Fan
Radiation
30 33
Outdoor Temperature [oC]
NOTES:
1. Reduction rates are approximate, these may change slightly depending on the outdoor unit model.
2. This function setting is not possible to set the Priority Capacity Mode “nU” and the Low Noise Setting “db”
at the same time.
4-18 SM-17010
OPTIONAL FUNCTION
4.3.4 Cancellation of Outdoor Ambient Temperature Limit (Function Setting “GS”)
Press “PSW3” and select the setting condition “0” to “3” at Cancellation of Outdoor Ambient Temperature
Limit of “ ”. Then, this function can be set.
The heating operation is continued even under a high outdoor temperature or the cooling operation is
continued even under a low temperature.
Setting Condition Operation Mode for Cancellation

0 Not Available (Default Setting)
1 Heating
2 Cooling
3 Heating/Cooling
Heating Operation
The limitation of the permissible outdoor 30
temperature area in heating operation Operation
(factory setting) shown in the figure at the right Stoppage
is cancelled. Area
27
NOTE: 25
When the outdoor ambient temperature
limit for heating operation is cancelled, Indoor
the operation may stop due to increasing Inlet Air
Temperature
high pressure since the protection control
(oC)
is not cancelled.
0 15 17 19 26
Outdoor
Temperature (oC)
Cooling Operation
The limitation of the permissible outdoor
temperature area in cooling operation 27 Indoor
(factory setting) shown in the figure at the right Inlet Air
is canceled. Operation Temperature
Stoppage (oC)
NOTE:
Area 21
When the outdoor ambient temperature
limit for cooling operation is cancelled,
the operation may stop due to decreasing
low pressure since the protection control -8 35
is not cancelled. Outdoor
Temperature (oC)
NOTE:
If this function is set and the outdoor unit operates in the operation stoppage area shown in the above figure
for a long time, some alarm codes by abnormal operation may occur and the outdoor unit may be damaged
since outdoor ambient temperature limit control is cancelled.
If the alarm codes occur frequently, contact your distributor or contractor.
SM-17010 4-19
OPTIONAL FUNCTION
4.3.5 Defrost for Cold Area (Function Setting “Jp”)
Press “PSW3” and select the setting condition “1” at the Defrost for Cold Area “ ” to change the
temperature condition for starting defrost operation.
Standard Specifications Cold Area Specifications

Setting
Condition “Jo = 0” “Jo = 1”
20 Finished Area of 20 FInished Area of

Defrosting Operation Defrosting Operation
15 15
Outdoor Evaporating Outdoor Evaporating
Temperature (oC) Temperature (oC)
Temperature 10 10
Conditions -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15

6 6
under
Defrosting Ambient -2 Ambient Temp. (oC) -2
Operation Temp.
-6
(oC) -5
-10 -10
Starting Area of Starting Area of
Defrosting Operation Defrosting Operation
-15 -15
-21
4.3.6 SLo Defrost Setting (Function Setting “bJ”)

Press “PSW3” and select the setting condition “0” to “4” at SLo Defrost Setting “ “.
Indoor fan operation is stopped during the defrost operation, after the defrost operation and at the start of
the heating operation. However, this function allows indoor fan to operate at SLo speed during the defrost
operation, after the defrost operation or at the start of the heating operation.
Indoor Fan Operation

“bJ” Setting Condition at Start of Compressor
During Defrost After Defrost
Operation in Heating
Operation Operation
Operation
0 STOP STOP STOP
1 STOP SLo Speed SLo Speed
2 SLo Speed STOP STOP
3 SLo Speed SLo Speed SLo Speed
4 SLo Speed STOP SLo Speed
NOTE:
The indoor fan may operate at other speed depending on outlet air temperature of the indoor unit.
4-20 SM-17010
OPTIONAL FUNCTION
4.3.7 Capacity-Focused Mode Setting (Function Setting “nU”)
If the unit capacity seems insufficient during the normal operation, press “PSW3” and select the setting
condition “0” to “3” Capacity-Focused Mode Setting “ ”. By setting this function, the maximum frequency,
current limit of the compressor and the maximum indoor fan motor step are set higher.
NOTE:
1. Do not use the setting condition “2” and “3” unless the power supply wiring is of sufficient ampacity,
because the target frequency and current limit of the compressor during the operation are set higher.
“nU” Setting Condition Compressor Frequency and Current Operation

1 Compressor Frequency Limit is Set Higher
2 Compressor Frequency Limit and Current Limit are Set Higher
3 Compressor Frequency Limit, Current Limit and Fan Speed Limit are Set Higher
4.3.8 Low Noise Setting (Function Setting “db”)

Press “PSW3” and select the setting condition “0” to “9” at the Low Noise Setting “ ” to reduce the upper
limit of the compressor frequency and the outdoor fan rotation.
NOTES:
1. By setting this function, the compressor frequency and the outdoor fan motor rotation frequency are
forcibly reduced and so the outdoor unit capacity decreases and the unit operation range is limited.
2. The operating noise values for a single unit are shown below. These are targeted values and so the
actual values can temporarily be higher depending on operation conditions. The operating noise values
for combination units are higher than the values below.
Outdoor Fan Motor Step Limit Outdoor Unit

Setting Compressor Operating Noise
Capacity
Condition Frequency Limit Outdoor Unit: <18HP Outdoor Unit: >20HP (Targeted Value)
(to Specification)
0 Not Changed Not Changed Catalog Value 100%

1 Not Changed 20 Steps 20 Steps - -
2 Not Changed 18 Steps 17Steps - -
3 Not Changed 16 Steps 15 Steps - -
4 80% Not Changed - -
(Setting 1)
5HP, 6HP: 74.5dB (A)
7 80% 20 Steps 20 Steps 80%
8HP to 14HP: 77.5dB (A)
16HP to 24HP: 82.5dB (A)
(Setting 2)
8 60% 18 Steps 17 Steps 5HP to 14HP: 72.5dB (A) 60%
16HP to 24HP: 77.5dB (A)
(Setting 3)
9 40% 16 Steps 15 Steps 5HP to 14HP: 67.5dB (A) 40%
16HP to 24HP: 72.5dB (A)
SM-17010 4-21
OPTIONAL FUNCTION
4.3.9 Demand Function Setting (Function Setting “dE”)
Press “PSW3” and select the setting condition “0” to “5”, so that Demand Function Setting “ ” can be set.
This function is available by setting to “1” for the demand current control without inputting the signal to the
external input terminal on the outdoor unit PCB1. The table below is shown for the limit of the operating
current for this function.
NOTE:
If the outdoor unit running current exceeds the maximum limit for twenty minutes, the indoor unit is put
under Thermo-OFF condition. In this case, the stoppage code No. “10” is given.
If Demand Current Control by External Input Function is set and the external input signal is available, this
function is not performed during Demand Current Control by External Input Function is performed.
Setting Condition Demand Running Current Control

1 40%
2 60%
3 70%
4 80%
5 100%
• Demand Control
Adopting self-demand function, which drastically decreases power consumption, has largely
improved energy saving.
Excessive power supply consumption
exceeding the power setting range
Power Consumption
is restricted.
Power Setting
Selectable from 100%,
Maximum efficiency is secured 80%, 70%, 60% and 40% of
within the power setting range. the rated power consumption
for cooling operation.
Morning Daytime Night
Operating Hours
< NOTES at Facility Design >

1. The demand current control (%) is value criterion. The value used for this control is calculated from
the current, and therefore is different from the value indicated by a wattmeter. If it is required that the
maximum power consumption is managed precisely, a field-supplied demand controller should be used.
2. The actual value may temporarily be higher than the indicated value shown above depending on the
operating control conditions such as protection control.
4-22 SM-17010
OPTIONAL FUNCTION
4.3.10 Wave Function Setting (Function Setting “UE”)
Press “PSW3” and select the setting condition “0” to “4”, so that Wave Function Setting “ ” can be set.
While this function is activated, the maximum limit of running current is changed from 40% to 80% as shown
in the figure.
NOTE:
In the case that the demand current control by external input is set and the external input signal is available,
this function is not available even when the demand current control by external input signal is performed.
Setting Condition Running Current Lower Limit Setting

0 Not Available (Default Seting)
1 40%
2 60%
3 70%
4 80%
Electricity
Consumption
(100%)
Electricity
Consumption
(40 to 80%)
20min. 10min. 20min. 10min. 20min.10min. 20min.
NOTE:
The current limit value is targeted value. The actual current value may temporarily be higher than the value
shown in the table above depending on the operating control condition.
When the scheduled operation of “Demand Function Setting” is set from the centralized controller,
refer to “Technical Catalog” and “Installation & Maintenance Manual” of the centralized controller.
For this function, the central stations after the models (Central Station Mini, EZ, DX and NT) are
applicable.
4.3.11 Protection of Decrease in Outlet Temperature for Cooling (Function Setting “Fb”)
Press “PSW3” and select the setting condition “0” to “3” at Cold Draft Protection “ ”, so the Cold Draft
Protection can be set. When the indoor unit discharge air temperature falls down at cooling operation,
outdoor fan stops and compressor frequency forcibly decreases to prevent a drop in discharge air
temperature. If the outlet temperature decreases and the temperature is less than Thermo-OFF condition
even after the compressor frequency decreases, the indoor unit becomes Thermo-OFF condition.
(When Thermo-OFF is activated under this condition, the operation will be restarted after 3 minutes.)
*In this section, Thermo-ON/Thermo-OFF mean for the indoor unit.

Thermo-ON: The indoor unit is running.
Thermo-OFF: The indoor unit stays on, but doesn’t run.
Outlet Temperature
Setting Condition
Target Value at Thermo-OFF
0 - -
o o
1 10 C 7C
2 12oC 9oC
3 14oC 11oC
SM-17010 4-23
OPTIONAL FUNCTION
4.3.12 Adjustment of Fan Rotation (Function Setting “Fo”)
Press “PSW3” and select the setting condition “0” to “2” at Adjustment of Fan Rotation “ ”, so Adjustment
of Fan Rotation can be set. If the outdoor unit fans make a whining sound in the case of the multiple
installation, set this function to the relevant outdoor units.
Setting Condition Adjustment of Fan Rotation
1 -12 rpm
2 -24 rpm
NOTE:
By setting this function, the outdoor fan rotation is slightly reduced, so the outdoor unit capacity may
decrease and the operation range may be limited.
4.3.13 Intermittent Operation of Outdoor Fan Motor (Function Setting “F4”)

Press “PSW3” and set Outdoor Fan Motor Intermittent Operation Setting “ ” (auxiliary function) to protect
the outdoor fan motor from snow.
Set this function to the outdoor unit PCB1 set as the main outdoor unit.
When the outdoor temperature (selectable from 3°C, 0°C, 1°C, 2°C, 4°C and 5°C) reaches the setting
temperature, all the outdoor fan motors start intermittent operation. When the outdoor temperature is at
least 5°C higher than the setting temperature, the outdoor fan motors stop operating.
If the compressor restarts operating, the outdoor fan motors will be restored to normal operation.
Fan Motor Operation
Fan Motor Stop

30 [s]
600 [s]
NOTES:
1. This is an auxiliary function to protect the unit from snow. In snowy regions, make sure to protect the
unit with a snow-prevention roof, fence or snow-prevention hood (Field-Supplied), etc.. Otherwise,
abnormal vibrations due to imbalanced propeller fan will be caused.
2. If abnormal condition and alarm occurs during the outdoor fan motor start/stop operation, stop all the
outdoor fan motor to suspend the operation. Check the alarm code and deal properly with the failure
next time the compressor is operated.
Because of this setting, the outdoor fan can operate even while the outdoor unit (compressor) stops.
Display a notice to that effect on a readily visible part of the unit body, in order to avoid injuries
caused by an unintended outdoor fan operation.
4-24 SM-17010
FIELD WORK INSTRUCTION
5. Field Work Instruction

Refer to Chapter 1 “Troubleshooting” when dealing with troubles.
If the trouble cannot be solved, contact your dealer of YORK.
5.1 Caution for Refrigerant Leakage
In the room where the packaged air conditioner is installed, the refrigerant gas should be controlled not to
exceed the limit concentration in case of the refrigerant leakage.
The incombustible and non-toxic refrigerant R410A is adopted for this unit. If by any chance the refrigerant
gas leaks and fills the room, suffocation may occur.
Especially the SET FREE series outdoor unit is multi-type air conditioner connecting multiple indoor units
with long distance piping. Accordingly, the refrigerant charging quantity is larger than general individual unit.
Before the indoor unit installation, confirm that the room can keep the lower gas concentration than the limit
value in order to take the emergency countermeasures when the gas leakage occurs.
● Calculation of Refrigerant Concentration

(1) Calculate the total quantity of refrigerant R (kg) charged in the system connecting all the indoor
units of rooms to be air-conditioned.
(2) Calculate the room Volume V (m3) of each room.
(3) Calculate the refrigerant concentration C (kg/m3) of the room according to the following equation.
R: Total Quantity of Charged Refrigerant (kg)

= C: Refrigerant Concentration
V: Room Volume (m3) < 0.42 (kg/m3) for R410A
The refrigerant R410A is non-toxic and inflammable in its original state.

However, in consideration of a state where the refrigerant leaks into the room, measures against
refrigerant leaks must be taken in small rooms where the tolerable level could be exceeded.
Take countermeasures by installing ventilation devices,etc.
250
Range below the

200 density
limit of 0.42kg/m3
Room Volume (m3)
(Countermeasures
Not Needed)
150
Range above the limit of

100 0.42kg/m3
(Countermeasures Needed)
50
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
Total Quantity Charged of Refrigerant (kg)
SM-17010 5-1
After calculation, the room to install this unit is proved not to keep the gas concentration lower than the limit value.
However, the air conditioner should be installed in this room from unavoidable circumstances, each of the following
countermeasures should be taken.
Outdoor Unit
Refrigerant Flow
Refrigerant Cycle
Indoor Unit
Room where the refrigerant leakage occurs

(Whole refrigerant in the cycle flows out.)
1) The gas leakage detector & alarm system and interlocking mechanical ventilation equipment (with
ventilation capacity over 0.42m3/min per refrigerating ton) should be installed. Refer to the following
figure.
<Standard Type>
Outdoor Unit Refrigerating Outdoor Unit Refrigerating
(HP) Ton (HP) Ton
8 3.08 54 19.93
10 3.69 56 21.35
12 4.52 58 22.57
14 5.34 60 22.98
16 6.15 62 23.42
18 6.97 64 24.64
20 7.59 66 25.05
22 8.63 68 26.30
24 9.04 70 26.71
26 9.86 72 27.12
28 10.67 74 28.32
30 11.49 76 29.54
32 12.31 78 29.95
34 13.12 80 30.39
36 13.94 82 31.2
38 14.38 84 32.02
40 15.60 86 32.46
42 16.01 88 33.27
44 17.26 90 34.09
46 17.67 92 35.34
48 18.08 94 35.75
50 19.28 96 36.16
52 19.61
2) Provide the opening for ventilation between rooms* in order not to exceed the permissible
concentration.
* It is opening without door or opening at the top or bottom of door with floor space more than 0.15%.
Refrigerant Piping
● Example Refrigerant Charge: 60kg
Outdoor Unit
Indoor Unit
The Smallest
Room
Medium-sized
Small Room Room Large Room
Mechanical Ventilation Equipment + Gas Leakage Detector & Alarm System

NOTES:
1. The quantity of refrigerant gas leakage against each room should be calculated as 60kg each.
2. The refrigerant concentration must be below 0.42 kg/m3 for each room.
The installer and system specialist shall secure against leakage according to local regulations or
standards. The following standards may be applicable, if local regulations are not available.
International Organization for Standardization, ISO5149 or European Standard, EN378 or Japan
Standard, KHKS0010.
5-2 SM-17010
5.2 Maintenance Work
(1) For Outdoor Unit and Indoor Unit

(a) Fan and Fan Motor
• Lubrication - All fan motors are pre-lubricated and sealed at the factory. Therefore, no
lubricating maintenance is required.
• Sound and Vibration - Inspect for abnormal sounds or vibration.
• Rotation - Check that the fan rotates counterclockwise and inspect the rotating speed.
• Insulation - Inspect for electrical insulation resistance.
(b) Heat Exchanger
• Clogging - Inspect for any accumulated dirt and dust and remove any at regular intervals. As for
an outdoor unit, other obstacles such as growing grass and pieces of paper, which might intercept
air flow, should also be removed.
(c) Piping Connection
• Leakage - Inspect for refrigerant leakage at piping connections.
(d) Cabinet
• Stain and Lubricant - Inspect for any stain or lubricant and remove it, if any.
• Securing Screw - Inspect for loose or missing screws and secure or replace as required.
• Insulation - Inspect for peeling thermal insulation material on the cabinet and repair it, if any.
(e) Electrical Equipment
• Activation - Inspect for abnormal activation of the magnetic contactor, auxiliary relay, or printed
circuit board (PCB).
• Line Condition - Pay attention to working voltage, amperage and phase balance.
Inspect for faulty contact caused by loosened terminal connections, oxidized contacts, foreign
matter, and other items. Inspect for electrical insulation resistance.
(f) Control and Protective Devices
• Setting - Do not readjust the setting in the field.
(2) For Outdoor Unit Only

(a) Compressor
• Sound and Vibration - Inspect for abnormal sounds or vibration.
• Activation - Check that the voltage drop of the power supply line is within 16% at start and within
2% during operation.
(b) Reversing Valve
• Activation - Inspect for any abnormal activating sound.
(c) Strainer
• Clogging - Check that there is no temperature difference between the ends.
(d) Ground Wiring
• Ground Line - Inspect for continuity to the earth ground.
(e) Crankcase Heater
• Activation - Apply power to the outdoor unit(s) at least 12 hours prior to operation of the system
for preheating of the compressor oil.
(3) For Indoor Unit Only

(a) Air Filter
• Cleaning - Inspect for, and remove, any accumulated dirt and dust and remove according to the
“Engineering Manual”.
(b) Drain Pan, Condensate Mechanism and Condensate Pipe
• Drain Line - Inspect and clean the condensate line at least twice a year.
• Drain-Up Mechanism - Inspect for activation of drain-up mechanism.
(c) Float Switch
• Activation - Inspect for activation of float switch.
SM-17010 5-3
5.3 Service and Maintenance Record by 7-Segment Display

Customer’s Name DATE: - -
(1) Information of Connected Outdoor/Indoor Unit Capacity
(1) Test Run Start Time
(2) Data Collect Start Time
Total Capacity of Outdoor Unit Connected oCP
Connected Outdoor Unit Number oAA
Total Capacity of Indoor Unit Connected iCP

Checking Mode
Connected Indoor Unit Number iAA
Refrigerant Address GA
Total Capacity of Operating Indoor Unit oP
Total Frequency of Compressor Ht
Accumulated Operating Time of Compressor UJ
NOTE:
Refer to Section 1.1.5 (B) and (C) “Details of Indication” for items of checking mode.
5-4 SM-17010
(2) Information of Outdoor Unit
Outdoor Unit A Outdoor Unit B Outdoor Unit C Outdoor Unit D
Outdoor Unit Model

(Serial No. ) (Serial No. ) (Serial No. ) (Serial No. )
(1) Operation Mode
(4) Read Out Data from 7-Segment in Outdoor Unit
(5) Protection Control Code

Input/Output State of Outdoor Micro-Computer CMC1 CMC2 MOF CMC1 CMC2 MOF CMC1 CMC2 MOF CMC1 CMC2 MOF
SEG1
Y52C1
(CMC1)
YX1 Y52C2
CH1 CH2 CH1 CH2 CH1 CH2 CH1 CH2
(SVG) Y212 Y20A1 (CMC2)
(RVR2) (SVA)
SC
Y211 YCH1
(CH1) RVR2 *RVR1 RVR2 *RVR1 RVR2 *RVR1 RVR2 *RVR1
(RVR1) YCH2
(CH2)
FAN
(MOF) SVA *SVG SVA *SVG SVA *SVG SVA *SVG
*: for Heat Recovery
Compressor 1 H1
Inverter Frequency
Compressor 2 H2
Quantity of Compressor CC
Outdoor Fan Step Fo
Outdoor Expansion Expansion Valve 1 E1

Valve Opening
Expansion Valve 2 E2
Outdoor Bypass Expansion Valve Opening Eb
High Pressure (Discharge Pressure) Pd
Low Pressure (Suction Pressure) Ps
Ambient Air Temperature To
Discharge Temperature Compressor 1 Td1

(Top of Compressor)
Compressor 2 Td2
Checking Mode
Evaporating Temperature Liquid Pipe 1 TE1

(Liquid Pipe)
Liquid Pipe 2 TE2
Outdoor Gas Pipe Temperature TG
Liquid Stop Valve Temperature TCH
Sub-cooling Temperature TSC
Inverter Fin Inverter 1 TF1

Temperature
Inverter 2 TF2
Fan Controller Fin Fan Controller 1 TF.1

Temperature
Fan Controller 2 TF.2
Primary Current of Compressor 1 A1

Compressor
Compressor 2 A2
Secondary Current of DC Fan 1 AF1

DC Fan
DC Fan 2 AF2
Accumulated Operating Compressor 1 UJ1

Time of Compressor
Compressor 2 UJ2
Accumulated Operating Compressor 1 cU1

Time of Compressor
(After Reset) Compressor 2 cU2
Compressor 1 iT1
Cause Code of Compressor 2 iT2

Inverter Stoppage
DC Fan 1 FT1
DC Fan 2 FT2
NOTE:
Refer to Section 1.1.5 (B) “Details of Indication” for items of checking mode.
SM-17010 5-5
(3) Information of Indoor Unit

Indoor Unit No.
Indoor Unit Model
Indoor Unit Capacity CA
Indoor Expansion Valve Opening iE

Checking Mode
Liquid Pipe Temperature of Indoor Unit TL
Gas Pipe Temperature of Indoor Unit TG
Indoor Unit Inlet Air Temperature Ti
Indoor Unit Outlet Air Temperature To
Cause Code of Indoor Unit Stoppage d1
Indoor Unit No.

Indoor Unit Model

Checking Mode
Indoor Unit No.

Indoor Unit Model

Checking Mode
Indoor Unit No.

Indoor Unit Model

Checking Mode
NOTE:
Refer to Section 1.1.5 (C) “Details of Indication” for items of checking mode.
5-6 SM-17010
(4) Information of Cause Code of Alarm
Alarm Cause Code AC
Degeneracy Control for

c11
Pressure Ratio Decrease Protection
Cause Code of Alarm

c13
High Pressure Increase Protection
c14
Inverter Fin Temperature Increase Protection

c15
Discharge Gas Temperature Increase Protection

c16
TdSH Decrease Protection
Degeneracy Control for Overcurrent Protection c17
(5) Information of Cause Code of Alarm
No.1 No.2 No.3 No.4 No.5

(1) Unit Accumulated
(2) Cause of Stoppage
(3) Alarm Code / Cause Code of Stoppage
(4) Abnormal Data Indication
No.6 No.7 No.8 No.9 No.10

No.11 No.12 No.13 No.14 No.15

NOTE:
Refer to Section 1.1.5 (E) “Details of Indication” for items of checking mode.
SM-17010 5-7
5.4 Service and Maintenance Record by Wired Controller
Data Sheet for Checking by Wired Controller

Time : : : : :
I.U. Model
I.U. Serial No.
I.U. No. / Alarm Code
Check Check
Mode Mode 1 • 2 1 • 2 1 • 2 1 • 2 1 • 2
1 2
B Temp. Indication
Set Temp. b1 --
Inlet Air Temp. b2 q1
Discharge Air Temp. b3 q2
Liquid Pipe Temp. b4 q3
Remote Thermistor Temp. b5 --
Outdoor Air Temp. b6 q4
Gas Pipe Temp. b7 q5
Evaporating Temp. at Heating b8 q6
Condensing Temp. at Cooling b9 q7
Comp. Top Temp. bA q8
Thermo Temp. of Wired Controller bb --
Not Prepared bC --
C Micro-Computer State Indication
I.U. Micro-Computer C1 --
O.U. Micro-Computer C2 --
D Stopping Cause State Indication
Cause Code of
d1 --
Indoor Unit Stoppage
E Alarm Occurrence
Times of Abnormality E1 --
Times of Power Failure E2 --
Times of
E3 --
Abnormal Communication
Times of Inverter Tripping E4 --
F Automatic Louver State
Louver Sensor State F1 --
H Pressure, Frequency State Indication
Discharge Pressure H1 q9
Suction Pressure H2 qA
Control Information H3 qb
Operating Frequency H4 qC
J I.U. Capacity Indication
I.U. Capacity J1 --
O.U. Code J2 --
Refrigerant System Number J3 --
Refrigerant System Number J4 --
L Opening of Expansion Valve
I.U. Expansion Valve L1 qd
O.U. Expansion Valve 1 L2 qE
O.U. Expansion Valve 2 L3 --
O.U. Expansion Valve B L4 --
NOTE:
Refer to Section 1.1.4 “Troubleshooting in Check Mode by Wired Controller” for items of check mode.
5-8 SM-17010
P Compressor Condition Indication (Reference)

Comp. Current P1 qF
Accumulated Operation Time of
P2 --
Comp.
g Sensor Condition Indication
Motion Sensor Response Rate q1 --
Radiation Sensor Temp. q2 --
Motion Sensor1 Response Rate q3 --
Setting Temp. Collected Value q7 --
Client: Result
Installation Date:
System No.:
Date Checked:
Checked by:
NOTE:
Refer to Section 1.1.4 “Troubleshooting in Check Mode by Wired Controller” for items of check mode.
SM-17010 5-9
5.5 Service and Maintenance Record
Service and Maintenance Record

No. Check Item Action Judgment
1 Is service space sufficient? YES or NO
2 Short Circuit of Discharged Air? YES or NO
3 Any Heat Influence? YES or NO
4 Is ground wiring connected? YES or NO
5 Refrigeration Piping GOOD or NOT GOOD
6 Fixing of Units GOOD or NOT GOOD
Any Damage on External or Internal
7 YES or NO
Surface?
TIGHTENED or
8 Checking of Screws and Bolts Tighten them if they are loosened.
NOT TIGHTENED
Tighten all terminal screws with a TIGHTENED or
9 Tightening of Terminal Screws
Phillips screwdriver. NOT TIGHTENED
Are compressor terminals Check all compressor terminals are
10 GOOD or NOT GOOD
tightly fixed? tightly fixed.
Measure insulation resistance with
insulation resistance-meter.
11 Insulation Resistance Comp. and Fan Motor GOOD or NOT GOOD
Fan Motor: greater than 100MW
Others: greater than 1MW
Check for smooth flow by
12 Does drain water smoothly flow? GOOD or NOT GOOD
pouring water.
13 Check for leakage at compressor. Check for any leakage. GOOD or NOT GOOD
Check for leakage at
14 ditto GOOD or NOT GOOD
outdoor heat exchanger.
indoor heat exchanger.
16 Check for leakage at reversing valve. ditto GOOD or NOT GOOD
17 Check for leakage at check valve. ditto GOOD or NOT GOOD
18 Check for leakage at accumulator. ditto GOOD or NOT GOOD
19 Check for leakage at strainer. ditto GOOD or NOT GOOD
electronic expansion valve.
21 Check for leakage at piping. ditto GOOD or NOT GOOD
22 Check direction of fans. by Viewing or Airflow Volume GOOD or NOT GOOD
Check the voltage is within
23 Voltage among each phase. GOOD or NOT GOOD
the specified range.
24 Vibration and Sound Check fan, compressor, piping. GOOD or NOT GOOD
Check activation of COOL,
25 Activation of Each Operation Mode GOOD or NOT GOOD
HEAT, STOP and TEMP. switches.
26 High Pressure Cut-out Switch Check actual activation value. GOOD or NOT GOOD
27 Check activation of drain-up mechanism. Check it during cooling operation. GOOD or NOT GOOD
o o
28 Indoor Inlet Air Temp. (DB/WB) C DB/ C WB
o o
29 Indoor Outlet Air Temp. (DB/WB) C DB/ C WB
o o
30 Outdoor Inlet Air Temp. (DB/WB) C DB/ C WB
o o
31 Outdoor Outlet Air Temp. (DB/WB) C DB/ C WB
32 High Pressure Sensor psi(G)
33 Low Pressure Sensor psi(G)
34 Operating Voltage V
35 Operating Current A
36 Instruction for Cleaning of Air Filter to Client DONE or NOT YET
37 Instruction for Cleaning Method to Client DONE or NOT YET
38 Instruction for Operation to Client DONE or NOT YET
5-10 SM-17010
5.6 Reference of Normal Operating Pressure
Model: JTOH080VPE(U,F,R)BS1
Piping Length: 7.5m Piping Length: 50m
Cooling Operation
Outdoor Unit Temp. (DB oC)

3.0
3.0 35
Discharge Pressure (MPa)

35
30 30
2.5
25
2.5
25
2.0
Outdoor Unit Temp. (DB oC) Outdoor Unit Temp. (DB oC)
2.0
0.95 0.9
Suction Pressure (MPa)

35
35
30
0.9 30 0.85
25
25
0.85 0.8
0.8 0.75
0.75 0.7
15 20 23 25 15 20 23 25
Indoor Unit Inlet Temp. (WB oC) Indoor Unit Inlet Temp. (WB oC)
Heating Operation
Indoor Unit Temp. (DB oC) Indoor Unit Temp. (DB oC)
3.0 3.0
27 27
20 20
2.5 2.5
15 15
2.0 2.0
0.8 0.8
0.7 0.7
0.6 0.6
0.5 0.5
27 27
20 20 0.4
15 0.4 15
0.3 0.3
0.2 0.2
-5 0 5 10 15 -5 0 5 10 15
Outdoor Unit Inlet Temp. (WB C) o

Fig. 5.1 Normal Operating Pressure

NOTE
1. The above curves indicate pressures under the following conditions.
a) Indoor Unit Type: Ducted Model b) Indoor Unit Fan Tap: HIGH2
c) Total Capacity of Indoor Unit: 100% d) Height Difference: 0m
2. Do not use the above data for the refrigerant charge procedure.
These data should be used as a reference for the checking of operating conditions.
SM-17010 5-11
Models: JTOH100VPE(U,F,R)BS1
Cooling Operation
3.0
35 35

3.0
30 30
2.5
25
25
2.5
2.0
2.2
Outdoor Unit Temp. (DB C)
o
0.95 0.9

35
35
30 30
0.9 0.85
25
25
0.85 0.8
0.8 0.75
0.75 0.7
15 20 23 25 15 20 23 25
Heating Operation
3.0 3.0
27 27
20 20
2.5 2.5
15 15
2.0 2.0
0.8 0.8
0.7 0.7
0.6 0.6
0.5 0.5
27 27
20 0.4 20 0.4
15 15
0.3 0.3
0.2 0.2
-5 0 5 10 15 -5 0 5 10 15

NOTE
5-12 SM-17010
Cooling Operation
35 3.0
35

3.0
30
30
2.5
25
25
2.5
2.0
2.2
o
0.95 35 0.9
30

35
30
0.9 25 0.85
25
0.85 0.8
0.8 0.75
0.75 0.7
15 20 23 25 15 20 23 25
Heating Operation
3.0 3.0
27 27
20 20
2.5 2.5
15 15
2.0 2.0
0.8 0.8
0.7 0.7
0.6 0.6
0.5 0.5
27 27
0.4 0.4
20 20
15 15
0.3 0.3
0.2 0.2
-5 0 5 10 15 -5 0 5 10 15

NOTE
SM-17010 5-13
Cooling Operation
3.0
35

35
3.0
30
2.5
30 25
2.5
25
2.0
2.2
o
0.95 0.9

35
35 30
30 0.9 0.85
25
25
0.85 0.8
0.8 0.75
0.75 0.7
15 20 23 25 15 20 23 25
Heating Operation
3.0 3.0
27 27
20 20
2.5 2.5
15 15
2.0 2.0
0.8 0.8
0.7 0.7
0.6 0.6
0.5 0.5
27 27
0.4 0.4
20 20
15 15
0.3 0.3
0.2 0.2
-5 0 5 10 15 -5 0 5 10 15

NOTE
5-14 SM-17010
Cooling Operation
35

3.0 3.0 35
30
30
25
2.5 2.5
25

2.2
Outdoor Unit Temp. (DB oC) 0.95 0.9

35 2.0 35
0.9 30
30 0.85
25
25
0.85 0.8
0.8 0.75
0.75 0.7
15 20 23 25 15 20 23 25
Heating Operation
3.0 3.0
27 27
20 20
2.5 2.5
15 15
2.0 2.0
0.8 0.8
0.7 0.7
0.6 0.6
0.5 0.5
27 0.4 27 0.4
20 20
15 15 0.3
0.3
0.2 0.2
-5 0 5 10 15 -5 0 5 10 15

NOTE
SM-17010 5-15
Cooling Operation
Outdoor Unit Temp. (DB oC) 35 Outdoor Unit Temp. (DB oC)

35
3.0 30
3.0
30
25
2.5 2.5
25
2.2
Outdoor Unit Temp. (DB oC) 0.95 Outdoor Unit Temp. (DB oC)
0.9

2.0
35 35
0.9 0.85
30 30
25
0.85 25 0.8
0.8 0.75
0.75 0.7
15 20 23 25 15 20 23 25
Heating Operation
3.0 3.0
27 27
20 20
2.5 2.5
15 15
2.0 2.0
0.8 0.8
0.7 0.7
0.6 0.6
0.5 0.5
27 0.4 27 0.4
20 20
15 0.3 15 0.3
0.2 0.2
-5 0 5 10 15 -5 0 5 10 15

NOTE
5-16 SM-17010
Cooling Operation
35

3.0 3.0 35
30
30
25
2.5 2.5
25
2.2
Outdoor Unit Temp. (DB oC) 0.95 Outdoor Unit Temp. (DB oC)
0.9

2.0
35
35 0.9 0.85
30 30
25
0.85 25 0.8
0.8 0.75
0.75 0.7
15 20 23 25 15 20 23 25
Heating Operation
3.0 3.0
27 27
20 20
2.5 2.5
15 15
2.0 2.0
0.8 0.8
0.7 0.7
0.6 0.6
0.5 0.5
27 0.4 27 0.4
20 20
15 0.3 15 0.3
0.2 0.2
-5 0 5 10 15 -5 0 5 10 15

NOTE
SM-17010 5-17
Cooling Operation
Outdoor Unit Temp. (DB oC) 35 Outdoor Unit Temp. (DB oC)
35

3.0
3.0 30
30
25
2.5 25
2.5

2.2
Outdoor Unit Temp. (DB oC) 0.95 35 0.9
2.0
30

35 0.9 25 0.85
30
25
0.85 0.8
0.8 0.75
0.75 0.7
15 20 23 25 15 20 23 25
Heating Operation
3.0 3.0
27 27
20 20
2.5 2.5
15 15
2.0 2.0
0.8 0.8
0.7 0.7
0.6 0.6
0.5 0.5
27 0.4 27 0.4
20 20
15 0.3 15 0.3
0.2 0.2
-5 0 5 10 15 -5 0 5 10 15

NOTE
5-18 SM-17010
Cooling Operation
35
35

3.0
30
3.0
30
25
2.5 25
2.5

2.2
Outdoor Unit Temp. (DB oC) 0.95 35 0.9
2.0

30
0.9 0.85
35 25
30
25 0.85 0.8
0.8 0.75
0.75 0.7
15 20 23 25 15 20 23 25
Heating Operation
3.0 3.0
27 27
20 20
2.5 2.5
15 15
2.0 2.0
0.8 0.8
0.7 0.7
0.6 0.6
0.5 0.5
27 0.4 27 0.4
20 20
15 0.3 15 0.3
0.2 0.2
-5 0 5 10 15 -5 0 5 10 15

NOTE
SM-17010 5-19
5.7 Saturation Curve for Refrigerant
4.0
R407C R404A
3.5 R507A R410A
R22 R12
R134a R407E
3.0
2.5
Saturation Pressure (Liquid) [MPa (G)]
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
REFPROP Ver.5.10
-0.5
-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Saturation Temperature (Liquid) [oC]
5-20 SM-17010
5.8 Mollier Chart for R410A
SM-17010 5-21
© 2017 Johnson Controls, Inc. www.johnsoncontrols.com Form FAN-2205 201709
Johnson Controls reserve the right to change product features without prior notice.
SM-17010

Sm17010 (Outjtoh) York

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Sm17010 (Outjtoh) York

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

VRF OUTDOOR UNITS

SERVICE MANUAL New Release Form FAN-2205 201709

5. Field Work Instruction....................................................................................................................................5-1

Example for Electrical Wiring Connection

< 380V/60Hz >

TB1 TB2 TB1 TB2

Distribution Box or Pull Box Distribution Box or Pull Box

No. 0 System Indoor Units No.1 System Indoor Units

< 460V/60Hz, 220V/60Hz >

Outdoor Unit A (Main) Outdoor Unit B (Sub)

TB1 TB1 TB2 TB1 TB2

For 460V For 220V Earth For 220V Earth

Distribution Box or Pull Box Distribution Box or Pull Box

No. 0 System Indoor Units No.1 System Indoor Units

(1) Power Source Wiring

1 ELB (Earth Leakage Breaker)

Outdoor Unit Power Source 2 FUSE

Indoor Unit Side

n Field Minimum Wire Sizes for Power Source and Transmission

Selection According to MLFC (at Cable Temperature of 90oC,

1.1.2 Function of RSW, DSWs and LEDs

Model: JTOH160VPEUBS1 - JTOH240VPEUBS1

< 380V/60Hz >

JTOH160 VPEFBS1 - JTOH240 VPEFBS1

NF4 INV1 INV2 PCB1

< 220V/60Hz >

JTOH080VPERBS1 - JTOH120VPERBS1 JTOH140VPERBS1

NF7 DCL1 DCL2

INV1 NF2 INV2

FANM1 FANM2 MPB1 MPB2 NF6

Symbol PCB Purpose

PCB2-1, 2 1. Inverter power part is driven by outdoor unit PCB to drive

a. Control Printed Circuit Board:

Part Name Function Information

b. Inverter Printed Circuit Board <for 220V/60Hz>:

PV151 (INV1,2) PV153 (PCB2-1,2)

Part Name Function Information

c. Inverter Printed Circuit Board for <460V/60Hz, 380V/60Hz>:

Part Name Function Information

d. Fan Controller Printed Circuit Board for <220V/60Hz>:

1.1.3 Checking of Rotary Switch and Dip Switch Setting

(1) Outdoor Unit (before shipment)

● High Static Pressure Setting (DSW8: ON)

Louver Outdoor Unit Wall Outdoor Unit

● Setting for Transmitting

● Setting of Refrigerant Cycle No.

Setting Switch Ex.: In Case of Setting Refrigerant Cycle No. 25

456 into the groove.

< Setting Example > No setting is required. No setting is required.

Sub Unit Sub Unit Main Unit

901 901 901

456 456 456 Ref. Cycle No. 25

DSW6: DSW6: DSW6:

Setting of Setting of Setting of Main Unit (Unit A)

Set the refrigerant cycle No.

● DSW7 Setting for Rated Voltage

220V Unit: 220V Setting Before Shipment

● Setting of End Terminal Resistance

SET FREE Series

DSW10 DSW10 DSW10

Unit A Unit B Unit C

Cancel the end terminal setting.

Outdoor unit being